Rosenbluth Separation of the π 0 Electroproduction Cross Section Off the Neutron

DOE PAGES

Mazouz, M.; Ahmed, Z.; Albataineh, H.; ...

2017-06-01

Here, we report the first longitudinal/transverse separation of the deeply virtual exclusivemore » $$\\pi^0$$ electroproduction cross section off the neutron and coherent deuteron. Furthemore, the corresponding four structure functions $$d\\sigma_L/dt$$, $$d\\sigma_T/dt$$, $$d\\sigma_{LT}/dt$$ and $$d\\sigma_{TT}/dt$$ are extracted as a function of the momentum transfer to the recoil system at $Q^2$=1.75 GeV$^2$ and $$x_B$$=0.36. The $$ed \\to ed\\pi^0$$ cross sections are found compatible with the small values expected from theoretical models. The $$en \\to en\\pi^0$$ cross sections show a dominance from the response to transversely polarized photons, and are in good agreement with calculations based on the transversity GPDs of the nucleon. By combining our results with previous measurements of $$\\pi^0$$ electroproduction off the proton, we present a flavor decomposition of the $u$ and $d$ quark contributions to the cross section.« less

Parametric instabilities and their control in multidimensional nonuniform gain media

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Charbonneau-Lefort, Mathieu; Afeyan, Bedros; Fejer, Martin

2007-11-01

In order to control parametric instabilities in large scale long pulse laser produced plasmas, optical mixing techniques seem most promising [1]. We examine ways of controlling the growth of some modes while creating other unstable ones in nonuniform gain media, including the effects of transverse localization of the pump wave. We show that multidimensional effects are essential to understand laser-gain medium interactions [2] and that one dimensional models such as the celebrated Rosenbluth result [3] can be misleading [4]. These findings are verified in experiments carried out in a chirped quasi-phase-matched gratings in optical parametric amplifiers where thousands of shots can be taken and statistically significant and stable results obtained. [1] B. Afeyan, et al., IFSA Proceedings, 2003. [2] M. M. Sushchik and G. I. Freidman, Radiofizika 13, 1354 (1970). [3] M. N. Rosenbluth, Phys. Rev. Lett. 29, 565 (1972). [4] M. Charbonneau-Lefort, PhD thesis, Stanford University, 2007.

Brillouin Scattering of Picosecond Laser Pulses in Preformed, Short-Scale-Length Plasmas

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gaeris, A. C.; Fisher, Y.; Delettrez, J. A.; Meyerhofer, D. D.

1996-11-01

Brillouin scattering (BS) has been studied in short-scale-length, preformed plasmas. The backscattered and specularly reflected light resulting from the interaction of high-power picosecond pulses with preformed silicon plasmas has been measured. A first laser pulse forms a short-scale-length plasma -- without significant BS -- while a second delayed pulse interacts with an expanded, drifting underdense region of the plasma with density scale length (0 <= Ln <= 600 λ _L). The pulses are generated at λ L = 1054 nm, with intensities up to 10^16 W/cm^2. The backscattered light spectra, threshold intensities, and enhanced reflectivities have been determined for different plasma-density scale lengths and are compared to Liu, Rosenbluth, and White's(C. S. Liu, M. N. Rosenbluth, and R. B. White, Phys. Fluids 17, 1211 (1974).) WKB treatment of stimulated Brillouin scattering in inhomogeneous drifting plasmas. This work was supported by the U.S. Department of Energy Office of Inertial Confinement Fusion under Cooperative Agreement No. DE-FC03-92SF19460.

Exact linearized Coulomb collision operator in the moment expansion

DOE PAGES

Ji, Jeong -Young; Held, Eric D.

2006-10-05

In the moment expansion, the Rosenbluth potentials, the linearized Coulomb collision operators, and the moments of the collision operators are analytically calculated for any moment. The explicit calculation of Rosenbluth potentials converts the integro-differential form of the Coulomb collision operator into a differential operator, which enables one to express the collision operator in a simple closed form for any arbitrary mass and temperature ratios. In addition, it is shown that gyrophase averaging the collision operator acting on arbitrary distribution functions is the same as the collision operator acting on the corresponding gyrophase averaged distribution functions. The moments of the collisionmore » operator are linear combinations of the fluid moments with collision coefficients parametrized by mass and temperature ratios. Furthermore, useful forms involving the small mass-ratio approximation are easily found since the collision operators and their moments are expressed in terms of the mass ratio. As an application, the general moment equations are explicitly written and the higher order heat flux equation is derived.« less

Frequentist Analysis of SLAC Rosenbluth Data

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Higinbotham, Douglas; McClellan, Evan; Shamaiengar, Stephen

2017-01-01

Analysis of the SLAC NE-11 elastic electron-proton scattering data typically assumes that the 1.6 GeV spectrometer has a systematic normalization offset as compared to the well-known 8 GeV spectrometer, yet such an offset should have been observed globally. A review of doctoral theses from the period finds that analysis with high statistics, inelastic data saw no significant normalization difference. Moreover, the unique kinematics utilized to match the two spectrometers for normalization required the 8 GeV to be rotated beyond it's well-understood angular range. We try to quantify the confidence level of rejecting the null hypothesis, i.e. that the 1.6 GeV spectrometer normalization is correct, and will show the result of simply analyzing the cross section data as obtained. This is a critical study, as the 1.6 GeV spectrometer data drives the epsilon lever arm in Rosenbluth extractions, and therefore can have a significant impact on form factor extractions at high momentum transfer.

Numerical Methods for Nonlinear Fokker-Planck Collision Operator in TEMPEST

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kerbel, G.; Xiong, Z.

2006-10-01

Early implementations of Fokker-Planck collision operator and moment computations in TEMPEST used low order polynomial interpolation schemes to reuse conservative operators developed for speed/pitch-angle (v, θ) coordinates. When this approach proved to be too inaccurate we developed an alternative higher order interpolation scheme for the Rosenbluth potentials and a high order finite volume method in TEMPEST (,) coordinates. The collision operator is thus generated by using the expansion technique in (v, θ) coordinates for the diffusion coefficients only, and then the fluxes for the conservative differencing are computed directly in the TEMPEST (,) coordinates. Combined with a cut-cell treatment at the turning-point boundary, this new approach is shown to have much better accuracy and conservation properties.

Scanning method as an unbiased simulation technique and its application to the study of self-attracting random walks

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Meirovitch, Hagai

1985-12-01

The scanning method proposed by us [J. Phys. A 15, L735 (1982); Macromolecules 18, 563 (1985)] for simulation of polymer chains is further developed and applied, for the first time, to a model with finite interactions. In addition to ``importance sampling,'' we remove the bias introduced by the scanning method with a procedure suggested recently by Schmidt [Phys. Rev. Lett. 51, 2175 (1983)]; this procedure has the advantage of enabling one to estimate the statistical error. We find these two procedures to be equally efficient. The model studied is an N-step random walk on a lattice, in which a random walk i has a statistical weight &, where p<1 is an attractive energy parameter and Mi is the number of distinct sites visited by walk i. This model, which corresponds to a model of random walks moving in a medium with randomly distributed static traps, has been solved analytically for N-->∞ for any dimension d by Donsker and Varadhan (DV) and by others. and lnφ, where φ is the survival probability in the trapping problem, diverge like Nα with α=d/(d+2). Most numerical studies, however, have failed to reach the DV regime in which d/(d+2) becomes a good approximation for α. On the other hand, our results for α (obtained for N<=150) are close to the DV values for p<=0.7 and p<=0.6 for d=2 and 3, respectively. This suggests that the scanning method is more efficient than both the commonly used direct Monte Carlo technique, and the Rosenbluth and Rosenbluth method [J. Chem. Phys. 23, 356 (1954)]. Our results support the conclusion of Havlin et al. [Phys. Rev. Lett. 53, 407 (1984)] that the DV regime exists already for φ<=10-13 for both d=2 and 3. We also find that at the percolation threshold pc the exponents for the end-to-end distance are small, but larger than zero, and that the probability of a walk returning to the origin behaves approximately as N-1/3 for both d=2 and 3.

Proton Magnetic Form Factor from Existing Elastic e-p Cross Section Data

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ou, Longwu; Christy, Eric; Gilad, Shalev; Keppel, Cynthia; Schmookler, Barak; Wojtsekhowski, Bogdan

2015-04-01

The proton magnetic form factor GMp, in addition to being an important benchmark for all cross section measurements in hadron physics, provides critical information on proton structure. Extraction of GMp from e-p cross section data is complicated by two-photon exchange (TPE) effects, where available calculations still have large theoretical uncertainties. Studies of TPE contributions to e-p scattering have observed no nonlinear effects in Rosenbluth separations. Recent theoretical investigations show that the TPE correction goes to 0 when ɛ approaches 1, where ɛ is the virtual photon polarization parameter. In this talk, existing e-p elastic cross section data are reanalyzed by extrapolating the reduced cross section for ɛ approaching 1. Existing polarization transfer data, which is supposed to be relatively immune to TPE effects, are used to produce a ratio of electric and magnetic form factors. The extrapolated reduced cross section and polarization transfer ratio are then used to calculate GEp and GMp at different Q2 values.

Measurement of the Two-Photon Exchange Contribution to the Elastic e ± p Scattering Cross Sections at the VEPP-3 Storage Ring

DOE PAGES

Rachek, I. A.; Arrington, J.; Dmitriev, V. F.; ...

2015-02-12

The ratio of the elastic e +p to e –p scattering cross sections has been measured precisely, allowing the determination of the two-photon exchange contribution to these processes. This neglected contribution is believed to be the cause of the discrepancy between the Rosenbluth and polarization transfer methods of measuring the proton electromagnetic form factors. The experiment was performed at the VEPP-3 storage ring at beam energies of 1.6 and 1.0 GeV and at lepton scattering angles between 15° and 105°. The data obtained show evidence of a significant two-photon exchange effect. Furthermore, the results are compared with several theoretical predictions.

Universal aspects of conformations and transverse fluctuations of a two-dimensional semi-flexible chain

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hsu, Hsiao-Ping; Huang, Aiqun; Bhattacharya, Aniket; Binder, Kurt

2015-03-01

In this talk we compare the results obtained from Monte Carlo (MC) and Brownian dynamics (BD) simulation for the universal properties of a semi-flexible chain. Specifically we compare MC results obtained using pruned-enriched Rosenbluth method (PERM) with those obtained from BD simulation. We find that the scaled plot of root-mean-square (RMS) end-to-end distance / 2 Llp and RMS transverse transverse fluctuations √{ } /lp as a function of L /lp (where L and lp are the contour length, and the persistence length respectively) are universal and independent of the definition of the persistence length used in MC and BD schemes. We further investigate to what extent these results agree for a semi-flexible polymer confined in a quasi one dimensional channel.

BRIEF COMMUNICATION: A note on the Coulomb collision operator in curvilinear coordinates

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Goncharov, P. R.

2010-10-01

The dynamic friction force, diffusion tensor, flux density in velocity space and Coulomb collision term are expressed in curvilinear coordinates via Trubnikov potential functions corresponding to each species of a background plasma. For comparison, explicit formulae are given for the dynamic friction force, diffusion tensor and collisional flux density in velocity space in curvilinear coordinates via Rosenbluth potential functions summed over all species of the background plasma.

Self-Consistent Frequency Sweeping of TAE mode

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Ge

2012-03-01

We have extended our intuitive Toroidal Alfven Wave (TAE) model [1] for describing spontaneous frequency sweeping by a destabilizing component of energetic particles. Now a fully developed self-consistent description for frequency sweeping of an isolated TAE mode has been developed. As in [1], we use the Rosenbluth, Berk,Van Dam tip theory [2], valid for low beta, large aspect ratio, circular tokamaks, to describe the evolution of the TAE wave equation. The wave is coupled to the particle dynamics that uses the Berk, Breizman, Ye map model [3] to construct the particle/wave Lagrangian associated with a phase space dependent mode structure. Then together with the appropriate Vlasov equation for describing the particle dynamics, a set of equations determining the dynamics of the system has been formulated. Adiabatic solutions have been obtained and work is underway in simulating the exact nonlinear dynamics. A status report of our results will be given at the meeting. [4pt] [1] G. Wang and H. L. Berk, Communication in Nonlinear Science and Numerical Simulation 17, 2179 (2012) [0pt] [2] M. N. Rosenbluth,; H. L. Berk, J. Van Dam and D. M. Lingberg, Phys. Rev. Lett. 68, 596 (1992). [0pt] [3] Berk, H.L.; Breizman, B.N.; Ye, H. In: Physics of Fluids B 51993, 1506 (1993)

Electromagnetic structure of the proton within the CP-violation hypothesis

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Krutov, A. F., E-mail: krutov@ssu.samara.ru; Kudinov, M. Yu., E-mail: kudinov@ssu.samara.ru

2013-11-15

The so-called non-Rosenbluth behavior of the proton electromagnetic form factors can be explained within the hypothesis of CP violation in electromagnetic processes involving composite systems of strongly interacting particles. It is shown that this hypothesis leads to the appearance of an additional, anapole, form factor of the proton. The proton electromagnetic form factors, including the anapole form factor, are estimated on the basis of experimental data on elastic electron-proton scattering.

Parallel momentum input by tangential neutral beam injections in stellarator and heliotron plasmas

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Nishimura, S., E-mail: nishimura.shin@lhd.nifs.ac.jp; Nakamura, Y.; Nishioka, K.

The configuration dependence of parallel momentum inputs to target plasma particle species by tangentially injected neutral beams is investigated in non-axisymmetric stellarator/heliotron model magnetic fields by assuming the existence of magnetic flux-surfaces. In parallel friction integrals of the full Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd collision operator in thermal particles' kinetic equations, numerically obtained eigenfunctions are used for excluding trapped fast ions that cannot contribute to the friction integrals. It is found that the momentum inputs to thermal ions strongly depend on magnetic field strength modulations on the flux-surfaces, while the input to electrons is insensitive to the modulation. In future plasma flow studies requiringmore » flow calculations of all particle species in more general non-symmetric toroidal configurations, the eigenfunction method investigated here will be useful.« less

Rapid Frequency Chirps of TAE mode due to Finite Orbit Energetic Particles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Berk, Herb; Wang, Ge

2013-10-01

The tip model for the TAE mode in the large aspect ratio limit, conceived by Rosenbluth et al. in the frequency domain, together with an interaction term in the frequency domain based on a map model, has been extended into the time domain. We present the formal basis for the model, starting with the Lagrangian for the particle wave interaction. We shall discuss the formal nonlinear time domain problem and the procedure that needs to obtain solutions in the adiabatic limit.

Computer Simulation Studies of the Tearing Mode Instability in a Field-Reversed Ion Layer.

DTIC Science & Technology

1980-09-15

CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE (when Date Entered) 20. (Abstract continued) .those of the linear theory. In addition, it has been demonstrated that when...However, all the results obtained so far are very encouraging. Using the energy prin- ciple Sudan and Rosenbluth5 have shown with a hybrid model that a...found that finite length layers are stable to tearing modes as a consequence of axial kinetic pressure. Using a hybrid model , in which the ion layer is

Statistics of lattice animals

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hsu, Hsiao-Ping; Nadler, Walder; Grassberger, Peter

2005-07-01

The scaling behavior of randomly branched polymers in a good solvent is studied in two to nine dimensions, modeled by lattice animals on simple hypercubic lattices. For the simulations, we use a biased sequential sampling algorithm with re-sampling, similar to the pruned-enriched Rosenbluth method (PERM) used extensively for linear polymers. We obtain high statistics of animals with up to several thousand sites in all dimension 2⩽d⩽9. The partition sum (number of different animals) and gyration radii are estimated. In all dimensions we verify the Parisi-Sourlas prediction, and we verify all exactly known critical exponents in dimensions 2, 3, 4, and ⩾8. In addition, we present the hitherto most precise estimates for growth constants in d⩾3. For clusters with one site attached to an attractive surface, we verify the superuniversality of the cross-over exponent at the adsorption transition predicted by Janssen and Lyssy.

Self-avoiding walk on a square lattice with correlated vacancies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cheraghalizadeh, J.; Najafi, M. N.; Mohammadzadeh, H.; Saber, A.

2018-04-01

The self-avoiding walk on the square site-diluted correlated percolation lattice is considered. The Ising model is employed to realize the spatial correlations of the metric space. As a well-accepted result, the (generalized) Flory's mean-field relation is tested to measure the effect of correlation. After exploring a perturbative Fokker-Planck-like equation, we apply an enriched Rosenbluth Monte Carlo method to study the problem. To be more precise, the winding angle analysis is also performed from which the diffusivity parameter of Schramm-Loewner evolution theory (κ ) is extracted. We find that at the critical Ising (host) system, the exponents are in agreement with Flory's approximation. For the off-critical Ising system, we find also a behavior for the fractal dimension of the walker trace in terms of the correlation length of the Ising system ξ (T ) , i.e., DFSAW(T ) -DFSAW(Tc) ˜1/√{ξ (T ) } .

Marshall N. Rosenbluth Outstanding Doctoral Thesis Award: Magnetorotational turbulence and dynamo

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Squire, Jonathan

2017-10-01

Accretion disks are ubiquitous in astrophysics and power some of the most luminous sources in the universe. In many disks, the transport of angular momentum, and thus the mass accretion itself, is thought to be caused by the magnetorotational instability (MRI). As the MRI saturates into strong turbulence, it also generates ordered magnetic fields, acting as a magnetic dynamo powered by the background shear flow. However, despite its importance for astrophysical accretion processes, basic aspects of MRI turbulence-including its saturation amplitude-remain poorly understood. In this talk, I will outline progress towards improving this situation, focusing in particular on the nonlinear shear dynamo and how this controls the turbulence. I will discuss how novel statistical simulation methods can be used to better understand this shear dynamo, in particular the distinct mechanisms that may play a role in MRI turbulence and how these depend on important physical parameters.

Action principle for Coulomb collisions in plasmas

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Hirvijoki, Eero

In this study, an action principle for Coulomb collisions in plasmas is proposed. Although no natural Lagrangian exists for the Landau-Fokker-Planck equation, an Eulerian variational formulation is found considering the system of partial differential equations that couple the distribution function and the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd potentials. Conservation laws are derived after generalizing the energy-momentum stress tensor for second order Lagrangians and, in the case of a test-particle population in a given plasma background, the action principle is shown to correspond to the Langevin equation for individual particles.

Action principle for Coulomb collisions in plasmas

DOE PAGES

Hirvijoki, Eero

2016-09-14

In this study, an action principle for Coulomb collisions in plasmas is proposed. Although no natural Lagrangian exists for the Landau-Fokker-Planck equation, an Eulerian variational formulation is found considering the system of partial differential equations that couple the distribution function and the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd potentials. Conservation laws are derived after generalizing the energy-momentum stress tensor for second order Lagrangians and, in the case of a test-particle population in a given plasma background, the action principle is shown to correspond to the Langevin equation for individual particles.

Exact collisional moments for plasma fluid theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pfefferlé, D.; Hirvijoki, E.; Lingam, M.

2017-04-01

The velocity-space moments of the often troublesome nonlinear Landau collision operator are expressed exactly in terms of multi-index Hermite-polynomial moments of distribution functions. The collisional moments are shown to be generated by derivatives of two well-known functions, namely, the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd-Trubnikov potentials for a Gaussian distribution. The resulting formula has a nonlinear dependency on the relative mean flow of the colliding species normalised to the root-mean-square of the corresponding thermal velocities and a bilinear dependency on densities and higher-order velocity moments of the distribution functions, with no restriction on temperature, flow, or mass ratio of the species. The result can be applied to both the classic transport theory of plasmas that relies on the Chapman-Enskog method, as well as to derive collisional fluid equations that follow Grad's moment approach. As an illustrative example, we provide the collisional ten-moment equations with exact conservation laws for momentum- and energy-transfer rates.

Exact collisional moments for plasma fluid theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pfefferle, David; Hirvijoki, Eero; Lingam, Manasvi

2017-10-01

The velocity-space moments of the often troublesome nonlinear Landau collision operator are expressed exactly in terms of multi-index Hermite-polynomial moments of the distribution functions. The collisional moments are shown to be generated by derivatives of two well-known functions, namely the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd-Trubnikov potentials for a Gaussian distribution. The resulting formula has a nonlinear dependency on the relative mean flow of the colliding species normalised to the root-mean-square of the corresponding thermal velocities, and a bilinear dependency on densities and higher-order velocity moments of the distribution functions, with no restriction on temperature, flow or mass ratio of the species. The result can be applied to both the classic transport theory of plasmas, that relies on the Chapman-Enskog method, as well as to deriving collisional fluid equations that follow Grad's moment approach. As an illustrative example, we provide the collisional ten-moment equations with exact conservation laws for momentum- and energy-transfer rate.

Exact collisional moments for plasma fluid theories

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Pfefferlé, D.; Hirvijoki, E.; Lingam, M.

The velocity-space moments of the often troublesome nonlinear Landau collision operator are expressed exactly in terms of multi-index Hermite-polynomial moments of distribution functions. The collisional moments are shown to be generated by derivatives of two well-known functions, namely, the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd-Trubnikov potentials for a Gaussian distribution. The resulting formula has a nonlinear dependency on the relative mean flow of the colliding species normalised to the root-mean-square of the corresponding thermal velocities and a bilinear dependency on densities and higher-order velocity moments of the distribution functions, with no restriction on temperature, flow, or mass ratio of the species. The result can bemore » applied to both the classic transport theory of plasmas that relies on the Chapman-Enskog method, as well as to derive collisional fluid equations that follow Grad's moment approach. As an illustrative example, we provide the collisional ten-moment equations with exact conservation laws for momentum-and energy-transfer rates.« less

Exact collisional moments for plasma fluid theories

DOE PAGES

Pfefferlé, D.; Hirvijoki, E.; Lingam, M.

2017-04-01

The velocity-space moments of the often troublesome nonlinear Landau collision operator are expressed exactly in terms of multi-index Hermite-polynomial moments of distribution functions. The collisional moments are shown to be generated by derivatives of two well-known functions, namely, the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd-Trubnikov potentials for a Gaussian distribution. The resulting formula has a nonlinear dependency on the relative mean flow of the colliding species normalised to the root-mean-square of the corresponding thermal velocities and a bilinear dependency on densities and higher-order velocity moments of the distribution functions, with no restriction on temperature, flow, or mass ratio of the species. The result can bemore » applied to both the classic transport theory of plasmas that relies on the Chapman-Enskog method, as well as to derive collisional fluid equations that follow Grad's moment approach. As an illustrative example, we provide the collisional ten-moment equations with exact conservation laws for momentum-and energy-transfer rates.« less

Electron transport in the stochastic fields of the reversed-field pinch

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kim, Myung-Hee; Punjabi, Alkesh

1996-08-01

We employ the Monte Carlo method for the calculation of anomalous transport developed by Punjabi and Boozer to calculate the particle diffusion coefficient for electrons in the stochastic magnetic fields of the reversed-field pinch (RFP). in the Monte Carlo calculations represented here, the transport mechanism is the loss of magnetic surfaces due to resistive perturbations. The equilibrium magnetic fields are represented by the Bessel function model for the RFP. The diffusion coefficient D is calculated as a function of a, the amplitude of the perturbation. We see three regimes as the amplitude of the tearing modes is increased: the Rechester—Rosenbluth regime where D scales as a2 the anomalous regime where D scales more rapidly than a2 and the Mynick—Krornmes regime where D scales more slowly than a2. Inclusion of the effects of loop voltage on the particle drift orbits in the RFP does not affect the intervals in the amplitude a where these regimes operate.

Efficient global biopolymer sampling with end-transfer configurational bias Monte Carlo

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Arya, Gaurav; Schlick, Tamar

2007-01-01

We develop an "end-transfer configurational bias Monte Carlo" method for efficient thermodynamic sampling of complex biopolymers and assess its performance on a mesoscale model of chromatin (oligonucleosome) at different salt conditions compared to other Monte Carlo moves. Our method extends traditional configurational bias by deleting a repeating motif (monomer) from one end of the biopolymer and regrowing it at the opposite end using the standard Rosenbluth scheme. The method's sampling efficiency compared to local moves, pivot rotations, and standard configurational bias is assessed by parameters relating to translational, rotational, and internal degrees of freedom of the oligonucleosome. Our results show that the end-transfer method is superior in sampling every degree of freedom of the oligonucleosomes over other methods at high salt concentrations (weak electrostatics) but worse than the pivot rotations in terms of sampling internal and rotational sampling at low-to-moderate salt concentrations (strong electrostatics). Under all conditions investigated, however, the end-transfer method is several orders of magnitude more efficient than the standard configurational bias approach. This is because the characteristic sampling time of the innermost oligonucleosome motif scales quadratically with the length of the oligonucleosomes for the end-transfer method while it scales exponentially for the traditional configurational-bias method. Thus, the method we propose can significantly improve performance for global biomolecular applications, especially in condensed systems with weak nonbonded interactions and may be combined with local enhancements to improve local sampling.

A Green's function method for local and non-local parallel transport in general magnetic fields

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Del-Castillo-Negrete, Diego; Chacón, Luis

2009-11-01

The study of transport in magnetized plasmas is a problem of fundamental interest in controlled fusion and astrophysics research. Three issues make this problem particularly challenging: (i) The extreme anisotropy between the parallel (i.e., along the magnetic field), χ, and the perpendicular, χ, conductivities (χ/χ may exceed 10^10 in fusion plasmas); (ii) Magnetic field lines chaos which in general complicates (and may preclude) the construction of magnetic field line coordinates; and (iii) Nonlocal parallel transport in the limit of small collisionality. Motivated by these issues, we present a Lagrangian Green's function method to solve the local and non-local parallel transport equation applicable to integrable and chaotic magnetic fields. The numerical implementation employs a volume-preserving field-line integrator [Finn and Chac'on, Phys. Plasmas, 12 (2005)] for an accurate representation of the magnetic field lines regardless of the level of stochasticity. The general formalism and its algorithmic properties are discussed along with illustrative analytical and numerical examples. Problems of particular interest include: the departures from the Rochester--Rosenbluth diffusive scaling in the weak magnetic chaos regime, the interplay between non-locality and chaos, and the robustness of transport barriers in reverse shear configurations.

TEMPEST Simulations of Collisionless Damping of Geodesic-Acoustic Mode in Edge Plasma Pedestal

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Xu, X Q; Xiong, Z; Nevins, W M

The fully nonlinear (full-f) 4D TEMPEST gyrokinetic continuum code produces frequency, collisionless damping of GAM and zonal flow with fully nonlinear Boltzmann electrons for the inverse aspect ratio {epsilon}-scan and the tokamak safety factor q-scan in homogeneous plasmas. The TEMPEST simulation shows that GAM exists in edge plasma pedestal for steep density and temperature gradients, and an initial GAM relaxes to the standard neoclassical residual, rather than Rosenbluth-Hinton residual due to the presence of ion-ion collisions. The enhanced GAM damping explains experimental BES measurements on the edge q scaling of the GAM amplitude.

TEMPEST Simulations of Collisionless Damping of Geodesic-Acoustic Mode in Edge Plasma Pedestal

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Xu, X; Xiong, Z; Nevins, W

The fully nonlinear 4D TEMPEST gyrokinetic continuum code produces frequency, collisionless damping of geodesic-acoustic mode (GAM) and zonal flow with fully nonlinear Boltzmann electrons for the inverse aspect ratio {epsilon}-scan and the tokamak safety factor q-scan in homogeneous plasmas. The TEMPEST simulation shows that GAM exists in edge plasma pedestal for steep density and temperature gradients, and an initial GAM relaxes to the standard neoclassical residual, rather than Rosenbluth-Hinton residual due to the presence of ion-ion collisions. The enhanced GAM damping explains experimental BES measurements on the edge q scaling of the GAM amplitude.

Precision measurement of longitudinal and transverse response functions of quasi-elastic electron scattering in the momentum transfer range 0.55GeV/c lte math| lte 0.9GeV/c

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Huan Yao, Jefferson Lab Hall A Collaboration, E05-110 Collaboration

2012-04-01

In order to test the Coulomb sum rule in nuclei, a precision measurement of inclusive electron scattering cross sections in the quasi-elastic region was performed at Jefferson Lab. Incident electrons of energies ranging from 0.4 GeV/c to 4 GeV/c scattered off {sup 4}He, {sup 12}C, {sup 56}Fe and {sup 208}Pb nuclei at four scattering angles (15deg., 60deg., 90deg., 120deg.) and scattered energies ranging from 0.1 GeV/c to 4 GeV/c. The Rosenbluth method with proper Coulomb corrections is used to extract the transverse and longitudinal response functions at three-momentum transfers 0.55 GeV/c {le} |q{yields}| {le} 1.0 GeV/c. The Coulomb Sum ismore » determined in the same |q{yields}| range as mentioned above and will be compared to predictions. Analysis progress and preliminary results will be presented.« less

Numerical simulation of a lattice polymer model at its integrable point

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bedini, A.; Owczarek, A. L.; Prellberg, T.

2013-07-01

We revisit an integrable lattice model of polymer collapse using numerical simulations. This model was first studied by Blöte and Nienhuis (1989 J. Phys. A: Math. Gen. 22 1415) and it describes polymers with some attraction, providing thus a model for the polymer collapse transition. At a particular set of Boltzmann weights the model is integrable and the exponents ν = 12/23 ≈ 0.522 and γ = 53/46 ≈ 1.152 have been computed via identification of the scaling dimensions xt = 1/12 and xh = -5/48. We directly investigate the polymer scaling exponents via Monte Carlo simulations using the pruned-enriched Rosenbluth method algorithm. By simulating this polymer model for walks up to length 4096 we find ν = 0.576(6) and γ = 1.045(5), which are clearly different from the predicted values. Our estimate for the exponent ν is compatible with the known θ-point value of 4/7 and in agreement with very recent numerical evaluation by Foster and Pinettes (2012 J. Phys. A: Math. Theor. 45 505003).

Proton Form Factor Puzzle and the CEBAF Large Acceptance Spectrometer (CLAS) two-photon exchange experiment

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rimal, Dipak

The electromagnetic form factors are the most fundamental observables that encode information about the internal structure of the nucleon. The electric (GE) and the magnetic ( GM) form factors contain information about the spatial distribution of the charge and magnetization inside the nucleon. A significant discrepancy exists between the Rosenbluth and the polarization transfer measurements of the electromagnetic form factors of the proton. One possible explanation for the discrepancy is the contributions of two-photon exchange (TPE) effects. Theoretical calculations estimating the magnitude of the TPE effect are highly model dependent, and limited experimental evidence for such effects exists. Experimentally, the TPE effect can be measured by comparing the ratio of positron-proton elastic scattering cross section to that of the electron-proton [R = sigma(e +p)/sigma(e+p)]. The ratio R was measured over a wide range of kinematics, utilizing a 5.6 GeV primary electron beam produced by the Continuous Electron Beam Accelerator Facility (CEBAF) at Jefferson Lab. This dissertation explored dependence of R on kinematic variables such as squared four-momentum transfer (Q2) and the virtual photon polarization parameter (epsilon). A mixed electron-positron beam was produced from the primary electron beam in experimental Hall B. The mixed beam was scattered from a liquid hydrogen (LH2) target. Both the scattered lepton and the recoil proton were detected by the CEBAF Large Acceptance Spectrometer (CLAS). The elastic events were then identified by using elastic scattering kinematics. This work extracted the Q2 dependence of R at high epsilon(epsilon > 0.8) and the $epsilon dependence of R at approx 0.85 GeV2. In these kinematics, our data confirm the validity of the hadronic calculations of the TPE effect by Blunden, Melnitchouk, and Tjon. This hadronic TPE effect, with additional corrections contributed by higher excitations of the intermediate state nucleon, largely reconciles the Rosenbluth and the polarization transfer measurements of the electromagnetic form factors.

FEL amplifier performance in the Compton regime

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cover, R. A.; Bhowmik, A.

1984-01-01

The Kroll-Morton-Rosenbluth equations of motion for electrons in a linearly polarized, tapered wiggler are utilized to describe gain in free-electron laser amplifiers. The three-dimensional amplifier model includes the effects of density variation in the electron beam, off-axis variations in the wiggler magnetic field, and betatron oscillations. The input electromagnetic field is injected and subsequently propagated within the wiggler by computing the Fresnel-Kirchhoff diffraction integral using the Gardner-Fresnel-Kirchhoff algorithm. The injected optical beam used in evaluating amplifier performance is initially a Gaussian which in general may be astigmatic. The importance of the above effects on extraction efficiency is computed both with rigorous three-dimensional electromagnetic wave propagation and a Gaussian treatment of the field.

Relaxation dynamics of internal segments of DNA chains in nanochannels

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jain, Aashish; Muralidhar, Abhiram; Dorfman, Kevin; Dorfman Group Team

We will present relaxation dynamics of internal segments of a DNA chain confined in nanochannel. The results have direct application in genome mapping technology, where long DNA molecules containing sequence-specific fluorescent probes are passed through an array of nanochannels to linearize them, and then the distances between these probes (the so-called ``DNA barcode'') are measured. The relaxation dynamics of internal segments set the experimental error due to dynamic fluctuations. We developed a multi-scale simulation algorithm, combining a Pruned-Enriched Rosenbluth Method (PERM) simulation of a discrete wormlike chain model with hard spheres with Brownian dynamics (BD) simulations of a bead-spring chain. Realistic parameters such as the bead friction coefficient and spring force law parameters are obtained from PERM simulations and then mapped onto the bead-spring model. The BD simulations are carried out to obtain the extension autocorrelation functions of various segments, which furnish their relaxation times. Interestingly, we find that (i) corner segments relax faster than the center segments and (ii) relaxation times of corner segments do not depend on the contour length of DNA chain, whereas the relaxation times of center segments increase linearly with DNA chain size.

Precision measurement of quasi-elastic transverse and longitudinal response functions in the range 0.55 GeV/c lte |q-right arrow| lte 1.0 GeV/c

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Atac, Hamza

The Coulomb Sum is defined by the quasi-elastic nucleon knock-out process and it is the integration of the longitudinal response function over the energy loss of the incident electron. The Coulomb sum goes to the total charge at large q. The existing measurements of the Coulomb Sum Rule show disagreement with the theoretical calculations for the medium and heavy nuclei. To find the reason behind the disagreement might answer the question of whether the properties of the nucleons are affected by the nuclear medium or not. In order to determine the Coulomb Sum in nuclei, a precision measurement of inclusivemore » electron scattering in the quasi-elastic region was performed at the Thomas Jefferson National Accelerator Facility. Incident electrons with energies ranging from 0.4 GeV to 4 GeV scattered off 4He,12C,56Fe and 208Pb nuclei at four scattering angles (15 deg.; 60 deg.; 90 deg.; 120 deg.) and scattered energies ranging from 0.1 GeV to 4 GeV. The Born cross sections were extracted for the Left High Resolution Spectrometer (LHRS) and the Right High Resolution Spectrometer 56Fe data. The Rosenbluth separation was performed to extract the transverse and longitudinal response functions at 650 MeV three-momentum transfer. The preliminary results of the longitudinal and transverse functions were extracted for 56Fe target at 650 MeV three-momentum transfer.« less

Non-isomorphic radial wavenumber dependencies of residual zonal flows in ion and electron Larmor radius scales, and effects of initial parallel flow and electromagnetic potentials in a circular tokamak

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yamagishi, Osamu

2018-04-01

Radial wavenumber dependencies of the residual zonal potential for E × B flow in a circular, large aspect ratio tokamak is investigated by means of the collisionless gyrokinetic simulations of Rosenbluth-Hinton (RH) test and the semi-analytic approach using an analytic solution of the gyrokinetic equation Rosenbluth and Hinton (1998 Phys. Rev. Lett. 80 724). By increasing the radial wavenumber from an ion Larmor radius scale {k}r{ρ }i≲ 1 to an electron Larmor radius scale {k}r{ρ }e≲ 1, the well-known level ˜ O[1/(1+1.6{q}2/\\sqrt{r/{R}0})] is retained, while the level remains O(1) when the wavenumber is decreased from the electron to the ion Larmor radius scale, if physically same adiabatic assumption is presumed for species other than the main species that is treated kinetically. The conclusion is not modified by treating both species kinetically, so that in the intermediate scale between the ion and electron Larmor radius scale it seems difficult to determine the level uniquely. The toroidal momentum conservation property in the RH test is also investigated by including an initial parallel flow in addition to the perpendicular flow. It is shown that by taking a balance between the initial parallel flow and perpendicular flows which include both E × B flow and diamagnetic flow in the initial condition, the mechanical toroidal angular momentum is approximately conserved despite the toroidal symmetry breaking due to the finite radial wavenumber zonal modes. Effect of electromagnetic potentials is also investigated. When the electromagnetic potentials are applied initially, fast oscillations which are faster than the geodesic acoustic modes are introduced in the decay phase of the zonal modes. Although the residual level in the long time limit is not modified, this can make the time required to reach the stationary zonal flows longer and may weaken the effectiveness of the turbulent transport suppression by the zonal flows.

The effects of Coulomb collisions on O+, H+, and He+ plasmas for topside incoherent scatter radar applications at Jicamarca

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Milla, M. A.; Kudeki, E.; Chau, J. L.

2012-12-01

Coulomb collision effects on incoherent scatter radar signals become important when radar beams are pointed perpendicular to the Earth's magnetic field (B). To study these effects, Milla and Kudeki [2011] developed a procedure to estimate the spectrum of plasma density fluctuations (also known as incoherent scatter spectrum) based on simulations of collisional particle trajectories in single-ion component plasmas. In these simulations, collision effects on the particle motion are modeled using the standard Fokker-Planck model of Rosenbluth et al. [1957]. We have recently generalized the procedure of Milla and Kudeki to consider the case of multiple ion components in order to study the characteristics of the incoherent scatter spectrum in O+, H+, and He+ ionospheric plasmas, which is needed for the analysis of topside perpendicular-to-B observations at the Jicamarca Radio Observatory. In this presentation, we will report on the development of this new approach and on the characteristics of the spectrum models that were developed. The simulation results show that the ion collision process can be fairly well approximated as a Gaussian motion process, a model that has been previously studied in the literature by different authors. However, in the case of electron collisions, the process is not Gaussian having a complicated dependence on plasma parameters. As it will be discussed, electron collisions have a significant impact on the shape of the incoherent scatter spectrum. The ultimate application of the models that were developed is the simultaneous estimation of plasma drifts, densities, and temperatures of the topside equatorial ionosphere in perpendicular-to-B experiments at Jicamarca. This experimental evaluation will have a broader impact since the accuracy of the Fokker-Planck collision model will be tested. References: Milla, M. A., and E. Kudeki (2011), Incoherent scatter spectral theories-Part II: Modeling the spectrum for modes propagating perpendicular to B, IEEE Transactions on Geoscience and Remote Sensing, 49(1), 329-345, doi:10.1109/TGRS.2010.2057253. Rosenbluth, M. N., W. M. MacDonald, and D. L. Judd (1957), Fokker-Planck equation for an inverse-square force, Physical Review, 107(1), 1-6, doi:10.1103/PhysRev.107.1.

Monte Carlo simulations of lattice models for single polymer systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hsu, Hsiao-Ping

2014-10-01

Single linear polymer chains in dilute solutions under good solvent conditions are studied by Monte Carlo simulations with the pruned-enriched Rosenbluth method up to the chain length N ˜ O(10^4). Based on the standard simple cubic lattice model (SCLM) with fixed bond length and the bond fluctuation model (BFM) with bond lengths in a range between 2 and sqrt{10}, we investigate the conformations of polymer chains described by self-avoiding walks on the simple cubic lattice, and by random walks and non-reversible random walks in the absence of excluded volume interactions. In addition to flexible chains, we also extend our study to semiflexible chains for different stiffness controlled by a bending potential. The persistence lengths of chains extracted from the orientational correlations are estimated for all cases. We show that chains based on the BFM are more flexible than those based on the SCLM for a fixed bending energy. The microscopic differences between these two lattice models are discussed and the theoretical predictions of scaling laws given in the literature are checked and verified. Our simulations clarify that a different mapping ratio between the coarse-grained models and the atomistically realistic description of polymers is required in a coarse-graining approach due to the different crossovers to the asymptotic behavior.

Bounce frequency fishbone analysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

White, Roscoe; Fredrickson, Eric; Chen, Liu

2002-11-01

Large amplitude bursting modes are observed on NSTX, which are identified as bounce frequency fishbone modes(PDX Group, Princeton Plasma Physics Lab, Phys Rev. Lett) 50, 891 (1983)^,(L. Chen, R. B. White, and M. N. Rosenbluth Phys Rev. Lett) 52, 1122 (1984). The identification is carried out using numerical equilibria obtained from TRANSP( R. V. Budny, M. G. Bell A. C. Janos et al), Nucl Fusion 35, 1497 (1995) and the numerical guiding center code ORBIT( R.B. White, Phys. Fluids B 2)(4), 845 (1990). These modes are important for high energy particle distributions which have large average bounce angle, such as the nearly tangentially injected beam ions in NSTX and isotropic alpha particle distributions. They are particularly important in high q low shear advanced plasma scenarios. Different ignited plasma scenarios are investigated with these modes in view.

Theory of Fine-scale Zonal Flow Generation From Trapped Electron Mode Turbulence

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Lu Wang and T.S. Hahm

Most existing zonal flow generation theory has been developed with a usual assumption of qrρθ¡ << 1 (qr is the radial wave number of zonal flow, and ρθ¡ is the ion poloidal gyrora- dius). However, recent nonlinear gyrokinetic simulations of trapped electron mode (TEM) turbulence exhibit a relatively short radial scale of the zonal flows with qrρθ¡ ~ 1 [Z. Lin et al., IAEA-CN/TH/P2-8 (2006); D. Ernst et al., Phys. Plasmas 16, 055906 (2009)]. This work reports an extension of zonal flow growth calculation to this short wavelength regime via the wave kinetics approach. A generalized expression for the polarizationmore » shielding for arbitrary radial wavelength [Lu Wang and T.S. Hahm, to appear in Phys. Plasmas (2009)] which extends the Rosenbluth-Hinton formula in the long wavelength limit is applied.« less

Diffusion of test particles in stochastic magnetic fields for small Kubo numbers.

PubMed

Neuer, Marcus; Spatschek, Karl H

2006-02-01

Motion of charged particles in a collisional plasma with stochastic magnetic field lines is investigated on the basis of the so-called A-Langevin equation. Compared to the previously used A-Langevin model, here finite Larmor radius effects are taken into account. The A-Langevin equation is solved under the assumption that the Lagrangian correlation function for the magnetic field fluctuations is related to the Eulerian correlation function (in Gaussian form) via the Corrsin approximation. The latter is justified for small Kubo numbers. The velocity correlation function, being averaged with respect to the stochastic variables including collisions, leads to an implicit differential equation for the mean square displacement. From the latter, different transport regimes, including the well-known Rechester-Rosenbluth diffusion coefficient, are derived. Finite Larmor radius contributions show a decrease of the diffusion coefficient compared to the guiding center limit. The case of small (or vanishing) mean fields is also discussed.

Simulations of lattice animals and trees

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hsu, Hsiao-Ping; Nadler, Walter; Grassberger, Peter

2005-01-01

The scaling behaviour of randomly branched polymers in a good solvent is studied in two to nine dimensions, using as microscopic models lattice animals and lattice trees on simple hypercubic lattices. As a stochastic sampling method we use a biased sequential sampling algorithm with re-sampling, similar to the pruned-enriched Rosenbluth method (PERM) used extensively for linear polymers. Essentially we start simulating percolation clusters (either site or bond), re-weigh them according to the animal (tree) ensemble, and prune or branch the further growth according to a heuristic fitness function. In contrast to previous applications of PERM, this fitness function is not the weight with which the actual configuration would contribute to the partition sum, but is closely related to it. We obtain high statistics of animals with up to several thousand sites in all dimension 2 <= d <= 9. In addition to the partition sum (number of different animals) we estimate gyration radii and numbers of perimeter sites. In all dimensions we verify the Parisi-Sourlas prediction, and we verify all exactly known critical exponents in dimensions 2, 3, 4 and >=8. In addition, we present the hitherto most precise estimates for growth constants in d >= 3. For clusters with one site attached to an attractive surface, we verify for d >= 3 the superuniversality of the cross-over exponent phgr at the adsorption transition predicted by Janssen and Lyssy, but not for d = 2. There, we find phgr = 0.480(4) instead of the conjectured phgr = 1/2. Finally, we discuss the collapse of animals and trees, arguing that our present version of the algorithm is also efficient for some of the models studied in this context, but showing that it is not very efficient for the 'classical' model for collapsing animals.

Estimation of Kubo number and correlation length of fluctuating magnetic fields and pressure in BOUT + + edge pedestal collapse simulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kim, Jaewook; Lee, W.-J.; Jhang, Hogun; Kaang, H. H.; Ghim, Y.-C.

2017-10-01

Stochastic magnetic fields are thought to be as one of the possible mechanisms for anomalous transport of density, momentum and heat across the magnetic field lines. Kubo number and Chirikov parameter are quantifications of the stochasticity, and previous studies show that perpendicular transport strongly depends on the magnetic Kubo number (MKN). If MKN is smaller than one, diffusion process will follow Rechester-Rosenbluth model; whereas if it is larger than one, percolation theory dominates the diffusion process. Thus, estimation of Kubo number plays an important role to understand diffusion process caused by stochastic magnetic fields. However, spatially localized experimental measurement of fluctuating magnetic fields in a tokamak is difficult, and we attempt to estimate MKNs using BOUT + + simulation data with pedestal collapse. In addition, we calculate correlation length of fluctuating pressures and Chirikov parameters to investigate variation correlation lengths in the simulation. We, then, discuss how one may experimentally estimate MKNs.

Progress with the COGENT Edge Kinetic Code: Implementing the Fokker-Plank Collision Operator

DOE PAGES

Dorf, M. A.; Cohen, R. H.; Dorr, M.; ...

2014-06-20

Here, COGENT is a continuum gyrokinetic code for edge plasma simulations being developed by the Edge Simulation Laboratory collaboration. The code is distinguished by application of a fourth-order finite-volume (conservative) discretization, and mapped multiblock grid technology to handle the geometric complexity of the tokamak edge. The distribution function F is discretized in v∥ – μ (parallel velocity – magnetic moment) velocity coordinates, and the code presently solves an axisymmetric full-f gyro-kinetic equation coupled to the long-wavelength limit of the gyro-Poisson equation. COGENT capabilities are extended by implementing the fully nonlinear Fokker-Plank operator to model Coulomb collisions in magnetized edge plasmas.more » The corresponding Rosenbluth potentials are computed by making use of a finite-difference scheme and multipole-expansion boundary conditions. Details of the numerical algorithms and results of the initial verification studies are discussed. (© 2014 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim)« less

Nonlinear ideal magnetohydrodynamics instabilities

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pfirsch, D.; Sudan, R. N.

1993-07-01

Explosive phenomena such as internal disruptions in toroidal discharges and solar flares are difficult to explain in terms of linear instabilities. A plasma approaching a linear stability limit can, however, become nonlinearly and explosively unstable, with noninfinitesimal perturbations even before the marginal state is reached. For such investigations, a nonlinear extension of the usual MHD (magnetohydrodynamic) energy principle is helpful. (This was obtained by Merkel and Schlüter, Sitzungsberichted. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Munich, 1976, No. 7, for Cartesian coordinate systems.) A coordinate system independent Eulerian formulation for the Lagrangian allowing for equilibria with flow and with built-in conservation laws for mass, magnetic flux, and entropy is developed in this paper which is similar to Newcomb's Lagrangian method of 1962 [Nucl. Fusion, Suppl., Pt. II, 452 (1962)]. For static equilibria nonlinear stability is completely determined by the potential energy. For a potential energy which contains second- and nth order or some more general contributions only, it is shown in full generality that linearly unstable and marginally stable systems are explosively unstable even for infinitesimal perturbations; linearly absolutely stable systems require finite initial perturbations. For equilibria with Abelian symmetries symmetry breaking initial perturbations are needed, which should be observed in numerical simulations. Nonlinear stability is proved for two simple examples, m=0 perturbations of a Bennet Z-pinch and z-independent perturbations of a θ pinch. The algebra for treating these cases reduces considerably if symmetries are taken into account from the outset, as suggested by M. N. Rosenbluth (private communication, 1992).

Collapsing lattice animals and lattice trees in two dimensions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hsu, Hsiao-Ping; Grassberger, Peter

2005-06-01

We present high statistics simulations of weighted lattice bond animals and lattice trees on the square lattice, with fugacities for each non-bonded contact and for each bond between two neighbouring monomers. The simulations are performed using a newly developed sequential sampling method with resampling, very similar to the pruned-enriched Rosenbluth method (PERM) used for linear chain polymers. We determine with high precision the line of second-order transitions from an extended to a collapsed phase in the resulting two-dimensional phase diagram. This line includes critical bond percolation as a multicritical point, and we verify that this point divides the line into different universality classes. One of them corresponds to the collapse driven by contacts and includes the collapse of (weakly embeddable) trees. There is some evidence that the other is subdivided again into two parts with different universality classes. One of these (at the far side from collapsing trees) is bond driven and is represented by the Derrida-Herrmann model of animals having bonds only (no contacts). Between the critical percolation point and this bond-driven collapse seems to be an intermediate regime, whose other end point is a multicritical point P* where a transition line between two collapsed phases (one bond driven and the other contact driven) sparks off. This point P* seems to be attractive (in the renormalization group sense) from the side of the intermediate regime, so there are four universality classes on the transition line (collapsing trees, critical percolation, intermediate regime, and Derrida-Herrmann). We obtain very precise estimates for all critical exponents for collapsing trees. It is already harder to estimate the critical exponents for the intermediate regime. Finally, it is very difficult to obtain with our method good estimates of the critical parameters of the Derrida-Herrmann universality class. As regards the bond-driven to contact-driven transition in the collapsed phase, we have some evidence for its existence and rough location, but no precise estimates of critical exponents.

Nonlinear ideal magnetohydrodynamics instabilities

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Pfirsch, D.; Sudan, R.N.

1993-07-01

Explosive phenomena such as internal disruptions in toroidal discharges and solar flares are difficult to explain in terms of linear instabilities. A plasma approaching a linear stability limit can, however, become nonlinearly and explosively unstable, with noninfinitesimal perturbations even before the marginal state is reached. For such investigations, a nonlinear extension of the usual MHD (magnetohydrodynamic) energy principle is helpful. (This was obtained by Merkel and Schlueter, Sitzungsberichted. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Munich, 1976, No. 7, for Cartesian coordinate systems.) A coordinate system independent Eulerian formulation for the Lagrangian allowing for equilibria with flow and with built-in conservation laws for mass,more » magnetic flux, and entropy is developed in this paper which is similar to Newcomb's Lagrangian method of 1962 [Nucl. Fusion, Suppl., Pt. II, 452 (1962)]. For static equilibria nonlinear stability is completely determined by the potential energy. For a potential energy which contains second- and [ital n]th order or some more general contributions only, it is shown in full generality that linearly unstable and marginally stable systems are explosively unstable even for infinitesimal perturbations; linearly absolutely stable systems require finite initial perturbations. For equilibria with Abelian symmetries symmetry breaking initial perturbations are needed, which should be observed in numerical simulations. Nonlinear stability is proved for two simple examples, [ital m]=0 perturbations of a Bennet Z-pinch and [ital z]-independent perturbations of a [theta] pinch. The algebra for treating these cases reduces considerably if symmetries are taken into account from the outset, as suggested by M. N. Rosenbluth (private communication, 1992).« less

On non-local energy transfer via zonal flow in the Dimits shift

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

St-Onge, Denis A.

2017-10-01

The two-dimensional Terry-Horton equation is shown to exhibit the Dimits shift when suitably modified to capture both the nonlinear enhancement of zonal/drift-wave interactions and the existence of residual Rosenbluth-Hinton states. This phenomenon persists through numerous simplifications of the equation, including a quasilinear approximation as well as a four-mode truncation. It is shown that the use of an appropriate adiabatic electron response, for which the electrons are not affected by the flux-averaged potential, results in an nonlinearity that can efficiently transfer energy non-locally to length scales of the order of the sound radius. The size of the shift for the nonlinear system is heuristically calculated and found to be in excellent agreement with numerical solutions. The existence of the Dimits shift for this system is then understood as an ability of the unstable primary modes to efficiently couple to stable modes at smaller scales, and the shift ends when these stable modes eventually destabilize as the density gradient is increased. This non-local mechanism of energy transfer is argued to be generically important even for more physically complete systems.

Simulation and theory of spontaneous TAE frequency sweeping

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Ge; Berk, H. L.

2012-09-01

A simulation model, based on the linear tip model of Rosenbluth, Berk and Van Dam (RBV), is developed to study frequency sweeping of toroidal Alfvén eigenmodes (TAEs). The time response of the background wave in the RBV model is given by a Volterra integral equation. This model captures the properties of TAE waves both in the gap and in the continuum. The simulation shows that phase space structures form spontaneously at frequencies close to the linearly predicted frequency, due to resonant particle-wave interactions and background dissipation. The frequency sweeping signals are found to chirp towards the upper and lower continua. However, the chirping signals penetrate only the lower continuum, whereupon the frequency chirps and mode amplitude increases in synchronism to produce an explosive solution. An adiabatic theory describing the evolution of a chirping signal is developed which replicates the chirping dynamics of the simulation in the lower continuum. This theory predicts that a decaying chirping signal will terminate at the upper continuum though in the numerical simulation the hole disintegrates before the upper continuum is reached.

An adaptive, conservative 0D-2V multispecies Rosenbluth–Fokker–Planck solver for arbitrarily disparate mass and temperature regimes

DOE PAGES

Taitano, William; Chacon, Luis; Simakov, Andrei Nikolaevich

2016-04-25

In this paper, we propose an adaptive velocity-space discretization scheme for the multi-species, multidimensional Rosenbluth–Fokker–Planck (RFP) equation, which is exactly mass-, momentum-, and energy-conserving. Unlike most earlier studies, our approach normalizes the velocity-space coordinate to the temporally varying individual plasma species' local thermal velocity, v th (t), and explicitly considers the resulting inertial terms in the Fokker–Planck equation. Our conservation strategy employs nonlinear constraints to enforce discretely the conservation properties of these inertial terms and the Fokker–Planck collision operator. To deal with situations of extreme thermal velocity disparities among different species, we employ an asymptotic v th -ratio-based expansion ofmore » the Rosenbluth potentials that only requires the computation of several velocity-space integrals. Numerical examples demonstrate the favorable efficiency and accuracy properties of the scheme. Specifically, we show that the combined use of the velocity-grid adaptivity and asymptotic expansions delivers many orders-of-magnitude savings in mesh resolution requirements compared to a single, static uniform mesh.« less

Comparison of Observed Toroidal Rotation with Neoclassical Transport Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wong, S. K.; Chan, V. S.; Hinton, F. L.

2000-10-01

Toroidal rotations have been observed in Ohmic and ICRF discharges(J.E. Rice et al.), Nucl. Fusion 39 (1999) 1175. which have little overall momentum input. They are found to correlate with the thermal energy content and the magnitude of the plasma current and change sign relative to the plasma current in different conditions. Existing comparisons with neoclassical transport theory either focus on the relation of the rotation with the radial electric field or fail to use the full expression of the angular momentum flux. We seek to remedy this by invoking the correct expressions(M.N. Rosenbluth et al.), Plasma Phys. Contr. Nucl. Fusion Research (IAEA, Vienna, 1971), Vol. 1, p. 495.^,(R.D. Hazeltine, Phys. Fluids 17) (1974) 961.^,(F.L. Hinton and S.K. Wong, Phys. Fluids 28) (1985) 3082. which contain both diffusive and non-diffusive terms. Developmental work is performed to consider such issues as the presence of impurity ions, the occurrence of near-sonic flows, and the lack of up-down symmetry of flux surfaces. Comparison with experiments will be presented.

Tempest simulations of kinetic GAM mode and neoclassical turbulence

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Xu, X. Q.; Dimits, A. M.

2007-11-01

TEMPEST is a nonlinear five dimensional (3d2v) gyrokinetic continuum code for studies of H-mode edge plasma neoclassical transport and turbulence in real divertor geometry. The 4D TEMPEST code correctly produces frequency, collisionless damping of GAM and zonal flow with fully nonlinear Boltzmann electrons in homogeneous plasmas. For large q=4 to 9, the Tempest simulations show that a series of resonance at higher harmonics v||=φGqR0/n with n=4 become effective. The TEMPEST simulation also shows that GAM exists in edge plasma pedestal for steep density and temperature gradients, and an initial GAM relaxes to the standard neoclassical residual with neoclassical transport, rather than Rosenbluth-Hinton residual due to the presence of ion-ion collisions. The enhanced GAM damping explains experimental BES measurements on the edge q scaling of the GAM amplitude. Our 5D gyrokinetic code is built on 4D Tempest neoclassical code with extension to a fifth dimension in toroidal direction and with 3D domain decompositions. Progress on performing 5D neoclassical turbulence simulations will be reported.

Phenomenological extraction of two-photon exchange amplitudes from elastic electron-proton scattering cross section data

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Qattan, I. A.

2017-05-01

Background: The inconsistency in the results obtained from the Rosenbluth separation method and the high-Q2 recoil polarization results on the ratio μpGEp/GMp implies a systematic difference between the two techniques. Several studies suggest that missing higher-order radiative corrections to elastic electron-proton scattering cross section σR(ɛ ,Q2) and in particular hard two-photon-exchange (TPE) contributions could account for the discrepancy. Purpose: In this work, I improve on and extend to low and high Q2 values the extractions of the ɛ dependence of the real parts of the TPE amplitudes relative to the magnetic form factor, as well as the ratio Pl/PlBorn(ɛ ,Q2) by using world data on σR(ɛ ,Q2) with an emphasis on precise new data covering the low-momentum region which is sensitive to the large-scale structure of the nucleon. Method: I combine cross section and polarization measurements of elastic electron-proton scattering to extract the TPE amplitudes. Because the recoil polarization data were confirmed "experimentally" to be essentially independent of ɛ , I constrain the ratio Pt/Pl(ɛ ,Q2) to its ɛ -independent term (Born value) by setting the TPE contributions to zero. This allows for the amplitude YM(ɛ ,Q2) and σR(ɛ ,Q2) to be expressed in terms of the remaining two amplitudes YE(ɛ ,Q2) and Y3(ɛ ,Q2) which in turn are parametrized as second-order polynomials in ɛ and Q2 to reserve as possible the linearity of σR(ɛ ,Q2) as well as to account for possible nonlinearities in the TPE amplitudes. Furthermore, I impose the Regge limit which ensures the vanishing of the TPE contributions to σR(ɛ ,Q2) and the TPE amplitudes in the limit ɛ →1 . Results: I provide simple parametrizations of the TPE amplitudes, along with an estimate of the fit uncertainties. The extracted TPE amplitudes are compared with previous phenomenological extractions and TPE calculations. The Pl/PlBorn ratio is extracted by using the new parametrizations of the TPE amplitudes and compared to previous extractions, TPE calculations, and direct measurements at Q2=2.50(GeV /c ) 2 . Conclusions: The extracted TPE amplitudes are on the few-percentage-points level and behave roughly linearly with increasing Q2 where they become nonlinear at high Q2. Contrary to YM, which is influenced mainly by elastic contributions, I find YE to be influenced by inelastic contributions at large Q2 values. While YE and Y3 differ in magnitude, they have opposite sign and tend to partially cancel each other. This suggests that the TPE correction to σR(ɛ ,Q2) is driven mainly by YM and to a lesser extent by Y3 in agreement with previous phenomenological extractions and hadronic TPE calculations.

[Baseflow separation methods in hydrological process research: a review].

PubMed

Xu, Lei-Lei; Liu, Jing-Lin; Jin, Chang-Jie; Wang, An-Zhi; Guan, De-Xin; Wu, Jia-Bing; Yuan, Feng-Hui

2011-11-01

Baseflow separation research is regarded as one of the most important and difficult issues in hydrology and ecohydrology, but lacked of unified standards in the concepts and methods. This paper introduced the theories of baseflow separation based on the definitions of baseflow components, and analyzed the development course of different baseflow separation methods. Among the methods developed, graph separation method is simple and applicable but arbitrary, balance method accords with hydrological mechanism but is difficult in application, whereas time series separation method and isotopic method can overcome the subjective and arbitrary defects caused by graph separation method, and thus can obtain the baseflow procedure quickly and efficiently. In recent years, hydrological modeling, digital filtering, and isotopic method are the main methods used for baseflow separation.

Quenched Large Deviations for Simple Random Walks on Percolation Clusters Including Long-Range Correlations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Berger, Noam; Mukherjee, Chiranjib; Okamura, Kazuki

2018-03-01

We prove a quenched large deviation principle (LDP) for a simple random walk on a supercritical percolation cluster (SRWPC) on {Z^d} ({d ≥ 2}). The models under interest include classical Bernoulli bond and site percolation as well as models that exhibit long range correlations, like the random cluster model, the random interlacement and the vacant set of random interlacements (for {d ≥ 3}) and the level sets of the Gaussian free field ({d≥ 3}). Inspired by the methods developed by Kosygina et al. (Commun Pure Appl Math 59:1489-1521, 2006) for proving quenched LDP for elliptic diffusions with a random drift, and by Yilmaz (Commun Pure Appl Math 62(8):1033-1075, 2009) and Rosenbluth (Quenched large deviations for multidimensional random walks in a random environment: a variational formula. Ph.D. thesis, NYU, arXiv:0804.1444v1) for similar results regarding elliptic random walks in random environment, we take the point of view of the moving particle and prove a large deviation principle for the quenched distribution of the pair empirical measures of the environment Markov chain in the non-elliptic case of SRWPC. Via a contraction principle, this reduces easily to a quenched LDP for the distribution of the mean velocity of the random walk and both rate functions admit explicit variational formulas. The main difficulty in our set up lies in the inherent non-ellipticity as well as the lack of translation-invariance stemming from conditioning on the fact that the origin belongs to the infinite cluster. We develop a unifying approach for proving quenched large deviations for SRWPC based on exploiting coercivity properties of the relative entropies in the context of convex variational analysis, combined with input from ergodic theory and invoking geometric properties of the supercritical percolation cluster.

Quenched Large Deviations for Simple Random Walks on Percolation Clusters Including Long-Range Correlations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Berger, Noam; Mukherjee, Chiranjib; Okamura, Kazuki

2017-12-01

We prove a quenched large deviation principle (LDP) for a simple random walk on a supercritical percolation cluster (SRWPC) on {Z^d} ({d ≥ 2} ). The models under interest include classical Bernoulli bond and site percolation as well as models that exhibit long range correlations, like the random cluster model, the random interlacement and the vacant set of random interlacements (for {d ≥ 3} ) and the level sets of the Gaussian free field ({d≥ 3} ). Inspired by the methods developed by Kosygina et al. (Commun Pure Appl Math 59:1489-1521, 2006) for proving quenched LDP for elliptic diffusions with a random drift, and by Yilmaz (Commun Pure Appl Math 62(8):1033-1075, 2009) and Rosenbluth (Quenched large deviations for multidimensional random walks in a random environment: a variational formula. Ph.D. thesis, NYU, arXiv:0804.1444v1) for similar results regarding elliptic random walks in random environment, we take the point of view of the moving particle and prove a large deviation principle for the quenched distribution of the pair empirical measures of the environment Markov chain in the non-elliptic case of SRWPC. Via a contraction principle, this reduces easily to a quenched LDP for the distribution of the mean velocity of the random walk and both rate functions admit explicit variational formulas. The main difficulty in our set up lies in the inherent non-ellipticity as well as the lack of translation-invariance stemming from conditioning on the fact that the origin belongs to the infinite cluster. We develop a unifying approach for proving quenched large deviations for SRWPC based on exploiting coercivity properties of the relative entropies in the context of convex variational analysis, combined with input from ergodic theory and invoking geometric properties of the supercritical percolation cluster.

Model for spontaneous frequency sweeping of an Alfvén wave in a toroidal plasma

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Ge; Berk, H. L.

2012-05-01

We study the frequency chirping signals arising from spontaneously excited toroidial Alfvén eigenmode (TAE) waves that are being driven by an inverted energetic particle distribution whose free energy is tapped from the generic particle/wave resonance interaction. Initially a wave is excited inside the Alfvén gap with a frequency determined from the linear tip model of Rosenbluth, Berk and Van dam (RBV) [1]. Hole/clumps structures are formed and are observed to chirp towards lower energy states. We find that the chirping signals from clump enter the Alfvén continuum which eventually produce more rapid chirping signals. The accuracy of the adiabatic approximation for the mode evolution is tested and verified by demonstrating that a WKB-like decomposition of the time response for the field phase and amplitude agree with the data. Plots of the phase space structure correlate well with the chirping dependent shape of the separatrix structure. A novel aspect of the simulation is that it performed close to the wave frame of the phase space structure, which enables the numerical time step to remain the same during the simulation, independent of the rest frame frequency.

Edge gyrokinetic theory and continuum simulations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Xu, X. Q.; Xiong, Z.; Dorr, M. R.; Hittinger, J. A.; Bodi, K.; Candy, J.; Cohen, B. I.; Cohen, R. H.; Colella, P.; Kerbel, G. D.; Krasheninnikov, S.; Nevins, W. M.; Qin, H.; Rognlien, T. D.; Snyder, P. B.; Umansky, M. V.

2007-08-01

The following results are presented from the development and application of TEMPEST, a fully nonlinear (full-f) five-dimensional (3d2v) gyrokinetic continuum edge-plasma code. (1) As a test of the interaction of collisions and parallel streaming, TEMPEST is compared with published analytic and numerical results for endloss of particles confined by combined electrostatic and magnetic wells. Good agreement is found over a wide range of collisionality, confining potential and mirror ratio, and the required velocity space resolution is modest. (2) In a large-aspect-ratio circular geometry, excellent agreement is found for a neoclassical equilibrium with parallel ion flow in the banana regime with zero temperature gradient and radial electric field. (3) The four-dimensional (2d2v) version of the code produces the first self-consistent simulation results of collisionless damping of geodesic acoustic modes and zonal flow (Rosenbluth-Hinton residual) with Boltzmann electrons using a full-f code. The electric field is also found to agree with the standard neoclassical expression for steep density and ion temperature gradients in the plateau regime. In divertor geometry, it is found that the endloss of particles and energy induces parallel flow stronger than the core neoclassical predictions in the SOL.

Effects of plasma shaping on nonlinear gyrokinetic turbulence

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Belli, E. A.; Hammett, G. W.; Dorland, W.

The effects of flux surface shape on the gyrokinetic stability and transport of tokamak plasmas are studied using the GS2 code [M. Kotschenreuther, G. Rewoldt, and W. M. Tang, Comput. Phys. Commun. 88, 128 (1995); W. Dorland, F. Jenko, M. Kotschenreuther, and B. N. Rogers, Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 5579 (2000)]. Studies of the scaling of nonlinear turbulence with shaping parameters are performed using analytic equilibria based on interpolations of representative shapes of the Joint European Torus [P. H. Rebut and B. E. Keen, Fusion Technol. 11, 13 (1987)]. High shaping is found to be a stabilizing influence on bothmore » the linear ion-temperature-gradient (ITG) instability and the nonlinear ITG turbulence. For the parameter regime studied here, a scaling of the heat flux with elongation of {chi}{approx}{kappa}{sup -1.5} or {kappa}{sup -2.0}, depending on the triangularity, is observed at fixed average temperature gradient. While this is not as strong as empirical elongation scalings, it is also found that high shaping results in a larger Dimits upshift of the nonlinear critical temperature gradient due to an enhancement of the Rosenbluth-Hinton residual zonal flows.« less

A New Cluster Analysis-Marker-Controlled Watershed Method for Separating Particles of Granular Soils.

PubMed

Alam, Md Ferdous; Haque, Asadul

2017-10-18

An accurate determination of particle-level fabric of granular soils from tomography data requires a maximum correct separation of particles. The popular marker-controlled watershed separation method is widely used to separate particles. However, the watershed method alone is not capable of producing the maximum separation of particles when subjected to boundary stresses leading to crushing of particles. In this paper, a new separation method, named as Monash Particle Separation Method (MPSM), has been introduced. The new method automatically determines the optimal contrast coefficient based on cluster evaluation framework to produce the maximum accurate separation outcomes. Finally, the particles which could not be separated by the optimal contrast coefficient were separated by integrating cuboid markers generated from the clustering by Gaussian mixture models into the routine watershed method. The MPSM was validated on a uniformly graded sand volume subjected to one-dimensional compression loading up to 32 MPa. It was demonstrated that the MPSM is capable of producing the best possible separation of particles required for the fabric analysis.

Noise source separation of diesel engine by combining binaural sound localization method and blind source separation method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yao, Jiachi; Xiang, Yang; Qian, Sichong; Li, Shengyang; Wu, Shaowei

2017-11-01

In order to separate and identify the combustion noise and the piston slap noise of a diesel engine, a noise source separation and identification method that combines a binaural sound localization method and blind source separation method is proposed. During a diesel engine noise and vibration test, because a diesel engine has many complex noise sources, a lead covering method was carried out on a diesel engine to isolate other interference noise from the No. 1-5 cylinders. Only the No. 6 cylinder parts were left bare. Two microphones that simulated the human ears were utilized to measure the radiated noise signals 1 m away from the diesel engine. First, a binaural sound localization method was adopted to separate the noise sources that are in different places. Then, for noise sources that are in the same place, a blind source separation method is utilized to further separate and identify the noise sources. Finally, a coherence function method, continuous wavelet time-frequency analysis method, and prior knowledge of the diesel engine are combined to further identify the separation results. The results show that the proposed method can effectively separate and identify the combustion noise and the piston slap noise of a diesel engine. The frequency of the combustion noise and the piston slap noise are respectively concentrated at 4350 Hz and 1988 Hz. Compared with the blind source separation method, the proposed method has superior separation and identification effects, and the separation results have fewer interference components from other noise.

Source separation of municipal solid waste: The effects of different separation methods and citizens' inclination-case study of Changsha, China.

PubMed

Chen, Haibin; Yang, Yan; Jiang, Wei; Song, Mengjie; Wang, Ying; Xiang, Tiantian

2017-02-01

A case study on the source separation of municipal solid waste (MSW) was performed in Changsha, the capital city of Hunan Province, China. The objective of this study is to analyze the effects of different separation methods and compare their effects with citizens' attitudes and inclination. An effect evaluation method based on accuracy rate and miscellany rate was proposed to study the performance of different separation methods. A large-scale questionnaire survey was conducted to determine citizens' attitudes and inclination toward source separation. Survey result shows that the vast majority of respondents hold consciously positive attitudes toward participation in source separation. Moreover, the respondents ignore the operability of separation methods and would rather choose the complex separation method involving four or more subclassed categories. For the effects of separation methods, the site experiment result demonstrates that the relatively simple separation method involving two categories (food waste and other waste) achieves the best effect with the highest accuracy rate (83.1%) and the lowest miscellany rate (16.9%) among the proposed experimental alternatives. The outcome reflects the inconsistency between people's environmental awareness and behavior. Such inconsistency and conflict may be attributed to the lack of environmental knowledge. Environmental education is assumed to be a fundamental solution to improve the effect of source separation of MSW in Changsha. Important management tips on source separation, including the reformation of the current pay-as-you-throw (PAYT) system, are presented in this work. A case study on the source separation of municipal solid waste was performed in Changsha. An effect evaluation method based on accuracy rate and miscellany rate was proposed to study the performance of different separation methods. The site experiment result demonstrates that the two-category (food waste and other waste) method achieves the best effect. The inconsistency between people's inclination and the effect of source separation exists. The proposed method can be expanded to other cities to determine the most effective separation method during planning stages or to evaluate the performance of running source separation systems.

A New Cluster Analysis-Marker-Controlled Watershed Method for Separating Particles of Granular Soils

PubMed Central

Alam, Md Ferdous

2017-01-01

An accurate determination of particle-level fabric of granular soils from tomography data requires a maximum correct separation of particles. The popular marker-controlled watershed separation method is widely used to separate particles. However, the watershed method alone is not capable of producing the maximum separation of particles when subjected to boundary stresses leading to crushing of particles. In this paper, a new separation method, named as Monash Particle Separation Method (MPSM), has been introduced. The new method automatically determines the optimal contrast coefficient based on cluster evaluation framework to produce the maximum accurate separation outcomes. Finally, the particles which could not be separated by the optimal contrast coefficient were separated by integrating cuboid markers generated from the clustering by Gaussian mixture models into the routine watershed method. The MPSM was validated on a uniformly graded sand volume subjected to one-dimensional compression loading up to 32 MPa. It was demonstrated that the MPSM is capable of producing the best possible separation of particles required for the fabric analysis. PMID:29057823

Two inviscid computational simulations of separated flow about airfoils

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Barnwell, R. W.

1976-01-01

Two inviscid computational simulations of separated flow about airfoils are described. The basic computational method is the line relaxation finite-difference method. Viscous separation is approximated with inviscid free-streamline separation. The point of separation is specified, and the pressure in the separation region is calculated. In the first simulation, the empiricism of constant pressure in the separation region is employed. This empiricism is easier to implement with the present method than with singularity methods. In the second simulation, acoustic theory is used to determine the pressure in the separation region. The results of both simulations are compared with experiment.

Study on Separation of Structural Isomer with Magneto-Archimedes method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kobayashi, T.; Mori, T.; Akiyama, Y.; Mishima, F.; Nishijima, S.

2017-09-01

Organic compounds are refined by separating their structural isomers, however each separation method has some problems. For example, distillation consumes large energy. In order to solve these problems, new separation method is needed. Considering organic compounds are diamagnetic, we focused on magneto-Archimedes method. With this method, particle mixture dispersed in a paramagnetic medium can be separated in a magnetic field due to the difference of the density and magnetic susceptibility of the particles. In this study, we succeeded in separating isomers of phthalic acid as an example of structural isomer using MnCl2 solution as the paramagnetic medium. In order to use magneto-Archimedes method for separating materials for food or medicine, we proposed harmless medium using oxygen and fluorocarbon instead of MnCl2 aqueous solution. As a result, the possibility of separating every structural isomer was shown.

Model reduction method using variable-separation for stochastic saddle point problems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jiang, Lijian; Li, Qiuqi

2018-02-01

In this paper, we consider a variable-separation (VS) method to solve the stochastic saddle point (SSP) problems. The VS method is applied to obtain the solution in tensor product structure for stochastic partial differential equations (SPDEs) in a mixed formulation. The aim of such a technique is to construct a reduced basis approximation of the solution of the SSP problems. The VS method attempts to get a low rank separated representation of the solution for SSP in a systematic enrichment manner. No iteration is performed at each enrichment step. In order to satisfy the inf-sup condition in the mixed formulation, we enrich the separated terms for the primal system variable at each enrichment step. For the SSP problems by regularization or penalty, we propose a more efficient variable-separation (VS) method, i.e., the variable-separation by penalty method. This can avoid further enrichment of the separated terms in the original mixed formulation. The computation of the variable-separation method decomposes into offline phase and online phase. Sparse low rank tensor approximation method is used to significantly improve the online computation efficiency when the number of separated terms is large. For the applications of SSP problems, we present three numerical examples to illustrate the performance of the proposed methods.

The Dynamics of Small-Scale Turbulence Driven Flows

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Beer, M. A.; Hammett, G. W.

1997-11-01

The dynamics of small-scale fluctuation driven flows are of great interest for micro-instability driven turbulence, since nonlinear toroidal simulations have shown that these flows play an important role in the regulation of the turbulence and transport levels. The gyrofluid treatment of these flows was shown to be accurate for times shorter than a bounce time.(Beer, M. A., Ph. D. thesis, Princeton University (1995).) Since the decorrelation times of the turbulence are generally shorter than a bounce time, our original hypothesis was that this description was adequate. Recent work(Hinton, F. L., Rosenbluth, M. N., and Waltz, R. E., International Sherwood Fusion Theory Conference (1997).) pointed out possible problems with this hypothesis, emphasizing the existence of a linearly undamped component of the flow which could build up in time and lower the final turbulence level. While our original gyrofluid model reproduces some aspects of the linear flow, there are differences between the long time gyrofluid and kinetic linear results in some cases. On the other hand, if the long time behavior of these flows is dominated by nonlinear damping (which seems reasonable), then the existing nonlinear gyrofluid simulations may be sufficiently accurate. We test these possibilities by modifying the gyrofluid description of these flows and diagnosing the flow evolution in nonlinear simulations.

Pulsed Electromagnetic Acceleration of Plasma: A Review

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Thio, Y. C. Francis; Turchi, Peter J.; Markusic, Thomas E.; Cassibry, Jason T.; Sommer, James; Rodgers, Stephen L. (Technical Monitor)

2002-01-01

Much have been learned in the acceleration mechanisms involved in accelerating a plasma electromagnetically in the laboratory over the last 40 years since the early review by Winston Bostik of 1963, but the accumulated understanding is very much scattered throughout the literature. This literature extends back at least to the early sixties and includes Rosenbluth's snowplow model, discussions by Ralph Lovberg, Colgate's boundary-layer model of a current sheet, many papers from the activity at Columbia by Robert Gross and his colleagues, and the relevant, 1-D unsteady descriptions developed from the U. of Maryland theta-pinch studies. Recent progress on the understanding of the pulsed penetration of magnetic fields into collisionless or nearly collisionless plasmas are also be reviewed. Somewhat more recently, we have the two-dimensional, unsteady results in the collisional regime associated with so-called wall-instability in large radius pinch discharges and also in coaxial plasma guns (e.g., Plasma Flow Switch). Among other things, for example, we have the phenomenon of a high- density plasma discharge propagating in a cooaxial gun as an apparently straight sheet (vs paraboloid) because mass re-distribution (on a microsecond timescale) compensates for the 1/r- squared variation of magnetic pressure. We will attempt to collate some of this vast material and bring some coherence tc the development of the subject.

Flexible Charged Macromolecules on Mixed Fluid Lipid Membranes: Theory and Monte Carlo Simulations

PubMed Central

Tzlil, Shelly; Ben-Shaul, Avinoam

2005-01-01

Fluid membranes containing charged lipids enhance binding of oppositely charged proteins by mobilizing these lipids into the interaction zone, overcoming the concomitant entropic losses due to lipid segregation and lower conformational freedom upon macromolecule adsorption. We study this energetic-entropic interplay using Monte Carlo simulations and theory. Our model system consists of a flexible cationic polyelectrolyte, interacting, via Debye-Hückel and short-ranged repulsive potentials, with membranes containing neutral lipids, 1% tetravalent, and 10% (or 1%) monovalent anionic lipids. Adsorption onto a fluid membrane is invariably stronger than to an equally charged frozen or uniform membrane. Although monovalent lipids may suffice for binding rigid macromolecules, polyvalent counter-lipids (e.g., phosphatidylinositol 4,5 bisphosphate), whose entropy loss upon localization is negligible, are crucial for binding flexible macromolecules, which lose conformational entropy upon adsorption. Extending Rosenbluth's Monte Carlo scheme we directly simulate polymer adsorption on fluid membranes. Yet, we argue that similar information could be derived from a biased superposition of quenched membrane simulations. Using a simple cell model we account for surface concentration effects, and show that the average adsorption probabilities on annealed and quenched membranes coincide at vanishing surface concentrations. We discuss the relevance of our model to the electrostatic-switch mechanism of, e.g., the myristoylated alanine-rich C kinase substrate protein. PMID:16126828

An equilibrium-preserving discretization for the nonlinear Rosenbluth-Fokker-Planck operator in arbitrary multi-dimensional geometry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Taitano, W. T.; Chacón, L.; Simakov, A. N.

2017-06-01

The Fokker-Planck collision operator is an advection-diffusion operator which describe dynamical systems such as weakly coupled plasmas [1,2], photonics in high temperature environment [3,4], biological [5], and even social systems [6]. For plasmas in the continuum, the Fokker-Planck collision operator supports such important physical properties as conservation of number, momentum, and energy, as well as positivity. It also obeys the Boltzmann's H-theorem [7-11], i.e., the operator increases the system entropy while simultaneously driving the distribution function towards a Maxwellian. In the discrete, when these properties are not ensured, numerical simulations can either fail catastrophically or suffer from significant numerical pollution [12,13]. There is strong emphasis in the literature on developing numerical techniques to solve the Fokker-Planck equation while preserving these properties [12-24]. In this short note, we focus on the analytical equilibrium preserving property, meaning that the Fokker-Planck collision operator vanishes when acting on an analytical Maxwellian distribution function. The equilibrium preservation property is especially important, for example, when one is attempting to capture subtle transport physics. Since transport arises from small O (ɛ) corrections to the equilibrium [25] (where ɛ is a small expansion parameter), numerical truncation error present in the equilibrium solution may dominate, overwhelming transport dynamics.

Dynamic Confinement of ITER Plasma by O-Mode Driver at Electron Cyclotron Frequency Range

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Stefan, V. Alexander

2009-05-01

A low B-field side launched electron cyclotron O-Mode driver leads to the dynamic rf confinement, in addition to rf turbulent heating, of ITER plasma. The scaling law for the local energy confinement time τE is evaluated (τE ˜ 3neTe/2Q, where (3/2) neTe is the local plasma thermal energy density and Q is the local rf turbulent heating rate). The dynamics of unstable dissipative trapped particle modes (DTPM) strongly coupled to Trivelpiece-Gould (T-G) modes is studied for gyrotron frequency 170GHz; power˜24 MW CW; and on-axis B-field ˜ 10T. In the case of dynamic stabilization of DTPM turbulence and for the heavily damped T-G modes, the energy confinement time scales as τE˜(I0)-2, whereby I0(W/m^2) is the O-Mode driver irradiance. R. Prater et. al., Nucl. Fusion 48, No 3 (March 2008). E. P. Velikhov, History of the Russian Tokamak and the Tokamak Thermonuclear Fusion Research Worldwide That Led to ITER (Documentary movie; Stefan Studios Int'l, La Jolla, CA, 2008; E. P. Velikhov, V. Stefan.) M N Rosenbluth, Phys. Scr. T2A 104-109 1982 B. B. Kadomtsev and O. P. Pogutse, Nucl. Fusion 11, 67 (1971).

Differential electrophoretic separation of cells and its effect on cell viability

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Leise, E. M.; Lesane, F.

1974-01-01

An electrophoretic separation method was applied to the separation of cells. To determine the efficiency of the separation, it was necessary to apply existing methodology and develop new methods to assess the characteristics and functions of the separated subpopulations. Through appropriate application of the widely used isoelectric focusing procedure, a reproducible separation method was developed. Cells accumulated at defined pH and 70-80% remained viable. The cells were suitable for further biologic, biochemical and immunologic studies.

Centrifugal separator devices, systems and related methods

DOEpatents

Meikrantz, David H [Idaho Falls, ID; Law, Jack D [Pocatello, ID; Garn, Troy G [Idaho Falls, ID; Todd, Terry A [Aberdeen, ID; Macaluso, Lawrence L [Carson City, NV

2012-03-20

Centrifugal separator devices, systems and related methods are described. More particularly, fluid transfer connections for a centrifugal separator system having support assemblies with a movable member coupled to a connection tube and coupled to a fixed member, such that the movable member is constrained to movement along a fixed path relative to the fixed member are described. Also, centrifugal separator systems including such fluid transfer connections are described. Additionally, methods of installing, removing and/or replacing centrifugal separators from centrifugal separator systems are described.

Deep Exclusive Pseudoscalar Meson Production at Jefferson Lab Hall C

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Basnet, Samip

2017-09-01

Measurements of exclusive meson production are a useful tool in the study of hadronic structure. In particular, one can discern the relevant degrees of freedom at different distance scales through these studies. In the transition region between low momentum transfer (where a description of hadronic degrees of freedom in terms of effective hadronic Lagrangians is valid) and high momentum transfer (where the degrees of freedom are quarks and gluons), the predictive power of Quantum Chromodynamics (QCD), the theory of the strong interaction, is limited due to the absence of a complete solution. Thus, one has to rely upon experimental datamore » from the non-perturbative intermediate-energy regime to thoroughly understand the onset of perturbative QCD (pQCD) as the momentum transfer is increased. This work involves two deep exclusive meson electroproduction experiments at Jefferson Lab (JLab). The p(e,e'pi+)n reaction is studied at fixed Q^2 and W of 2.5 GeV2 and 2.0 GeV, respectively, while varying the four momentum transfer to the nucleon -t from 0.2 to 2.1 GeV2 . As -t is increased, the hadronic interaction scale is reduced independently of the observation scale of the virtual photon, providing valuable information about the hard- scattering process in general. The data was taken at JLab Hall C in 2003, as a part of the experiment E01-004, Fpi-2, using the High Momentum Spectrometer (HMS) and Short Orbit Spectrometer (SOS), and in this work, the results of the differential cross section analysis are presented and compared to prior data, as well as two theoretical models. Using these results over a wide -t range, the transition from hard to soft QCD is also studied. In addition, the p(e,e'K+)Lambda(Sigma0) reactions are also studied. Despite their importance in elucidating the reaction mechanism underlying strangeness production, we still do not have complete understanding of these reactions above the resonance region. The experiment, E12- 09-011, intends to perform, for the first time, a full Rosenbluth (L/T/LT/TT) separation of p(e,e'K+)Lambda(Sigma0) cross sections above the resonance region using the newly upgraded standard equipment, Super High Momentum Spectrometer (SHMS) at JLab Hall C. The separated data will allow us to better understand the Kaon production reaction mechanism and the hard-soft QCD transition in exclusive processes. The kinematic settings being studied in the experiment ranges from Q^2 of 0.4 to 5.5 GeV2, W of 2.3 to 3.1 GeV, and -t of 0.06 to 0.53 GeV2. Here, the results from some pre-experimental studies with regards to estimations of singles rates as well as real and accidental coincidence rates are presented, using two different models. The implications of these projections on the runplan for the experiment are also discussed.« less

Methods for separating a fluid, and devices capable of separating a fluid

DOEpatents

TeGrotenhuis, Ward E; Humble, Paul H; Caldwell, Dustin D

2013-05-14

Methods and apparatus for separating fluids are disclosed. We have discovered that, surprisingly, providing an open pore structure between a wick and an open flow channel resulted in superior separation performance. A novel and compact integrated device components for conducting separations are also described.

Polarization transfer observables in elastic electron-proton scattering at Q2=2.5 , 5.2, 6.8, and 8.5 GeV2

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Puckett, A. J. R.; Brash, E. J.; Jones, M. K.; Luo, W.; Meziane, M.; Pentchev, L.; Perdrisat, C. F.; Punjabi, V.; Wesselmann, F. R.; Afanasev, A.; Ahmidouch, A.; Albayrak, I.; Aniol, K. A.; Arrington, J.; Asaturyan, A.; Baghdasaryan, H.; Benmokhtar, F.; Bertozzi, W.; Bimbot, L.; Bosted, P.; Boeglin, W.; Butuceanu, C.; Carter, P.; Chernenko, S.; Christy, M. E.; Commisso, M.; Cornejo, J. C.; Covrig, S.; Danagoulian, S.; Daniel, A.; Davidenko, A.; Day, D.; Dhamija, S.; Dutta, D.; Ent, R.; Frullani, S.; Fenker, H.; Frlez, E.; Garibaldi, F.; Gaskell, D.; Gilad, S.; Gilman, R.; Goncharenko, Y.; Hafidi, K.; Hamilton, D.; Higinbotham, D. W.; Hinton, W.; Horn, T.; Hu, B.; Huang, J.; Huber, G. M.; Jensen, E.; Keppel, C.; Khandaker, M.; King, P.; Kirillov, D.; Kohl, M.; Kravtsov, V.; Kumbartzki, G.; Li, Y.; Mamyan, V.; Margaziotis, D. J.; Marsh, A.; Matulenko, Y.; Maxwell, J.; Mbianda, G.; Meekins, D.; Melnik, Y.; Miller, J.; Mkrtchyan, A.; Mkrtchyan, H.; Moffit, B.; Moreno, O.; Mulholland, J.; Narayan, A.; Nedev, S.; Nuruzzaman, Piasetzky, E.; Pierce, W.; Piskunov, N. M.; Prok, Y.; Ransome, R. D.; Razin, D. S.; Reimer, P.; Reinhold, J.; Rondon, O.; Shabestari, M.; Shahinyan, A.; Shestermanov, K.; Širca, S.; Sitnik, I.; Smykov, L.; Smith, G.; Solovyev, L.; Solvignon, P.; Subedi, R.; Tomasi-Gustafsson, E.; Vasiliev, A.; Veilleux, M.; Wojtsekhowski, B. B.; Wood, S.; Ye, Z.; Zanevsky, Y.; Zhang, X.; Zhang, Y.; Zheng, X.; Zhu, L.

2017-11-01

Background: Interest in the behavior of nucleon electromagnetic form factors at large momentum transfers has steadily increased since the discovery, using polarization observables, of the rapid decrease of the ratio GEp/GMp of the proton's electric and magnetic form factors for momentum transfers Q2≳1 GeV2, in strong disagreement with previous extractions of this ratio using the traditional Rosenbluth separation technique. Purpose: The GEp-III and GEp -2 γ experiments were carried out in Jefferson Laboratory's (JLab's) Hall C from 2007 to 2008, to extend the knowledge of GEp/GMp to the highest practically achievable Q2 given the maximum beam energy of 6 GeV and to search for effects beyond the Born approximation in polarization transfer observables of elastic e ⃗p scattering. This article provides an expanded description of the common experimental apparatus and data analysis procedures, and reports the results of a final reanalysis of the data from both experiments, including the previously unpublished results of the full-acceptance dataset of the GEp -2 γ experiment. Methods: Polarization transfer observables in elastic e ⃗p →e p ⃗ scattering were measured at central Q2 values of 2.5, 5.2, 6.8, and 8.54 GeV2. At Q2=2.5 GeV2 , data were obtained for central values of the virtual photon polarization parameter ɛ of 0.149, 0.632, and 0.783. The Hall C High Momentum Spectrometer detected and measured the polarization of protons recoiling elastically from collisions of JLab's polarized electron beam with a liquid hydrogen target. A large-acceptance electromagnetic calorimeter detected the elastically scattered electrons in coincidence to suppress inelastic backgrounds. Results: The final GEp-III data are largely unchanged relative to the originally published results. The statistical uncertainties of the final GEp -2 γ data are significantly reduced at ɛ =0.632 and 0.783 relative to the original publication. Conclusions: The final GEp-III results show that the decrease with Q2 of GEp/GMp continues to Q2=8.5 GeV2 , but at a slowing rate relative to the approximately linear decrease observed in earlier Hall A measurements. At Q2=8.5 GeV2 , GEp/GMp remains positive but is consistent with zero. At Q2=2.5 GeV2 , GEp/GMp derived from the polarization component ratio R ∝Pt/Pℓ shows no statistically significant ɛ dependence, as expected in the Born approximation. On the other hand, the ratio Pℓ/PℓBorn of the longitudinal polarization transfer component to its Born value shows an enhancement of roughly 1.7% at ɛ =0.783 relative to ɛ =0.149 , with ≈2.2 σ significance based on the total uncertainty, implying a similar effect in the transverse component Pt that cancels in the ratio R .

26 CFR 1.985-3 - United States dollar approximate separate transactions method.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... transactions method. 1.985-3 Section 1.985-3 Internal Revenue INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE, DEPARTMENT OF THE... dollar approximate separate transactions method. (a) Scope and effective date—(1) Scope. This section describes the United States dollar (dollar) approximate separate transactions method of accounting (DASTM...

Method for separating disparate components in a fluid stream

DOEpatents

Meikrantz, David H.

1990-01-01

The invention provides a method of separating a mixed component waste stream in a centrifugal separator. The mixed component waste stream is introduced into the separator and is centrifugally separated within a spinning rotor. A dual vortex separation occurs due to the phase density differences, with the phases exiting the rotor distinct from one another. In a preferred embodiment, aqueous solutions of organics can be separated with up to 100% efficiency. The relatively more dense water phase is centrifugally separated through a radially outer aperture in the separator, while the relatively less dense organic phase is separated through a radially inner aperture.

Conditions for fluid separations in microchannels, capillary-driven fluid separations, and laminated devices capable of separating fluids

DOEpatents

TeGrotenhuis, Ward E [Kennewick, WA; Stenkamp, Victoria S [Richland, WA

2005-04-05

Methods of separating fluids using capillary forces and/or improved conditions for are disclosed. The improved methods may include control of the ratio of gas and liquid Reynolds numbers relative to the Suratman number. Also disclosed are wick-containing, laminated devices that are capable of separating fluids.

Conditions for fluid separations in microchannels, capillary-driven fluid separations, and laminated devices capable of separating fluids

DOEpatents

TeGrotenhuis, Ward E [Kennewick, WA; Stenkamp, Victoria S [Richland, WA

2008-03-18

Methods of separating fluids using capillary forces and/or improved conditions for are disclosed. The improved methods may include control of the ratio of gas and liquid Reynolds numbers relative to the Suratman number. Also disclosed are wick-containing, laminated devices that are capable of separating fluids.

Method and means for separating and classifying superconductive particles

DOEpatents

Park, Jin Y.; Kearney, Robert J.

1991-01-01

The specification and drawings describe a series of devices and methods for classifying and separating superconductive particles. The superconductive particles may be separated from non-superconductive particles, and the superconductive particles may be separated by degrees of susceptibility to the Meissner effect force. The particles may also be simultaneously separated by size or volume and mass to obtain substantially homogeneous groups of particles. The separation techniques include levitation, preferential sedimentation and preferential concentration. Multiple separation vector forces are disclosed.

A new method for separating first row transition metals and actinides from synthetic melt glass

DOE PAGES

Roman, Audrey Rae; Bond, Evelyn M.

2016-01-14

A new method was developed for separating Co, Fe, and Sc from complex debris matrices using the extraction chromatography resin DGA. The activation products Co-58, Mn-54, and Sc-46 were used to characterize the separation of the synthetic melt glass solutions. In the separation scheme that was developed, Au, Co, Cu, Fe, Sc, and Ti were separated from the rest of the sample constituents. In this paper, the synthetic melt glass separation method, efficiency, recoveries, and the length of procedure will be discussed. In conclusion, batch contact adsorption studies for Na and Sc for DGA resin are discussed as well.

Centrifugal separators and related devices and methods

DOEpatents

Meikrantz, David H [Idaho Falls, ID; Law, Jack D [Pocatello, ID; Garn, Troy G [Idaho Falls, ID; Macaluso, Lawrence L [Carson City, NV; Todd, Terry A [Aberdeen, ID

2012-03-06

Centrifugal separators and related methods and devices are described. More particularly, centrifugal separators comprising a first fluid supply fitting configured to deliver fluid into a longitudinal fluid passage of a rotor shaft and a second fluid supply fitting sized and configured to sealingly couple with the first fluid supply fitting are described. Also, centrifugal separator systems comprising a manifold having a drain fitting and a cleaning fluid supply fitting are described, wherein the manifold is coupled to a movable member of a support assembly. Additionally, methods of cleaning centrifugal separators are described.

Isolation of osteoprogenitors from human jaw periosteal cells: a comparison of two magnetic separation methods.

PubMed

Olbrich, Marcus; Rieger, Melanie; Reinert, Siegmar; Alexander, Dorothea

2012-01-01

Human jaw periosteum tissue contains osteoprogenitors that have potential for tissue engineering applications in oral and maxillofacial surgeries. To isolate osteoprogenitor cells from heterogeneous cell populations, we used the specific mesenchymal stem cell antigen-1 (MSCA-1) antibody and compared two magnetic separation methods. We analyzed the obtained MSCA-1(+) and MSCA-1(-) fractions in terms of purity, yield of positive/negative cells and proliferative and mineralization potentials. The analysis of cell viability after separation revealed that the EasySep method yielded higher viability rates, whereas the flow cytometry results showed a higher purity for the MACS-separated cell fractions. The mineralization capacity of the osteogenic induced MSCA-1(+) cells compared with the MSCA-1(-) controls using MACS was 5-fold higher, whereas the same comparison after EasySep showed no significant differences between both fractions. By analyzing cell proliferation, we detected a significant difference between the proliferative potential of the osteogenic cells versus untreated cells after the MACS and EasySep separations. The differentiated cells after MACS separation adjusted their proliferative capacity, whereas the EasySep-separated cells failed to do so. The protein expression analysis showed small differences between the two separation methods. Our findings suggest that MACS is a more suitable separation method to isolate osteoprogenitors from the entire jaw periosteal cell population.

Separate versus Concurrent Calibration Methods in Vertical Scaling.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Karkee, Thakur; Lewis, Daniel M.; Hoskens, Machteld; Yao, Lihua; Haug, Carolyn

Two methods to establish a common scale across grades within a content area using a common item design (separate and concurrent) have previously been studied under simulated conditions. Separate estimation is accomplished through separate calibration and grade-by-grade chained linking. Concurrent calibration established the vertical scale in a…

Methods for separation/purification utilizing rapidly cycled thermal swing sorption

DOEpatents

Tonkovich, Anna Lee Y.; Monzyk, Bruce F.; Wang, Yong; VanderWiel, David P.; Perry, Steven T.; Fitzgerald, Sean P.; Simmons, Wayne W.; McDaniel, Jeffrey S.; Weller, Jr., Albert E.

2004-11-09

The present invention provides apparatus and methods for separating fluid components. In preferred embodiments, the apparatus and methods utilize microchannel devices with small distances for heat and mass transfer to achieve rapid cycle times and surprisingly large volumes of fluid components separated in short times using relatively compact hardware.

On the quantum Landau collision operator and electron collisions in dense plasmas

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Daligault, Jérôme, E-mail: daligaul@lanl.gov

2016-03-15

The quantum Landau collision operator, which extends the widely used Landau/Fokker-Planck collision operator to include quantum statistical effects, is discussed. The quantum extension can serve as a reference model for including electron collisions in non-equilibrium dense plasmas, in which the quantum nature of electrons cannot be neglected. In this paper, the properties of the Landau collision operator that have been useful in traditional plasma kinetic theory and plasma transport theory are extended to the quantum case. We outline basic properties in connection with the conservation laws, the H-theorem, and the global and local equilibrium distributions. We discuss the Fokker-Planck formmore » of the operator in terms of three potentials that extend the usual two Rosenbluth potentials. We establish practical closed-form expressions for these potentials under local thermal equilibrium conditions in terms of Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein integrals. We study the properties of linearized quantum Landau operator, and extend two popular approximations used in plasma physics to include collisions in kinetic simulations. We apply the quantum Landau operator to the classic test-particle problem to illustrate the physical effects embodied in the quantum extension. We present useful closed-form expressions for the electron-ion momentum and energy transfer rates. Throughout the paper, similarities and differences between the quantum and classical Landau collision operators are emphasized.« less

Modeling the relaxation of internal DNA segments during genome mapping in nanochannels.

PubMed

Jain, Aashish; Sheats, Julian; Reifenberger, Jeffrey G; Cao, Han; Dorfman, Kevin D

2016-09-01

We have developed a multi-scale model describing the dynamics of internal segments of DNA in nanochannels used for genome mapping. In addition to the channel geometry, the model takes as its inputs the DNA properties in free solution (persistence length, effective width, molecular weight, and segmental hydrodynamic radius) and buffer properties (temperature and viscosity). Using pruned-enriched Rosenbluth simulations of a discrete wormlike chain model with circa 10 base pair resolution and a numerical solution for the hydrodynamic interactions in confinement, we convert these experimentally available inputs into the necessary parameters for a one-dimensional, Rouse-like model of the confined chain. The resulting coarse-grained model resolves the DNA at a length scale of approximately 6 kilobase pairs in the absence of any global hairpin folds, and is readily studied using a normal-mode analysis or Brownian dynamics simulations. The Rouse-like model successfully reproduces both the trends and order of magnitude of the relaxation time of the distance between labeled segments of DNA obtained in experiments. The model also provides insights that are not readily accessible from experiments, such as the role of the molecular weight of the DNA and location of the labeled segments that impact the statistical models used to construct genome maps from data acquired in nanochannels. The multi-scale approach used here, while focused towards a technologically relevant scenario, is readily adapted to other channel sizes and polymers.

On the quantum Landau collision operator and electron collisions in dense plasmas

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Daligault, Jérôme

2016-03-01

The quantum Landau collision operator, which extends the widely used Landau/Fokker-Planck collision operator to include quantum statistical effects, is discussed. The quantum extension can serve as a reference model for including electron collisions in non-equilibrium dense plasmas, in which the quantum nature of electrons cannot be neglected. In this paper, the properties of the Landau collision operator that have been useful in traditional plasma kinetic theory and plasma transport theory are extended to the quantum case. We outline basic properties in connection with the conservation laws, the H-theorem, and the global and local equilibrium distributions. We discuss the Fokker-Planck form of the operator in terms of three potentials that extend the usual two Rosenbluth potentials. We establish practical closed-form expressions for these potentials under local thermal equilibrium conditions in terms of Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein integrals. We study the properties of linearized quantum Landau operator, and extend two popular approximations used in plasma physics to include collisions in kinetic simulations. We apply the quantum Landau operator to the classic test-particle problem to illustrate the physical effects embodied in the quantum extension. We present useful closed-form expressions for the electron-ion momentum and energy transfer rates. Throughout the paper, similarities and differences between the quantum and classical Landau collision operators are emphasized.

Electric Form Factor of the Neutron

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Feuerbach, Robert

2007-10-01

Recent polarization-based precision measurements of the nucleons' elastic electric form factors have led to surprising results. The measurement of the ratio of the proton's electromagnetic form factors, μpGE^p/GM^p, was found to drop nearly linearly with Q^2 out to at least 5 GeV^2, inconsistent with the older Rosenbluth-type experiments. A recent measurement of GE^n, the neutron's electric form-factor saw GE^n does not fall off as quickly as commonly expected up to Q^2 1.5 GeV^2. Extending this study, a precision measurement of GE^n up to Q^2=3.5 GeV^2 was completed in Hall A at Jefferson Lab. The ratio GE^n/GM^n was measured through the beam-target asymmetry A of electrons quasi-elastically scattered off polarized neutrons in the reaction ^3He(e,e' n). The experiment took full advantage of the electron beam, recent target developments, as well as two detectors new to Jefferson Lab. The measurement used the accelerator's 100% duty-cycle high-polarization (typically 84%) electron beam and a new, hybrid optically-pumped polarized ^3He target which achieved in-beam polarizations in excess of 50%. A medium acceptance (80msr) open-geometry magnetic spectrometer (BigBite) detected the scattered electron, while a geometrically matched neutron detector observed the struck neutron. Preliminary results from this measurement will be discussed and compared to modern calculations of GE^n.

Continuum Edge Gyrokinetic Theory and Simulations

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Xu, X Q; Xiong, Z; Dorr, M R

The following results are presented from the development and application of TEMPEST, a fully nonlinear (full-f) five dimensional (3d2v) gyrokinetic continuum edge-plasma code. (1) As a test of the interaction of collisions and parallel streaming, TEMPEST is compared with published analytic and numerical results for endloss of particles confined by combined electrostatic and magnetic wells. Good agreement is found over a wide range of collisionality, confining potential, and mirror ratio; and the required velocity space resolution is modest. (2) In a large-aspect-ratio circular geometry, excellent agreement is found for a neoclassical equilibrium with parallel ion flow in the banana regimemore » with zero temperature gradient and radial electric field. (3) The four-dimensional (2d2v) version of the code produces the first self-consistent simulation results of collisionless damping of geodesic acoustic modes and zonal flow (Rosenbluth-Hinton residual) with Boltzmann electrons using a full-f code. The electric field is also found to agree with the standard neoclassical expression for steep density and ion temperature gradients in the banana regime. In divertor geometry, it is found that the endloss of particles and energy induces parallel flow stronger than the core neoclassical predictions in the SOL. (5) Our 5D gyrokinetic formulation yields a set of nonlinear electrostatic gyrokinetic equations that are for both neoclassical and turbulence simulations.« less

Separation of Flame and Nonflame-retardant Plastics Utilizing Magneto-Archimedes Method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Misawa, Kohei; Kobayashi, Takayuki; Mori, Tatsuya; Mishima, Fumihito; Akiyama, Yoko; Nishijima, Shigehiro

2017-07-01

In physical recycling process, the quality of recycled plastics becomes usually poor in case various kinds of plastic materials are mixed. In order to solve the problem, we tried to separate flame and nonflame-retardant plastics used for toner cartridges as one example of mixed plastics by using magneto-Archimedes method. By using this method, we can control levitation and settlement of the particles in the medium by controlling the density and magnetic susceptibility of the medium and the magnetic field. In this study, we introduced the separation system of plastics by the combination of wet type specific gravity separation and magneto-Archimedes separation. In addition, we examined continuous and massive separation by introducing the system which can separate the plastics continuously in the flowing fluid.

Secondary battery containing zinc electrode with modified separator and method

DOEpatents

Poa, David S.; Yao, Neng-Ping

1985-01-01

A battery containing a zinc electrode with a porous separator between the anode and cathode. The separator is a microporous substrate carrying therewith an organic solvent of benzene, toluene or xylene with a tertiary organic amine therein, wherein the tertiary amine has three carbon chains each containing from six to eight carbon atoms. The separator reduces the rate of zinc dentrite growth in the separator during battery operation prolonging battery life by preventing short circuits. A method of making the separator is also disclosed.

Secondary battery containing zinc electrode with modified separator and method

DOEpatents

Poa, D.S.

1984-02-16

A battery containing a zinc electrode with a porous separator between the anode and cathode. The separator is a microporous substrate carrying therewith an organic solvent of benzene, toluene or xylene with a tertiary organic amine therein, wherein the tertiary amine has three carbon chains each containing from six to eight carbon atoms. The separator reduces the rate of zinc dentrite growth in the separator during battery operation prolonging battery life by preventing short circuits. A method of making the separator is also disclosed.

Performance and separation occurrence of binary probit regression estimator using maximum likelihood method and Firths approach under different sample size

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lusiana, Evellin Dewi

2017-12-01

The parameters of binary probit regression model are commonly estimated by using Maximum Likelihood Estimation (MLE) method. However, MLE method has limitation if the binary data contains separation. Separation is the condition where there are one or several independent variables that exactly grouped the categories in binary response. It will result the estimators of MLE method become non-convergent, so that they cannot be used in modeling. One of the effort to resolve the separation is using Firths approach instead. This research has two aims. First, to identify the chance of separation occurrence in binary probit regression model between MLE method and Firths approach. Second, to compare the performance of binary probit regression model estimator that obtained by MLE method and Firths approach using RMSE criteria. Those are performed using simulation method and under different sample size. The results showed that the chance of separation occurrence in MLE method for small sample size is higher than Firths approach. On the other hand, for larger sample size, the probability decreased and relatively identic between MLE method and Firths approach. Meanwhile, Firths estimators have smaller RMSE than MLEs especially for smaller sample sizes. But for larger sample sizes, the RMSEs are not much different. It means that Firths estimators outperformed MLE estimator.

Continuous particle separation using pressure-driven flow-induced miniaturizing free-flow electrophoresis (PDF-induced μ-FFE).

PubMed

Jeon, Hyungkook; Kim, Youngkyu; Lim, Geunbae

2016-01-28

In this paper, we introduce pressure-driven flow-induced miniaturizing free-flow electrophoresis (PDF-induced μ-FFE), a novel continuous separation method. In our separation system, the external flow and electric field are applied to particles, such that particle movement is affected by pressure-driven flow, electroosmosis, and electrophoresis. We then analyzed the hydrodynamic drag force and electrophoretic force applied to the particles in opposite directions. Based on this analysis, micro- and nano-sized particles were separated according to their electrophoretic mobilities with high separation efficiency. Because the separation can be achieved in a simple T-shaped microchannel, without the use of internal electrodes, it offers the advantages of low-cost, simple device fabrication and bubble-free operation, compared with conventional μ-FFE methods. Therefore, we expect the proposed separation method to have a wide range of filtering/separation applications in biochemical analysis.

Continuous particle separation using pressure-driven flow-induced miniaturizing free-flow electrophoresis (PDF-induced μ-FFE)

PubMed Central

Jeon, Hyungkook; Kim, Youngkyu; Lim, Geunbae

2016-01-01

In this paper, we introduce pressure-driven flow-induced miniaturizing free-flow electrophoresis (PDF-induced μ-FFE), a novel continuous separation method. In our separation system, the external flow and electric field are applied to particles, such that particle movement is affected by pressure-driven flow, electroosmosis, and electrophoresis. We then analyzed the hydrodynamic drag force and electrophoretic force applied to the particles in opposite directions. Based on this analysis, micro- and nano-sized particles were separated according to their electrophoretic mobilities with high separation efficiency. Because the separation can be achieved in a simple T-shaped microchannel, without the use of internal electrodes, it offers the advantages of low-cost, simple device fabrication and bubble-free operation, compared with conventional μ-FFE methods. Therefore, we expect the proposed separation method to have a wide range of filtering/separation applications in biochemical analysis. PMID:26819221

Geometrical and Friction Properties of Perennial Grasses and Their Weeds in View of an Electro-Separation Method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kovalyshyn, Stepan J.; Dadak, Viktor O.; Sokolyk, Vitalij V.; Grundas, Stanisław; Stasiak, Mateusz; Tys, Jerzy

2015-04-01

Many seed mixtures of herbs are difficult to separate. This is confirmed by studies determining the basic geometrical and friction properties of the seeds of perennial grasses and seeds of their weeds. The results show that in most cases the value of their geometrical parameters (length, thickness, and width) and friction properties (friction coefficients for different external surfaces of internal friction coefficients) are substantially similar and differ slightly among each other. This is the evidence that these properties are impractical to use in the process of separation as signs of divisibility. In the paper, a method for electro-separation of seed mixtures of herbs based on the use of complex physical, mechanical properties and electrical components in the separation are presented. The electric field that acts as an additional working body allows considering the surface conditions and biological status of seed mixtures of particles and significantly expands the functionality of the separators. Confirmation of the effectiveness of the proposed method for separation can be seen in the example of purification of red clover and sorrel seeds. By imposition of an electric field on an inclined moving separating plane, we can completely separate weed seeds from the main crop. The results confirm the effectiveness of the electro-separating method.

Development of Advanced Nuclide Separation and Recovery Methods using Ion-Exchanhge Techniques in Nuclear Backend

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Miura, Hitoshi

The development of compact separation and recovery methods using selective ion-exchange techniques is very important for the reprocessing and high-level liquid wastes (HLLWs) treatment in the nuclear backend field. The selective nuclide separation techniques are effective for the volume reduction of wastes and the utilization of valuable nuclides, and expected for the construction of advanced nuclear fuel cycle system and the rationalization of waste treatment. In order to accomplish the selective nuclide separation, the design and synthesis of novel adsorbents are essential for the development of compact and precise separation processes. The present paper deals with the preparation of highly functional and selective hybrid microcapsules enclosing nano-adsorbents in the alginate gel polymer matrices by sol-gel methods, their characterization and the clarification of selective adsorption properties by batch and column methods. The selective separation of Cs, Pd and Re in real HLLW was further accomplished by using novel microcapsules, and an advanced nuclide separation system was proposed by the combination of selective processes using microcapsules.

Selective IR multiphoton dissociation of molecules in a pulsed gas-dynamically cooled molecular flow interacting with a solid surface as an alternative to low-energy methods of molecular laser isotope separation

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Makarov, G N; Petin, A N

2016-03-31

We report the results of studies on the isotope-selective infrared multiphoton dissociation (IR MFD) of SF{sub 6} and CF{sub 3}I molecules in a pulsed, gas-dynamically cooled molecular flow interacting with a solid surface. The productivity of this method in the conditions of a specific experiment (by the example of SF{sub 6} molecules) is evaluated. A number of low-energy methods of molecular laser isotope separation based on the use of infrared lasers for selective excitation of molecules are analysed and their productivity is estimated. The methods are compared with those of selective dissociation of molecules in the flow interacting with amore » surface. The advantages of this method compared to the low-energy methods of molecular laser isotope separation and the IR MPD method in the unperturbed jets and flows are shown. It is concluded that this method could be a promising alternative to the low-energy methods of molecular laser isotope separation. (laser separation of isotopes)« less

A method for retrieving endodontic or atypical nonendodontic separated instruments from the root canal: a report of two cases.

PubMed

Monteiro, Jardel Camilo do Carmo; Kuga, Milton Carlos; Dantas, Andrea Abi Rached; Jordão-Basso, Keren Cristina Fagundes; Keine, Katia Cristina; Ruchaya, Prashant Jay; Faria, Gisele; Leonardo, Renato de Toledo

2014-11-01

This clinical report presents a new method for retrieving separated instruments from the root canal with minimally invasive procedures. The presence of separated instrument in root canal may interfere in the endodontic treatment prognosis. There are several recommended methods to retrieve separated instruments, but some are difficult in clinically practice. This study describes two cases of separated instrument removal from the root canal using a stainless-steel prepared needle associated with a K-file. Case 1 presented a fractured gutta-percha condenser within the mandibular second premolar, it was separated during incorrect intracanal medication calcium hydroxide placement. Case 2 had a fractured sewing needle within the upper central incisor that the patient used to remove food debris from the root canal. After cervical preparation, the fractured instruments were fitted inside a prepared needle and then an endodontic instrument (#25 K-file) was adapted with clockwise turning motion between the needle inner wall and the fragment. The endodontic or atypical nonendodontic separated instrument may be easily pull on of the root canal using a single and low cost device. The methods for retrieving separated instruments from root canal are difficult and destructive procedures. The present case describes a simple method to solve this problem.

Method and system for producing hydrogen using sodium ion separation membranes

DOEpatents

Bingham, Dennis N; Klingler, Kerry M; Turner, Terry D; Wilding, Bruce M; Frost, Lyman

2013-05-21

A method of producing hydrogen from sodium hydroxide and water is disclosed. The method comprises separating sodium from a first aqueous sodium hydroxide stream in a sodium ion separator, feeding the sodium produced in the sodium ion separator to a sodium reactor, reacting the sodium in the sodium reactor with water, and producing a second aqueous sodium hydroxide stream and hydrogen. The method may also comprise reusing the second aqueous sodium hydroxide stream by combining the second aqueous sodium hydroxide stream with the first aqueous sodium hydroxide stream. A system of producing hydrogen is also disclosed.

Foam separation of Rhodamine-G and Evans Blue using a simple separatory bottle system.

PubMed

Dasarathy, Dhweeja; Ito, Yoichiro

2017-09-29

A simple separatory glass bottle was used to improve separation effectiveness and cost efficiency while simultaneously creating a simpler system for separating biological compounds. Additionally, it was important to develop a scalable separation method so this would be applicable to both analytical and preparative separations. Compared to conventional foam separation methods, this method easily forms stable dry foam which ensures high purity of yielded fractions. A negatively charged surfactant, sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS), was used as the ligand to carry a positively charged Rhodamine-G, leaving a negatively charged Evans Blue in the bottle. The performance of the separatory bottle was tested for separating Rhodamine-G from Evans Blue with sample sizes ranged from 1 to 12mg in preparative separations and 1-20μg in analytical separations under optimum conditions. These conditions including N 2 gas pressure, spinning speed of contents with a magnetic stirrer, concentration of the ligand, volume of the solvent, and concentration of the sample, were all modified and optimized. Based on the calculations at their peak absorbances, Rhodamine-G and Evans Blue were efficiently separated in times ranging from 1h to 3h, depending on sample volume. Optimal conditions were found to be 60psi N 2 pressure and 2mM SDS for the affinity ligand. This novel separation method will allow for rapid separation of biological compounds while simultaneously being scalable and cost effective. Published by Elsevier B.V.

Fundamentals of affinity cell separations.

PubMed

Zhang, Ye; Lyons, Veronica; Pappas, Dimitri

2018-03-01

Cell separations using affinity methods continue to be an enabling science for a wide variety of applications. In this review, we discuss the fundamental aspects of affinity separation, including the competing forces for cell capture and elution, cell-surface interactions, and models for cell adhesion. Factors affecting separation performance such as bond affinity, contact area, and temperature are presented. We also discuss and demonstrate the effects of nonspecific binding on separation performance. Metrics for evaluating cell separations are presented, along with methods of comparing separation techniques for cell isolation using affinity capture. © 2017 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Modified Maxium Likelihood Estimation Method for Completely Separated and Quasi-Completely Separated Data for a Dose-Response Model

DTIC Science & Technology

2015-08-01

McCullagh, P.; Nelder, J.A. Generalized Linear Model , 2nd ed.; Chapman and Hall: London, 1989. 7. Johnston, J. Econometric Methods, 3rd ed.; McGraw...FOR A DOSE-RESPONSE MODEL ECBC-TN-068 Kyong H. Park Steven J. Lagan RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY DIRECTORATE August 2015 Approved for public release...Likelihood Estimation Method for Completely Separated and Quasi-Completely Separated Data for a Dose-Response Model 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER 5b. GRANT

Method for separating boron isotopes

DOEpatents

Rockwood, Stephen D.

1978-01-01

A method of separating boron isotopes .sup.10 B and .sup.11 B by laser-induced selective excitation and photodissociation of BCl.sub.3 molecules containing a particular boron isotope. The photodissociation products react with an appropriate chemical scavenger and the reaction products may readily be separated from undissociated BCl.sub.3, thus effecting the desired separation of the boron isotopes.

Novel surface modification of polymer-based separation media controlling separation selectivity, retentivity and generation of electroosmotic flow.

PubMed

Hosoya, Ken; Kubo, Takuya; Takahashi, Katsuo; Ikegami, Tohru; Tanaka, Nobuo

2002-12-06

Uniformly sized packing materials based on synthetic polymer particles for high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and capillary electrochromatography (CEC) have been prepared from polymerization mixtures containing methacrylic acid (MAA) as a functional monomer and by using a novel surface modification method. This "dispersion method" affords effectively modified separation media. Both the amount of MAA utilized in the preparation and reaction time affect the selectivity of chromatographic separation in both the HPLC and the CEC mode and electroosmotic flow. This detailed study revealed that the dispersion method effectively modified internal surface of macroporous separation media and, based on the amount of MAA introduced, exclusion mechanism for the separation of certain solutes could be observed.

Isothermal separation processes

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

England, C.

1982-01-01

The isothermal processes of membrane separation, supercritical extraction and chromatography were examined using availability analysis. The general approach was to derive equations that identified where energy is consumed in these processes and how they compare with conventional separation methods. These separation methods are characterized by pure work inputs, chiefly in the form of a pressure drop which supplies the required energy. Equations were derived for the energy requirement in terms of regular solution theory. This approach is believed to accurately predict the work of separation in terms of the heat of solution and the entropy of mixing. It can form the basis of a convenient calculation method for optimizing membrane and solvent properties for particular applications. Calculations were made on the energy requirements for a membrane process separating air into its components.

Means and method of detection in chemical separation procedures

DOEpatents

Yeung, Edward S.; Koutny, Lance B.; Hogan, Barry L.; Cheung, Chan K.; Ma, Yinfa

1993-03-09

A means and method for indirect detection of constituent components of a mixture separated in a chemical separation process. Fluorescing ions are distributed across the area in which separation of the mixture will occur to provide a generally uniform background fluorescence intensity. For example, the mixture is comprised of one or more charged analytes which displace fluorescing ions where its constituent components separate to. Fluorescing ions of the same charge as the charged analyte components cause a displacement. The displacement results in the location of the separated components having a reduced fluorescence intensity to the remainder of the background. Detection of the lower fluorescence intensity areas can be visually, by photographic means and methods, or by automated laser scanning.

Means and method of detection in chemical separation procedures

DOEpatents

Yeung, E.S.; Koutny, L.B.; Hogan, B.L.; Cheung, C.K.; Yinfa Ma.

1993-03-09

A means and method are described for indirect detection of constituent components of a mixture separated in a chemical separation process. Fluorescing ions are distributed across the area in which separation of the mixture will occur to provide a generally uniform background fluorescence intensity. For example, the mixture is comprised of one or more charged analytes which displace fluorescing ions where its constituent components separate to. Fluorescing ions of the same charge as the charged analyte components cause a displacement. The displacement results in the location of the separated components having a reduced fluorescence intensity to the remainder of the background. Detection of the lower fluorescence intensity areas can be visually, by photographic means and methods, or by automated laser scanning.

Method of removing an immiscible lubricant from a refrigeration system and apparatus for same

DOEpatents

Spauschus, Hans O.; Starr, Thomas L.

1999-01-01

A method of separating an immiscible lubricant from a liquid refrigerant in a refrigerating system including a compressor, a condenser, an expansion device and an evaporator, wherein the expansion device is connected to the condenser by a liquid refrigerant flow line for liquid refrigerant and immiscible lubricant. The method comprising slowing the rate of flow of the liquid refrigerant and immiscible lubricant between the condenser and the expansion device such that the liquid refrigerant and the immiscible lubricant separate based upon differences in density. The method also comprises collecting the separated immiscible lubricant in a collection chamber in fluid communication with the separated immiscible lubricant. Apparatus for performing the method is also disclosed.

Isobar Separation in a Multiple-Reflection Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometer by Mass-Selective Re-Trapping.

PubMed

Dickel, Timo; Plaß, Wolfgang R; Lippert, Wayne; Lang, Johannes; Yavor, Mikhail I; Geissel, Hans; Scheidenberger, Christoph

2017-06-01

A novel method for (ultra-)high-resolution spatial mass separation in time-of-flight mass spectrometers is presented. Ions are injected into a time-of-flight analyzer from a radio frequency (rf) trap, dispersed in time-of-flight according to their mass-to-charge ratios and then re-trapped dynamically in the same rf trap. This re-trapping technique is highly mass-selective and after sufficiently long flight times can provide even isobaric separation. A theoretical treatment of the method is presented and the conditions for optimum performance of the method are derived. The method has been implemented in a multiple-reflection time-of-flight mass spectrometer and mass separation powers (FWHM) in excess of 70,000, and re-trapping efficiencies of up to 35% have been obtained for the protonated molecular ion of caffeine. The isobars glutamine and lysine (relative mass difference of 1/4000) have been separated after a flight time of 0.2 ms only. Higher mass separation powers can be achieved using longer flight times. The method will have important applications, including isobar separation in nuclear physics and (ultra-)high-resolution precursor ion selection in multiple-stage tandem mass spectrometry. Graphical Abstract ᅟ.

Isobar Separation in a Multiple-Reflection Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometer by Mass-Selective Re-Trapping

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dickel, Timo; Plaß, Wolfgang R.; Lippert, Wayne; Lang, Johannes; Yavor, Mikhail I.; Geissel, Hans; Scheidenberger, Christoph

2017-06-01

A novel method for (ultra-)high-resolution spatial mass separation in time-of-flight mass spectrometers is presented. Ions are injected into a time-of-flight analyzer from a radio frequency (rf) trap, dispersed in time-of-flight according to their mass-to-charge ratios and then re-trapped dynamically in the same rf trap. This re-trapping technique is highly mass-selective and after sufficiently long flight times can provide even isobaric separation. A theoretical treatment of the method is presented and the conditions for optimum performance of the method are derived. The method has been implemented in a multiple-reflection time-of-flight mass spectrometer and mass separation powers (FWHM) in excess of 70,000, and re-trapping efficiencies of up to 35% have been obtained for the protonated molecular ion of caffeine. The isobars glutamine and lysine (relative mass difference of 1/4000) have been separated after a flight time of 0.2 ms only. Higher mass separation powers can be achieved using longer flight times. The method will have important applications, including isobar separation in nuclear physics and (ultra-)high-resolution precursor ion selection in multiple-stage tandem mass spectrometry. [Figure not available: see fulltext.

Separation of mixed waste plastics via magnetic levitation.

PubMed

Zhao, Peng; Xie, Jun; Gu, Fu; Sharmin, Nusrat; Hall, Philip; Fu, Jianzhong

2018-06-01

Separation becomes a bottleneck of dealing with the enormous stream of waste plastics, as most of the extant methods can only handle binary mixtures. In this paper, a novel method that based on magnetic levitation was proposed for separating multiple mixed plastics. Six types of plastics, i.e., polypropylene (PP), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polyamide 6 (PA6), polycarbonate (PC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), and polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), were used to simulate the mixed waste plastics. The samples were mixed and immersed into paramagnetic medium that placed into a magnetic levitation configuration with two identical NdFeB magnets with like-poles facing each other, and Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy was employed to verify the separation outputs. Unlike any conventional separation methods such as froth flotation and hydrocyclone, this method is not limited by particle sizes, as mixtures of different size fractions reached their respective equilibrium positions in the initial tests. The two-stage separation tests demonstrated that the plastics can be completely separated with purities reached 100%. The method has the potential to be industrialised into an economically-viable and environmentally-friendly mass production procedure, since quantitative correlations are determined, and the paramagnetic medium can be reused indefinitely. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

[Primary culture of human normal epithelial cells].

PubMed

Tang, Yu; Xu, Wenji; Guo, Wanbei; Xie, Ming; Fang, Huilong; Chen, Chen; Zhou, Jun

2017-11-28

The traditional primary culture methods of human normal epithelial cells have disadvantages of low activity of cultured cells, the low cultivated rate and complicated operation. To solve these problems, researchers made many studies on culture process of human normal primary epithelial cell. In this paper, we mainly introduce some methods used in separation and purification of human normal epithelial cells, such as tissue separation method, enzyme digestion separation method, mechanical brushing method, red blood cell lysis method, percoll layered medium density gradient separation method. We also review some methods used in the culture and subculture, including serum-free medium combined with low mass fraction serum culture method, mouse tail collagen coating method, and glass culture bottle combined with plastic culture dish culture method. The biological characteristics of human normal epithelial cells, the methods of immunocytochemical staining, trypan blue exclusion are described. Moreover, the factors affecting the aseptic operation, the conditions of the extracellular environment, the conditions of the extracellular environment during culture, the number of differential adhesion, and the selection and dosage of additives are summarized.

Moisture Separator Reheater for NPP Turbines

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Manabe, Jun; Kasahara, Jiro

This paper introduces the development of the current model Moisture Separator Reheater (MSR) for nuclear power plant (NPP) turbines, commercially placed in service in the period 1984-1997, focusing on the mist separation performance of the MSR along with drainage from heat exchanger tubes. A method of predicting the mist separation performance was devised first based on the observation of mist separation behaviors under an air-water test. Then the method was developed for the application to predict under the steam conditions, followed by the verification in comparison with the actual results of a steam condition test. The instability of tube drainage associated with both sub-cooling and temperature oscillation might adversely affect the seal welding of tubes to tube sheet due to thermal fatigue. The instability was measured on an existing unit to clarify behaviors and the development of a method to suppress them. Both methods were applied to newly constructed units and the effectiveness of the methods was demonstrated.

Separation and confirmation of showers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Neslušan, L.; Hajduková, M.

2017-02-01

Aims: Using IAU MDC photographic, IAU MDC CAMS video, SonotaCo video, and EDMOND video databases, we aim to separate all provable annual meteor showers from each of these databases. We intend to reveal the problems inherent in this procedure and answer the question whether the databases are complete and the methods of separation used are reliable. We aim to evaluate the statistical significance of each separated shower. In this respect, we intend to give a list of reliably separated showers rather than a list of the maximum possible number of showers. Methods: To separate the showers, we simultaneously used two methods. The use of two methods enables us to compare their results, and this can indicate the reliability of the methods. To evaluate the statistical significance, we suggest a new method based on the ideas of the break-point method. Results: We give a compilation of the showers from all four databases using both methods. Using the first (second) method, we separated 107 (133) showers, which are in at least one of the databases used. These relatively low numbers are a consequence of discarding any candidate shower with a poor statistical significance. Most of the separated showers were identified as meteor showers from the IAU MDC list of all showers. Many of them were identified as several of the showers in the list. This proves that many showers have been named multiple times with different names. Conclusions: At present, a prevailing share of existing annual showers can be found in the data and confirmed when we use a combination of results from large databases. However, to gain a complete list of showers, we need more-complete meteor databases than the most extensive databases currently are. We also still need a more sophisticated method to separate showers and evaluate their statistical significance. Tables A.1 and A.2 are also available at the CDS via anonymous ftp to http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr (http://130.79.128.5) or via http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/viz-bin/qcat?J/A+A/598/A40

Chiral separation of β-blockers by MEEKC using neutral microemulsion: Analysis of separation mechanism and further elucidation of resolution equation.

PubMed

Hu, Shao-Qiang; Lü, Wen-Juan; Ma, Yan-Hua; Hu, Qin; Dong, Li-Jun; Chen, Xing-Guo

2013-01-01

Based on the investigation of the effect of microemulsion charge on the chiral separation, a new chiral separation method with MEEKC employing neutral microemulsion was established. The method used a microemulsion containing 3.0% (w/v) neutral surfactant Tween 20 and 0.8% (w/v, 30 mM) dibutyl l-tartrate in 40 mM sodium tetraborate buffer to separate the enantiomers of β-blockers. The effect of major parameters on the chiral separation was investigated. The applied voltage had little effect on the resolution, but the chiral separation could be improved by suppressing the EOF. Nine racemic β-blockers obtained relatively good enantioseparation after appropriate concentrations of tetradecyl trimethyl ammonium bromide were added into the microemulsion to suppress the EOF. These results were explained based on the analysis of the separation mechanism of the method and deduced separation equations. The resolution equation of the method was further elucidated. It was found that the fourth term in the resolution equation, an additional term compared to the conventional resolution equation for column chromatography, represents the ratio of the relative movement distance between the analyte and microemulsion droplets relative to the effective capillary length. It can be regarded as a correction for the effective capillary length. These findings are significant for the development of the theory of MEEKC and the development of new chiral MEEKC method. © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Combination of Complex-Based and Magnitude-Based Multiecho Water-Fat Separation for Accurate Quantification of Fat-Fraction

PubMed Central

Yu, Huanzhou; Shimakawa, Ann; Hines, Catherine D. G.; McKenzie, Charles A.; Hamilton, Gavin; Sirlin, Claude B.; Brittain, Jean H.; Reeder, Scott B.

2011-01-01

Multipoint water–fat separation techniques rely on different water–fat phase shifts generated at multiple echo times to decompose water and fat. Therefore, these methods require complex source images and allow unambiguous separation of water and fat signals. However, complex-based water–fat separation methods are sensitive to phase errors in the source images, which may lead to clinically important errors. An alternative approach to quantify fat is through “magnitude-based” methods that acquire multiecho magnitude images. Magnitude-based methods are insensitive to phase errors, but cannot estimate fat-fraction greater than 50%. In this work, we introduce a water–fat separation approach that combines the strengths of both complex and magnitude reconstruction algorithms. A magnitude-based reconstruction is applied after complex-based water–fat separation to removes the effect of phase errors. The results from the two reconstructions are then combined. We demonstrate that using this hybrid method, 0–100% fat-fraction can be estimated with improved accuracy at low fat-fractions. PMID:21695724

Review of chemical separation techniques applicable to alpha spectrometric measurements

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

de Regge, P.; Boden, R.

1984-06-01

Prior to alpha-spectrometric measurements several chemical manipulations are usually required to obtain alpha-radiating sources with the desired radiochemical and chemical purity. These include sampling, dissolution or leaching of the elements of interest, conditioning of the solution, chemical separation and preparation of the alpha-emitting source. The choice of a particular method is dependent on different criteria but always involves aspects of the selectivity or the quantitative nature of the separations. The availability of suitable tracers or spikes and modern high resolution instruments resulted in the wide-spread application of isotopic dilution techniques to the problems associated with quantitative chemical separations. This enhanced the development of highly elective methods and reagents which led to important simplifications in the separation schemes. The chemical separation methods commonly used in connection with alpha-spectrometric measurements involve precipitation with selected scavenger elements, solvent extraction, ion exchange and electrodeposition techniques or any combination of them. Depending on the purpose of the final measurement and the type of sample available the chemical separation methods have to be adapted to the particular needs of environment monitoring, nuclear chemistry and metrology, safeguards and safety, waste management and requirements in the nuclear fuel cycle. Against the background of separation methods available in the literature the present paper highlights the current developments and trends in the chemical techniques applicable to alpha spectrometry.

Emitter signal separation method based on multi-level digital channelization

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Han, Xun; Ping, Yifan; Wang, Sujun; Feng, Ying; Kuang, Yin; Yang, Xinquan

2018-02-01

To solve the problem of emitter separation under complex electromagnetic environment, a signal separation method based on multi-level digital channelization is proposed in this paper. A two-level structure which can divide signal into different channel is designed first, after that, the peaks of different channels are tracked using the track filter and the coincident signals in time domain are separated in time-frequency domain. Finally, the time domain waveforms of different signals are acquired by reverse transformation. The validness of the proposed method is proved by experiment.

Method of isotope separation by chemi-ionization

DOEpatents

Wexler, Sol; Young, Charles E.

1977-05-17

A method for separating specific isotopes present in an isotopic mixture by aerodynamically accelerating a gaseous compound to form a jet of molecules, and passing the jet through a stream of electron donor atoms whereby an electron transfer takes place, thus forming negative ions of the molecules. The molecular ions are then passed through a radiofrequency quadrupole mass filter to separate the specific isotopes. This method may be used for any compounds having a sufficiently high electron affinity to permit negative ion formation, and is especially useful for the separation of plutonium and uranium isotopes.

Flow processes in overexpanded chemical rocket nozzles. Part 3: Methods for the aimed flow separation and side load reduction

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Schmucker, R. H.

1983-01-01

Methods aimed at reduction of overexpansion and side load resulting from asymmetric flow separation for rocket nozzles with a high opening ratio are described. The methods employ additional measures for nozzles with a fixed opening ratio. The flow separation can be controlled by several types of nozzle inserts, the properties of which are discussed. Side loads and overexpansion can be reduced by adapting the shape of the nozzle and taking other additional measures for controlled separation of the boundary layer, such as trip wires.

Wet separation processes as method to separate limestone and oil shale

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nurme, Martin; Karu, Veiko

2015-04-01

Biggest oil shale industry is located in Estonia. Oil shale usage is mainly for electricity generation, shale oil generation and cement production. All these processes need certain quality oil shale. Oil shale seam have interlayer limestone layers. To use oil shale in production, it is needed to separate oil shale and limestone. A key challenge is find separation process when we can get the best quality for all product types. In oil shale separation typically has been used heavy media separation process. There are tested also different types of separation processes before: wet separation, pneumatic separation. Now oil shale industry moves more to oil production and this needs innovation methods for separation to ensure fuel quality and the changes in quality. The pilot unit test with Allmineral ALLJIG have pointed out that the suitable new innovation way for oil shale separation can be wet separation with gravity, where material by pulsating water forming layers of grains according to their density and subsequently separates the heavy material (limestone) from the stratified material (oil shale)bed. Main aim of this research is to find the suitable separation process for oil shale, that the products have highest quality. The expected results can be used also for developing separation processes for phosphorite rock or all others, where traditional separation processes doesn't work property. This research is part of the study Sustainable and environmentally acceptable Oil shale mining No. 3.2.0501.11-0025 http://mi.ttu.ee/etp and the project B36 Extraction and processing of rock with selective methods - http://mi.ttu.ee/separation; http://mi.ttu.ee/miningwaste/

Method of removing an immiscible lubricant from a refrigeration system and apparatus for same

DOEpatents

Spauschus, H.O.; Starr, T.L.

1999-03-30

A method is described for separating an immiscible lubricant from a liquid refrigerant in a refrigerating system including a compressor, a condenser, an expansion device and an evaporator, wherein the expansion device is connected to the condenser by a liquid refrigerant flow line for liquid refrigerant and immiscible lubricant. The method comprising slowing the rate of flow of the liquid refrigerant and immiscible lubricant between the condenser and the expansion device such that the liquid refrigerant and the immiscible lubricant separate based upon differences in density. The method also comprises collecting the separated immiscible lubricant in a collection chamber in fluid communication with the separated immiscible lubricant. Apparatus for performing the method is also disclosed. 3 figs.

Systems and methods for separating a multiphase fluid

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Weislogel, Mark M. (Inventor); Thomas, Evan A. (Inventor); Graf, John C. (Inventor)

2011-01-01

Apparatus and methods for separating a fluid are provided. The apparatus can include a separator and a collector having an internal volume defined at least in part by one or more surfaces narrowing toward a bottom portion of the volume. The separator can include an exit port oriented toward the bottom portion of the volume. The internal volume can receive a fluid expelled from the separator into a flow path in the collector and the flow path can include at least two directional transitions within the collector.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Jimenez-Arguello, Alejandro Marti

The study of the inner structure of hadrons allows us to understand the nature of the interactions between partons, quarks and gluons, described by Quantum Chromodynamics. The elastic scattering reactions, which have been studied in order to measure the nucleon form factors, are included in this frame. The inelastic scattering reactions are also included in this frame, they allow us to obtain information about the nucleon structure thanks to the development of the parton distribution functions (PDFs). While through elastic scattering we can obtain information about the charge distribution of the nucleon, and hence, about the spatial distribution of themore » partons, through inelastic scattering we obtain information about the momentum distributions of partons, by employing the PDFs. However, we can study the exclusive inelastic scattering reactions, such as the Deeply Virtual Compton Scattering (DVCS), wich allow us to access to the spatial and momentum distributions simultaneously. This is possible thanks to the generalized parton distributions (GPDs), which allow us to correlate both types of distributions. The process known as DVCS is the easiest way to access the GPDs. This process can be expressed as the scattering of an electron by a proton by means of a virtual photon with the result of the scattered initial particles plus a real photon. We find a process competing with DVCS known as Bethe-Heitler (BH), in which the real photon is radiated by the lepton rather than the quark. Due to the small cross section of DVCS, of the order of nb, in order to conduct these kind of experiments it is necessary to make use of facilities capable of providing high beam intensities. One of these facilities is the Thomas Jefferson National Accelerator Facility , where the experiment JLab E07-007, "Complete Separation of Virtual Photon and π⁰ Electroproduction Observables of Unpolarized Protons", took place during the months of October to December of 2010. The main goal of this experiment is the isolation of the contribution from the term coming form the DVCS from the interference term, resulting from the BH contribution. This isolation is known as "Rosenbluth Separation". The work presented in this thesis focuses on the analysis of the data stored by the electromagnetic calorimeter, employed for the detection of real photons. There is also a a theoretical introduction to the study of the nucleon structure, reviewing the concepts of form factors and parton distributions through elastic and inelastic processes. The computation of the photon leptoproduction cross section is described in detail, as well as the goals of experiment E07-007. This thesis also describes the analysis of the data stored by the electromagnetic calorimeter, with the purpose of obtaining the kinematic variables of the real photons resulting from DVCS reactions. Finally, it describes the selection of events from stored data, the applied cuts to kinematical variables and the background subtraction. Also, the process of extraction of the necessary observables for computing the photon leptoproduction cross section is described, along with the main steps followed to perform the Monte Carlo simulation used in this computation. The resulting cross sections are shown at the end of this thesis.« less

Method for preparing membranes with adjustable separation performance

DOEpatents

Peterson, E.S.; Orme, C.J.; Stone, M.L.

1995-01-31

Methods for adjustable separation of solutes and solvents involve the combination of the use of a maximally swollen membrane and subsequent vacuum depressurization exerted on the permeate side of that membrane. By adjusting the extent of depressurization it is possible to separate solvent from solutes and solutes from each other. Improved control of separation parameters as well as improved flux rates characterize the present invention. 2 figs.

Method for preparing membranes with adjustable separation performance

DOEpatents

Peterson, Eric S.; Orme, Christopher J.; Stone, Mark L.

1995-01-01

Methods for adjustable separation of solutes and solvents involve the combination of the use of a maximally swollen membrane and subsequent vacuum depressurization exerted on the permeate side of that membrane. By adjusting the extent of depressurization it is possible to separate solvent from solutes and solutes from each other. Improved control of separation parameters as well as improved flux rates characterize the present invention.

Isotope separation by photochromatography

DOEpatents

Suslick, Kenneth S.

1977-01-01

An isotope separation method which comprises physically adsorbing an isotopically mixed molecular species on an adsorptive surface and irradiating the adsorbed molecules with radiation of a predetermined wavelength which will selectively excite a desired isotopic species. Sufficient energy is transferred to the excited molecules to desorb them from the surface and thereby separate them from the unexcited undesired isotopic species. The method is particularly applicable to the separation of hydrogen isotopes.

Methods for selective functionalization and separation of carbon nanotubes

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Strano, Michael S. (Inventor); Usrey, Monica (Inventor); Barone, Paul (Inventor); Dyke, Christopher A. (Inventor); Tour, James M. (Inventor); Kittrell, W. Carter (Inventor); Hauge, Robert H (Inventor); Smalley, Richard E. (Inventor); Marek, legal representative, Irene Marie (Inventor)

2011-01-01

The present invention is directed toward methods of selectively functionalizing carbon nanotubes of a specific type or range of types, based on their electronic properties, using diazonium chemistry. The present invention is also directed toward methods of separating carbon nanotubes into populations of specific types or range(s) of types via selective functionalization and electrophoresis, and also to the novel compositions generated by such separations.

METHOD OF SEPARATING FROTHS FROM LIQUIDS

DOEpatents

Monet, G.P.

1958-01-21

A method for separating solids and precipitates from liquids is described. The method is particularly adapted for and valuable in processing highly radioactive solutions. It consists in essence, in employing the principles of froth flotation to effect the separation of approximately 99% of the solids present. An apparatus, consisting of a system of pipes, valves and vessels, for carrying out the process of this patent is also described therein.

Design of A Cyclone Separator Using Approximation Method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sin, Bong-Su; Choi, Ji-Won; Lee, Kwon-Hee

2017-12-01

A Separator is a device installed in industrial applications to separate mixed objects. The separator of interest in this research is a cyclone type, which is used to separate a steam-brine mixture in a geothermal plant. The most important performance of the cyclone separator is the collection efficiency. The collection efficiency in this study is predicted by performing the CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamics) analysis. This research defines six shape design variables to maximize the collection efficiency. Thus, the collection efficiency is set up as the objective function in optimization process. Since the CFD analysis requires a lot of calculation time, it is impossible to obtain the optimal solution by linking the gradient-based optimization algorithm. Thus, two approximation methods are introduced to obtain an optimum design. In this process, an L18 orthogonal array is adopted as a DOE method, and kriging interpolation method is adopted to generate the metamodel for the collection efficiency. Based on the 18 analysis results, the relative importance of each variable to the collection efficiency is obtained through the ANOVA (analysis of variance). The final design is suggested considering the results obtained from two optimization methods. The fluid flow analysis of the cyclone separator is conducted by using the commercial CFD software, ANSYS-CFX.

Improvement of pre-treatment method for 36Cl/Cl measurement of Cl in natural groundwater by AMS

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nakata, Kotaro; Hasegawa, Takuma

2011-02-01

Estimation of 36Cl/Cl by accelerator mass spectrometry (AMS) is a useful method to trace hydrological processes in groundwater. For accurate estimation, separation of SO42- from Cl - in groundwater is required because 36S affects AMS measurement of 36Cl. Previous studies utilized the difference in solubility between BaSO 4 and BaCl 2 (BaSO 4 method) to chemically separate SO42- from Cl -. However, the accuracy of the BaSO 4 method largely depends on operator skill, and consequently Cl - recovery is typically incomplete (70-80%). In addition, the method is time consuming (>1 week), and cannot be applied directly to dilute solutions. In this study, a method based on ion-exchange column chromatography (column method) was developed for separation of Cl - and SO42-. Optimum conditions were determined for the diameter and height of column, type and amount of resin, type and concentration of eluent, and flow rate. The recovery of Cl - was almost 100%, which allowed complete separation from SO42-. The separation procedure was short (<6 h), and was successfully applied to dilute (1 mg/L Cl) solution. Extracted pore water and diluted seawater samples were processed by the column and BaSO 4 methods, and then analyzed by AMS to estimate 36S counts and 36Cl/Cl values. 36S counts in samples processed by the column method were stable and lower than those from the BaSO 4 method. The column method has the following advantages over the BaSO 4 method: (1) complete and stable separation of Cl - and SO42-, (2) less operator influence on results, (3) short processing time (<6 h), (4) high (almost 100%) recovery of Cl -, and (5) concentration of Cl - and separation from SO42- in the one system for dilute solutions.

Asymmetrical Deterministic Lateral Displacement Gaps for Dual Functions of Enhanced Separation and Throughput of Red Blood Cells

PubMed Central

Zeming, Kerwin Kwek; Salafi, Thoriq; Chen, Chia-Hung; Zhang, Yong

2016-01-01

Deterministic lateral displacement (DLD) method for particle separation in microfluidic devices has been extensively used for particle separation in recent years due to its high resolution and robust separation. DLD has shown versatility for a wide spectrum of applications for sorting of micro particles such as parasites, blood cells to bacteria and DNA. DLD model is designed for spherical particles and efficient separation of blood cells is challenging due to non-uniform shape and size. Moreover, separation in sub-micron regime requires the gap size of DLD systems to be reduced which exponentially increases the device resistance, resulting in greatly reduced throughput. This paper shows how simple application of asymmetrical DLD gap-size by changing the ratio of lateral-gap (GL) to downstream-gap (GD) enables efficient separation of RBCs without greatly restricting throughput. This method reduces the need for challenging fabrication of DLD pillars and provides new insight to the current DLD model. The separation shows an increase in DLD critical diameter resolution (separate smaller particles) and increase selectivity for non-spherical RBCs. The RBCs separate better as compared to standard DLD model with symmetrical gap sizes. This method can be applied to separate non-spherical bacteria or sub-micron particles to enhance throughput and DLD resolution. PMID:26961061

Asymmetrical Deterministic Lateral Displacement Gaps for Dual Functions of Enhanced Separation and Throughput of Red Blood Cells.

PubMed

Zeming, Kerwin Kwek; Salafi, Thoriq; Chen, Chia-Hung; Zhang, Yong

2016-03-10

Deterministic lateral displacement (DLD) method for particle separation in microfluidic devices has been extensively used for particle separation in recent years due to its high resolution and robust separation. DLD has shown versatility for a wide spectrum of applications for sorting of micro particles such as parasites, blood cells to bacteria and DNA. DLD model is designed for spherical particles and efficient separation of blood cells is challenging due to non-uniform shape and size. Moreover, separation in sub-micron regime requires the gap size of DLD systems to be reduced which exponentially increases the device resistance, resulting in greatly reduced throughput. This paper shows how simple application of asymmetrical DLD gap-size by changing the ratio of lateral-gap (GL) to downstream-gap (GD) enables efficient separation of RBCs without greatly restricting throughput. This method reduces the need for challenging fabrication of DLD pillars and provides new insight to the current DLD model. The separation shows an increase in DLD critical diameter resolution (separate smaller particles) and increase selectivity for non-spherical RBCs. The RBCs separate better as compared to standard DLD model with symmetrical gap sizes. This method can be applied to separate non-spherical bacteria or sub-micron particles to enhance throughput and DLD resolution.

Wide Binaries in TGAS: Search Method and First Results

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Andrews, Jeff J.; Chanamé, Julio; Agüeros, Marcel A.

2018-04-01

Half of all stars reside in binary systems, many of which have orbital separations in excess of 1000 AU. Such binaries are typically identified in astrometric catalogs by matching the proper motions vectors of close stellar pairs. We present a fully Bayesian method that properly takes into account positions, proper motions, parallaxes, and their correlated uncertainties to identify widely separated stellar binaries. After applying our method to the >2 × 106 stars in the Tycho-Gaia astrometric solution from Gaia DR1, we identify over 6000 candidate wide binaries. For those pairs with separations less than 40,000 AU, we determine the contamination rate to be ~5%. This sample has an orbital separation (a) distribution that is roughly flat in log space for separations less than ~5000 AU and follows a power law of a -1.6 at larger separations.

Electrophoretic cell separation using microspheres. [purification of lymphocytes

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Smolka, A.; Sachs, G.

1980-01-01

Methods of cell separation based on the electrokinetic properties of the cell membrane offer a degree of discrimination among cell populations which is not available with methods based on cell size or density alone. Studies aimed at extending red cell separations using microspheres to purification of lymphocytes.

METHOD OF SEPARATING URANIUM SUSPENSIONS

DOEpatents

Wigner, E.P.; McAdams, W.A.

1958-08-26

A process is presented for separating colloidally dissed uranium oxides from the heavy water medium in upwhich they are contained. The method consists in treating such dispersions with hydrogen peroxide, thereby converting the uranium to non-colloidal UO/sub 4/, and separating the UO/sub 4/ sfter its rapid settling.

A semiparametric separation curve approach for comparing correlated ROC data from multiple markers

PubMed Central

Tang, Liansheng Larry; Zhou, Xiao-Hua

2012-01-01

In this article we propose a separation curve method to identify the range of false positive rates for which two ROC curves differ or one ROC curve is superior to the other. Our method is based on a general multivariate ROC curve model, including interaction terms between discrete covariates and false positive rates. It is applicable with most existing ROC curve models. Furthermore, we introduce a semiparametric least squares ROC estimator and apply the estimator to the separation curve method. We derive a sandwich estimator for the covariance matrix of the semiparametric estimator. We illustrate the application of our separation curve method through two real life examples. PMID:23074360

Isotope separation by photochromatography

DOEpatents

Suslick, K.S.

1975-10-03

A photochromatographic method for isotope separation is described. An isotopically mixed molecular species is adsorbed on an adsorptive surface, and the adsorbed molecules are irradiated with radiation of a predetermined wavelength which will selectively excite desired isotopic species. Sufficient energy is transferred to the excited molecules to desorb them from the surface and thus separate them from the undesired isotopic species. The method is particularly applicable to the separation of hydrogen isotopes. (BLM)

SELECTIVE SEPARATION OF URANIUM FROM THORIUM, PROTACTINIUM AND FISSION PRODUCTS BY PEROXIDE DISSOLUTION METHOD

DOEpatents

Seaborg, G.T.; Gofman, J.W.; Stoughton, R.W.

1959-08-18

A method is described for separating U/sup 233/ from thorium and fission products. The separation is effected by forming a thorium-nitric acid solution of about 3 pH, adding hydrogen peroxide to precipitate uranium and thorium peroxide, treating the peroxides with sodium hydroxide to selectively precipitate the uranium peroxide, and reacting the separated solution with nitric acid to re- precipitate the uranium peroxide.

Modeling crime events by d-separation method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Aarthee, R.; Ezhilmaran, D.

2017-11-01

Problematic legal cases have recently called for a scientifically founded method of dealing with the qualitative and quantitative roles of evidence in a case [1].To deal with quantitative, we proposed a d-separation method for modeling the crime events. A d-separation is a graphical criterion for identifying independence in a directed acyclic graph. By developing a d-separation method, we aim to lay the foundations for the development of a software support tool that can deal with the evidential reasoning in legal cases. Such a tool is meant to be used by a judge or juror, in alliance with various experts who can provide information about the details. This will hopefully improve the communication between judges or jurors and experts. The proposed method used to uncover more valid independencies than any other graphical criterion.

Disturbance Source Separation in Shear Flows Using Blind Source Separation Methods

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gluzman, Igal; Cohen, Jacob; Oshman, Yaakov

2017-11-01

A novel approach is presented for identifying disturbance sources in wall-bounded shear flows. The method can prove useful for active control of boundary layer transition from laminar to turbulent flow. The underlying idea is to consider the flow state, as measured in sensors, to be a mixture of sources, and to use Blind Source Separation (BSS) techniques to recover the separate sources and their unknown mixing process. We present a BSS method based on the Degenerate Unmixing Estimation Technique. This method can be used to identify any (a priori unknown) number of sources by using the data acquired by only two sensors. The power of the new method is demonstrated via numerical and experimental proofs of concept. Wind tunnel experiments involving boundary layer flow over a flat plate were carried out, in which two hot-wire anemometers were used to separate disturbances generated by disturbance generators such as a single dielectric barrier discharge plasma actuator and a loudspeaker.

The contribution of photosynthetic pigments to the development of biochemical separation methods: 1900-1980.

PubMed

Albertsson, Per-Ake

2003-01-01

The role of photosynthetic pigments in the development of separation methods in biochemistry during the period 1900-1980 is described beginning with M. Tswett who introduced separation of chlorophylls and carotenoids on columns and coined the term chromatography in 1906. In Uppsala, T. Svedberg developed the ultracentrifuge in the 1920s. A. Tiselius improved electrophoresis in the 1930s and developed chromatography of proteins in the 1940s and 1950s. Others of 'The Uppsala school in separation science' include J. Porath, P. Flodin and S. Hjertén who further developed various gel chromatographic methods. Hjertén introduced free zone electrophoresis in narrow tubes, a forerunner of capillary electrophoresis. Two proteins, phycoerythrin and phycocyanin, were used as test substances in all these methodological studies. Aqueous two-phase partitioning as a separation method was introduced in 1956 by the author. In this work, chloroplast particles were used, and the method was applied for the separation and purification of intact chloroplasts, inside-out thylakoid vesicles and plasma membranes. My research was carried out in cooperation with G. Blomquist, G. Johansson, C. Larsson, B. Andersson and H.-E. Akerlund during a 20-year period, 1960-1980.

Apparatus and method for removing solvent from carbon dioxide in resin recycling system

DOEpatents

Bohnert, George W [Harrisonville, MO; Hand, Thomas E [Lee's Summit, MO; DeLaurentiis, Gary M [Jamestown, CA

2009-01-06

A two-step resin recycling system and method solvent that produces essentially contaminant-free synthetic resin material. The system and method includes one or more solvent wash vessels to expose resin particles to a solvent, the solvent contacting the resin particles in the one or more solvent wash vessels to substantially remove contaminants on the resin particles. A separator is provided to separate the solvent from the resin particles after removal from the one or more solvent wash vessels. The resin particles are next exposed to carbon dioxide in a closed loop carbon dioxide system. The closed loop system includes a carbon dioxide vessel where the carbon dioxide is exposed to the resin, substantially removing any residual solvent remaining on the resin particles after separation. A separation vessel is also provided to separate the solvent from the solvent laden carbon dioxide. Both the carbon dioxide and the solvent are reused after separation in the separation vessel.

Temperature-enhanced alumina HPLC method for the analysis of wax esters, sterol esters, and methyl esters.

PubMed

Moreau, Robert A; Kohout, Karen; Singh, Vijay

2002-12-01

Previous attempts at separating nonpolar lipid esters (including wax esters, sterol esters, and methyl esters) have achieved only limited success. Among the several normal-phase methods tested, a single recent report of a method employing an alumina column at 30 degrees C with a binary gradient system was the most promising. In the current study, modification of the alumina method by increasing the column temperature to 75 degrees C improved the separation of standards of wax esters and sterol esters. Elevated column temperature also enhanced the separation of FAME with differing degrees of unsaturation. Evidence was also presented to indicate that the method similarly separated phytosterol esters, based on their levels of unsaturation. With the increased interest in phytosterol- and phytostanol-ester enriched functional foods, this method should provide a technique to characterize and compare these products.

Method and apparatus for continuous electrophoresis

DOEpatents

Watson, Jack S.

1992-01-01

A method and apparatus for conducting continuous separation of substances by electrophoresis are disclosed. The process involves electrophoretic separation combined with couette flow in a thin volume defined by opposing surfaces. By alternating the polarity of the applied potential and producing reciprocating short rotations of at least one of the surfaces relative to the other, small increments of separation accumulate to cause substantial, useful segregation of electrophoretically separable components in a continuous flow system.

ADSORPTION METHOD FOR SEPARATING METAL CATIONS

DOEpatents

Khym, J.X.

1959-03-10

The chromatographic separation of fission product cations is discussed. By use of this method a mixture of metal cations containing Zr, Cb, Ce, Y, Ba, and Sr may be separated from one another. Mentioned as preferred exchange adsorbents are resins containing free sulfonic acid groups. Various eluants, such as tartaric acid, HCl, and citric acid, used at various acidities, are employed to effect the selective elution and separation of the various fission product cations.

Method and Device for Extraction of Liquids from a Solid Particle Material

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

deMayo, Benjamin (Inventor)

2017-01-01

A method, system, and device for separating oil from oil sands or oil shale is disclosed. The method includes heating the oil sands, spinning the heated oil sands, confining the sand particles mechanically, and recovering the oil substantially free of the sand. The method can be used without the addition of chemical extraction agents. The system includes a source of centrifugal force, a heat source, a separation device, and a recovery device. The separation device includes a method of confining the sands while allowing the oil to escape, such as through an aperture.

Identification of inorganic ions in post-blast explosive residues using portable CE instrumentation and capacitively coupled contactless conductivity detection.

PubMed

Hutchinson, Joseph P; Johns, Cameron; Breadmore, Michael C; Hilder, Emily F; Guijt, Rosanne M; Lennard, Chris; Dicinoski, Greg; Haddad, Paul R

2008-11-01

Novel CE methods have been developed on portable instrumentation adapted to accommodate a capacitively coupled contactless conductivity detector for the separation and sensitive detection of inorganic anions and cations in post-blast explosive residues from homemade inorganic explosive devices. The methods presented combine sensitivity and speed of analysis for the wide range of inorganic ions used in this study. Separate methods were employed for the separation of anions and cations. The anion separation method utilised a low conductivity 70 mM Tris/70 mM CHES aqueous electrolyte (pH 8.6) with a 90 cm capillary coated with hexadimethrine bromide to reverse the EOF. Fifteen anions could be baseline separated in 7 min with detection limits in the range 27-240 microg/L. A selection of ten anions deemed most important in this application could be separated in 45 s on a shorter capillary (30.6 cm) using the same electrolyte. The cation separation method was performed on a 73 cm length of fused-silica capillary using an electrolyte system composed of 10 mM histidine and 50 mM acetic acid, at pH 4.2. The addition of the complexants, 1 mM hydroxyisobutyric acid and 0.7 mM 18-crown-6 ether, enhanced selectivity and allowed the separation of eleven inorganic cations in under 7 min with detection limits in the range 31-240 microg/L. The developed methods were successfully field tested on post-blast residues obtained from the controlled detonation of homemade explosive devices. Results were verified using ion chromatographic analyses of the same samples.

Full waveform inversion in the frequency domain using classified time-domain residual wavefields

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Son, Woohyun; Koo, Nam-Hyung; Kim, Byoung-Yeop; Lee, Ho-Young; Joo, Yonghwan

2017-04-01

We perform the acoustic full waveform inversion in the frequency domain using residual wavefields that have been separated in the time domain. We sort the residual wavefields in the time domain according to the order of absolute amplitudes. Then, the residual wavefields are separated into several groups in the time domain. To analyze the characteristics of the residual wavefields, we compare the residual wavefields of conventional method with those of our residual separation method. From the residual analysis, the amplitude spectrum obtained from the trace before separation appears to have little energy at the lower frequency bands. However, the amplitude spectrum obtained from our strategy is regularized by the separation process, which means that the low-frequency components are emphasized. Therefore, our method helps to emphasize low-frequency components of residual wavefields. Then, we generate the frequency-domain residual wavefields by taking the Fourier transform of the separated time-domain residual wavefields. With these wavefields, we perform the gradient-based full waveform inversion in the frequency domain using back-propagation technique. Through a comparison of gradient directions, we confirm that our separation method can better describe the sub-salt image than the conventional approach. The proposed method is tested on the SEG/EAGE salt-dome model. The inversion results show that our algorithm is better than the conventional gradient based waveform inversion in the frequency domain, especially for deeper parts of the velocity model.

Simultaneous separation and quantitation of amino acids and polyamines of forest tree tissues and cell cultures within a single high-performance liquid chromatography run using dansyl derivatization

Treesearch

Rakesh Minocha; Stephanie Long

2004-01-01

The objective of the present study was to develop a rapid HPLC method for simultaneous separation and quantitation of dansylated amino acids and common polyamines in the same matrix for analyzing forest tree tissues and cell cultures. The major modifications incorporated into this method as compared to previously published HPLC methods for separation of only dansyl...

Numerical calculation of the neoclassical electron distribution function in an axisymmetric torus

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lyons, B. C.; Jardin, S. C.; Ramos, J. J.

2011-10-01

We solve for a stationary, axisymmetric electron distribution function (fe) in a torus using a drift-kinetic equation (DKE) with complete Landau collision operator. All terms are kept to gyroradius and collisionality orders relevant to high- temperature tokamaks (i.e., the neoclassical banana regime for electrons). A solubility condition on the DKE determines the non-Maxwellian pieces of fe (called fNMe) to all relevant orders. We work in a 4D phase space (ψ , θ , v , λ) , where ψ defines a flux surface, θ is the poloidal angle, v is the total velocity, and λ is the pitch angle parameter. We expand fNMe in finite elements in both v and λ. The Rosenbluth potentials, Φ and Ψ, which define the collision operator, are expanded in Legendre series in cos χ , where χ is the pitch angle, Fourier series in cos θ , and finite elements in v. At each ψ, we solve a block tridiagonal system for fNMe, Φ, and Ψ simultaneously, resulting in a neoclassical fe for the entire torus. Our goal is to demonstrate that such a formulation can be accurately and efficiently solved numerically. Results will be compared to other codes (e.g., NCLASS, NEO) and could be used as a kinetic closure for an MHD code (e.g., M3D-C1). Supported by the DOE SCGF and DOE Contract # DE-AC02-09CH11466. Based on analytic work by Ramos, PoP 17, 082502 (2010).

Numerical Test of Analytical Theories for Perpendicular Diffusion in Small Kubo Number Turbulence

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Heusen, M.; Shalchi, A., E-mail: husseinm@myumanitoba.ca, E-mail: andreasm4@yahoo.com

In the literature, one can find various analytical theories for perpendicular diffusion of energetic particles interacting with magnetic turbulence. Besides quasi-linear theory, there are different versions of the nonlinear guiding center (NLGC) theory and the unified nonlinear transport (UNLT) theory. For turbulence with high Kubo numbers, such as two-dimensional turbulence or noisy reduced magnetohydrodynamic turbulence, the aforementioned nonlinear theories provide similar results. For slab and small Kubo number turbulence, however, this is not the case. In the current paper, we compare different linear and nonlinear theories with each other and test-particle simulations for a noisy slab model corresponding to smallmore » Kubo number turbulence. We show that UNLT theory agrees very well with all performed test-particle simulations. In the limit of long parallel mean free paths, the perpendicular mean free path approaches asymptotically the quasi-linear limit as predicted by the UNLT theory. For short parallel mean free paths we find a Rechester and Rosenbluth type of scaling as predicted by UNLT theory as well. The original NLGC theory disagrees with all performed simulations regardless what the parallel mean free path is. The random ballistic interpretation of the NLGC theory agrees much better with the simulations, but compared to UNLT theory the agreement is inferior. We conclude that for this type of small Kubo number turbulence, only the latter theory allows for an accurate description of perpendicular diffusion.« less

Method to separate and recover oil and plastic from plastic contaminated with oil

DOEpatents

Smith, H.M.; Bohnert, G.W.; Olson, R.B.; Hand, T.E.

1998-01-27

The present invention provides a method to separate and recover oils and recyclable plastic from plastic contaminated with oil. The invention utilizes the different solubility of oil in a liquid or supercritical fluid as compared to a gas to effect separation of the oil from the plastic. 3 figs.

Method to separate and recover oil and plastic from plastic contaminated with oil

DOEpatents

Smith, Henry M.; Bohnert, George W.; Olson, Ronald B.; Hand, Thomas E.

1998-01-27

The present invention provides a method to separate and recover oils and recyclable plastic from plastic contaminated with oil. The invention utilizes the different solubility of oil in as liquid or supercritical fluid as compared to a gas to effect separation of the oil from the plastic.

Separation and sorting of cells in microsystems using physical principles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lee, Gi-Hun; Kim, Sung-Hwan; Ahn, Kihoon; Lee, Sang-Hoon; Park, Joong Yull

2016-01-01

In the last decade, microfabrication techniques have been combined with microfluidics and applied to cell biology. Utilizing such new techniques, various cell studies have been performed for the research of stem cells, immune cells, cancer, neurons, etc. Among the various biological applications of microtechnology-based platforms, cell separation technology has been highly regarded in biological and clinical fields for sorting different types of cells, finding circulating tumor cells (CTCs), and blood cell separation, amongst other things. Many cell separation methods have been created using various physical principles. Representatively, these include hydrodynamic, acoustic, dielectrophoretic, magnetic, optical, and filtering methods. In this review, each of these methods will be introduced, and their physical principles and sample applications described. Each physical principle has its own advantages and disadvantages. The engineers who design the systems and the biologists who use them should understand the pros and cons of each method or principle, to broaden the use of microsystems for cell separation. Continuous development of microsystems for cell separation will lead to new opportunities for diagnosing CTCs and cancer metastasis, as well as other elements in the bloodstream.

Characterization of free thiol variants of an IgG1 by reversed phase ultra high pressure liquid chromatography coupled with mass spectrometry.

PubMed

Liu, Hongbin; Jeong, Justin; Kao, Yung-Hsiang; Zhang, Yonghua Taylor

2015-05-10

RP-HPLC has been demonstrated as a powerful tool to study antibody free thiol and disulfide variants. Recently, the introduction of UHPLC columns with wide pore size (300Å) and small particle size (1.7μm) offered the opportunity to further improve the separation of such variants. This paper describes a systematic evaluation of stationary phases, operating parameters, and mobile phases for a UHPLC based method to separate free thiol variants of a recombinant monoclonal antibody (referred as mAb A), targeting high resolution, high throughput and improved recovery. Among the four different stationary phases evaluated, UHPLC diphenyl columns were found to provide the best separation. Using an optimized UHPLC method, free thiol variants of mAb A were separated in 5min. Importantly, the UHPLC method revealed minor variants that had coeluted in an HPLC based method, and the UHPLC method is also applicable as a platform method for characterization of other mAbs as well. Furthermore, an on-line UHPLC-MS method was developed to characterize the separated variants, and this method can streamline the characterization of fully assembled monoclonal and bispecific therapeutic antibodies. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Methods for separating medical isotopes using ionic liquids

DOEpatents

Luo, Huimin; Boll, Rose Ann; Bell, Jason Richard; Dai, Sheng

2014-10-21

A method for extracting a radioisotope from an aqueous solution, the method comprising: a) intimately mixing a non-chelating ionic liquid with the aqueous solution to transfer at least a portion of said radioisotope to said non-chelating ionic liquid; and b) separating the non-chelating ionic liquid from the aqueous solution. In preferred embodiments, the method achieves an extraction efficiency of at least 80%, or a separation factor of at least 1.times.10.sup.4 when more than one radioisotope is included in the aqueous solution. In particular embodiments, the method is applied to the separation of medical isotopes pairs, such as Th from Ac (Th-229/Ac-225, Ac-227/Th-227), or Ra from Ac (Ac-225 and Ra-225, Ac-227 and Ra-223), or Ra from Th (Th-227 and Ra-223, Th-229 and Ra-225).

Assessment of chemically separated carbon nanotubes for nanoelectronics.

PubMed

Zhang, Li; Zaric, Sasa; Tu, Xiaomin; Wang, Xinran; Zhao, Wei; Dai, Hongjie

2008-02-27

It remains an elusive goal to obtain high performance single-walled carbon-nanotube (SWNT) electronics such as field effect transistors (FETs) composed of single- or few-chirality SWNTs, due to broad distributions in as-grown materials. Much progress has been made by various separation approaches to obtain materials enriched in metal or semiconducting nanotubes or even in single chiralties. However, research in validating SWNT separations by electrical transport measurements and building functional electronic devices has been scarce. Here, we performed length, diameter, and chirality separation of DNA functionalized HiPco SWNTs by chromatography methods, and we characterized the chiralities by photoluminescence excitation spectroscopy, optical absorption spectroscopy, and electrical transport measurements. The use of these combined methods provided deeper insight to the degree of separation than either technique alone. Separation of SWNTs by chirality and diameter occurred at varying degrees that decreased with increasing tube diameter. This calls for new separation methods capable of metallicity or chirality separation of large diameter SWNTs (in the approximately 1.5 nm range) needed for high performance nanoelectronics. With most of the separated fractions enriched in semiconducting SWNTs, nanotubes placed in parallel in short-channel (approximately 200 nm) electrical devices fail to produce FETs with high on/off switching, indicating incomplete elimination of metallic species. In rare cases with a certain separated SWNT fraction, we were able to fabricate FET devices composed of small-diameter, chemically separated SWNTs in parallel, with high on-/off-current (I(on)/I(off)) ratios up to 105 owing to semiconducting SWNTs with only a few (n,m) chiralities in the fraction. This was the first time that chemically separated SWNTs were used for short channel, all-semiconducting SWNT electronics dominant by just a few (n,m)'s. Nevertheless, the results suggest that much improved chemical separation methods are needed to produce nanotube electronics at a large scale.

Separation of aromatic carboxylic acids using quaternary ammonium salts on reversed-phase HPLC. 2. Application for the analysis of Loy Yang coal oxidation products

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kawamura, K.; Okuwaki, A.; Verheyen, T.V.

In order to develop separation processes and analytical methods for aromatic carboxylic acids for the coal oxidation products, the separation behavior of aromatic carboxylic acids on a reversed-phase HPLC using eluent containing quaternary ammonium salt was optimized using the solvent gradient method. This method was applied for the analysis of Loy Yang coal oxidation products. It was confirmed that the analytical data using this method were consistent with those determined using gas chromatography.

CO.sub.2 separation from low-temperature flue gases

DOEpatents

Dilmore, Robert; Allen, Douglas; Soong, Yee; Hedges, Sheila

2010-11-30

Two methods are provide for the separation of carbon dioxide from the flue gases. The first method utilizes a phase-separating moiety dissolved in an aqueous solution of a basic moiety to capture carbon dioxide. The second method utilizes a phase-separating moiety as a suspended solid in an aqueous solution of a basic moiety to capture carbon dioxide. The first method takes advantage of the surface-independent nature of the CO.sub.2 absorption reactions in a homogeneous aqueous system. The second method also provides permanent sequestration of the carbon dioxide. Both methods incorporate the kinetic rate enhancements of amine-based scrubbing while eliminating the need to heat the entire amine solution (80% water) in order to regenerate and release CO.sub.2. Both methods also take advantage of the low-regeneration temperatures of CO.sub.2-bearing mineral systems such as Na.sub.2CO.sub.3/NaHCO.sub.3 and K.sub.2CO.sub.3/KHCO.sub.3.

Novel Separation of Actinides

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Mariella, R

The separation of actinides and other elements of interest for nuclear forensics and threat reduction is currently performed using decades-old chemistries and ion-exchange columns. We propose to determine the technical feasibility of a novel method for separating actinide ions in solution. This method is based upon isotachophoresis (ITP), which has been applied in the purification of pharmaceuticals and other biochemical applications. This technique has the potential to separate inorganic ions more effectively than existing methods, which is key to analyzing very small samples. We will perform a quantitative assessment of the effectiveness of specific isotachophoretic approaches including predicting the physicalmore » and chemical properties, such as ion mobility, of inorganic ions under specific solvent conditions using a combination of ab initio calculations and semi-empirical methods. We expect to obtain a thorough understanding of the analytical systems parameters under which ITP is most effective for the separation of inorganic samples, including the influence of the double layer surrounding actinide ions, the Debye length for different ions and ion complexes, and Debye-Hueckel limits. Inorganic separations are key to nuclear forensics for countering terrorism and nuclear proliferation. If found to be feasible and potentially superior to currently used separation approaches, ITP could provide the conceptual basis for an improved means to separate samples of nuclear explosion debris for nuclear forensic analysis, in support of the Laboratory's missions in homeland and national security.« less

High‐precision determination of lithium and magnesium isotopes utilising single column separation and multi‐collector inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry

PubMed Central

Misra, Sambuddha; Lloyd, Nicholas; Elderfield, Henry; Bickle, Mike J.

2017-01-01

Rationale Li and Mg isotopes are increasingly used as a combined tool within the geosciences. However, established methods require separate sample purification protocols utilising several column separation procedures. This study presents a single‐step cation‐exchange method for quantitative separation of trace levels of Li and Mg from multiple sample matrices. Methods The column method utilises the macro‐porous AGMP‐50 resin and a high‐aspect ratio column, allowing quantitative separation of Li and Mg from natural waters, sediments, rocks and carbonate matrices following the same elution protocol. High‐precision isotope determination was conducted by multi‐collector inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (MC‐ICPMS) on the Thermo Scientific™ NEPTUNE Plus™ fitted with 1013 Ω amplifiers which allow accurate and precise measurements at ion beams ≤0.51 V. Results Sub‐nanogram Li samples (0.3–0.5 ng) were regularly separated (yielding Mg masses of 1–70 μg) using the presented column method. The total sample consumption during isotopic analysis is <0.5 ng Li and <115 ng Mg with long‐term external 2σ precisions of ±0.39‰ for δ7Li and ±0.07‰ for δ26Mg. The results for geological reference standards and seawater analysed by our method are in excellent agreement with published values despite the order of magnitude lower sample consumption. Conclusions The possibility of eluting small sample masses and the low analytical sample consumption make this method ideal for samples of limited mass or low Li concentration, such as foraminifera, mineral separates or dilute river waters. PMID:29078008

Prediction of Phase Separation of Immiscible Ga-Tl Alloys

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kim, Yunkyum; Kim, Han Gyeol; Kang, Youn-Bae; Kaptay, George; Lee, Joonho

2017-06-01

Phase separation temperature of Ga-Tl liquid alloys was investigated using the constrained drop method. With this method, density and surface tension were investigated together. Despite strong repulsive interactions, molar volume showed ideal mixing behavior, whereas surface tension of the alloy was close to that of pure Tl due to preferential adsorption of Tl. Phase separation temperatures and surface tension values obtained with this method were close to the theoretically calculated values using three different thermodynamic models.

Method of electric field flow fractionation wherein the polarity of the electric field is periodically reversed

DOEpatents

Stevens, Fred J.

1992-01-01

A novel method of electric field flow fractionation for separating solute molecules from a carrier solution is disclosed. The method of the invention utilizes an electric field that is periodically reversed in polarity, in a time-dependent, wave-like manner. The parameters of the waveform, including amplitude, frequency and wave shape may be varied to optimize separation of solute species. The waveform may further include discontinuities to enhance separation.

Covalently functionalized carbon nanostructures and methods for their separation

DOEpatents

Wang, YuHuang; Brozena, Alexandra H; Deng, Shunliu; Zhang, Yin

2015-03-17

The present invention is directed to carbon nanostructures, e.g., carbon nanotubes, methods of covalently functionalizing carbon nanostructures, and methods of separating and isolating covalently functionalized carbon. In some embodiments, carbon nanotubes are reacted with alkylating agents to provide water soluble covalently functionalized carbon nanotubes. In other embodiments, carbon nanotubes are reacted with a thermally-responsive agent and exposed to light in order to separate carbon nanotubes of a specific chirality from a mixture of carbon nanotubes.

Amide proton transfer imaging of brain tumors using a self-corrected 3D fast spin-echo dixon method: Comparison With separate B0 correction.

PubMed

Togao, Osamu; Keupp, Jochen; Hiwatashi, Akio; Yamashita, Koji; Kikuchi, Kazufumi; Yoneyama, Masami; Honda, Hiroshi

2017-06-01

To assess the quantitative performance of three-dimensional (3D) fast spin-echo (FSE) Dixon amide proton transfer (APT) imaging of brain tumors compared with B 0 correction with separate mapping methods. Twenty-two patients with brain tumors (54.2 ± 18.7 years old, 12 males and 10 females) were scanned at 3 Tesla (T). Z-spectra were obtained at seven different frequency offsets at ±3.1 ppm, ± 3.5 ppm, ± 3.9 ppm, and -1560 ppm. The scan was repeated three times at +3.5 ppm with echo shifts for Dixon B 0 mapping. The APT image corrected by a three-point Dixon-type B 0 map from the same scan (3D-Dixon) or a separate B 0 map (2D-separate and 3D-separate), and an uncorrected APT image (3D-uncorrected) were generated. We compared the APT-weighted signals within a tumor obtained with each 3D method with those obtained with 2D-separate as a reference standard. Excellent agreements and correlations with the 2D-separate were obtained by the 3D-Dixon method for both mean (ICC = 0.964, r = 0.93, P < 0.0001) and 90th-percentile (ICC = 0.972, r = 0.95, P < 0.0001) APT-weighted signals. These agreements and correlations for 3D-Dixon were better than those obtained by the 3D-uncorrected and 3D-separate methods. The 3D FSE Dixon APT method with intrinsic B 0 correction offers a quantitative performance that is similar to that of established two-dimensional (2D) methods. Magn Reson Med 77:2272-2279, 2017. © 2016 International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. © 2016 International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine.

A high precision method for length-based separation of carbon nanotubes using bio-conjugation, SDS-PAGE and silver staining.

PubMed

Borzooeian, Zahra; Taslim, Mohammad E; Ghasemi, Omid; Rezvani, Saina; Borzooeian, Giti; Nourbakhsh, Amirhasan

2018-01-01

Parametric separation of carbon nanotubes, especially based on their length is a challenge for a number of nano-tech researchers. We demonstrate a method to combine bio-conjugation, SDS-PAGE, and silver staining in order to separate carbon nanotubes on the basis of length. Egg-white lysozyme, conjugated covalently onto the single-walled carbon nanotubes surfaces using carbodiimide method. The proposed conjugation of a biomolecule onto the carbon nanotubes surfaces is a novel idea and a significant step forward for creating an indicator for length-based carbon nanotubes separation. The conjugation step was followed by SDS-PAGE and the nanotube fragments were precisely visualized using silver staining. This high precision, inexpensive, rapid and simple separation method obviates the need for centrifugation, additional chemical analyses, and expensive spectroscopic techniques such as Raman spectroscopy to visualize carbon nanotube bands. In this method, we measured the length of nanotubes using different image analysis techniques which is based on a simplified hydrodynamic model. The method has high precision and resolution and is effective in separating the nanotubes by length which would be a valuable quality control tool for the manufacture of carbon nanotubes of specific lengths in bulk quantities. To this end, we were also able to measure the carbon nanotubes of different length, produced from different sonication time intervals.

Elastic-wave-mode separation in TTI media with inverse-distance weighted interpolation involving position shading

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Jian; Meng, Xiaohong; Zheng, Wanqiu

2017-10-01

The elastic-wave reverse-time migration of inhomogeneous anisotropic media is becoming the hotspot of research today. In order to ensure the accuracy of the migration, it is necessary to separate the wave mode into P-wave and S-wave before migration. For inhomogeneous media, the Kelvin-Christoffel equation can be solved in the wave-number domain by using the anisotropic parameters of the mesh nodes, and the polarization vector of the P-wave and S-wave at each node can be calculated and transformed into the space domain to obtain the quasi-differential operators. However, this method is computationally expensive, especially for the process of quasi-differential operators. In order to reduce the computational complexity, the wave-mode separation of mixed domain can be realized on the basis of a reference model in the wave-number domain. But conventional interpolation methods and reference model selection methods reduce the separation accuracy. In order to further improve the separation effect, this paper introduces an inverse-distance interpolation method involving position shading and uses the reference model selection method of random points scheme. This method adds the spatial weight coefficient K, which reflects the orientation of the reference point on the conventional IDW algorithm, and the interpolation process takes into account the combined effects of the distance and azimuth of the reference points. Numerical simulation shows that the proposed method can separate the wave mode more accurately using fewer reference models and has better practical value.

Concurrent fNIRS-fMRI measurement to validate a method for separating deep and shallow fNIRS signals by using multidistance optodes

PubMed Central

Funane, Tsukasa; Sato, Hiroki; Yahata, Noriaki; Takizawa, Ryu; Nishimura, Yukika; Kinoshita, Akihide; Katura, Takusige; Atsumori, Hirokazu; Fukuda, Masato; Kasai, Kiyoto; Koizumi, Hideaki; Kiguchi, Masashi

2015-01-01

Abstract. It has been reported that a functional near-infrared spectroscopy (fNIRS) signal can be contaminated by extracerebral contributions. Many algorithms using multidistance separations to address this issue have been proposed, but their spatial separation performance has rarely been validated with simultaneous measurements of fNIRS and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI). We previously proposed a method for discriminating between deep and shallow contributions in fNIRS signals, referred to as the multidistance independent component analysis (MD-ICA) method. In this study, to validate the MD-ICA method from the spatial aspect, multidistance fNIRS, fMRI, and laser-Doppler-flowmetry signals were simultaneously obtained for 12 healthy adult males during three tasks. The fNIRS signal was separated into deep and shallow signals by using the MD-ICA method, and the correlation between the waveforms of the separated fNIRS signals and the gray matter blood oxygenation level–dependent signals was analyzed. A three-way analysis of variance (signal depth×Hb kind×task) indicated that the main effect of fNIRS signal depth on the correlation is significant [F(1,1286)=5.34, p<0.05]. This result indicates that the MD-ICA method successfully separates fNIRS signals into spatially deep and shallow signals, and the accuracy and reliability of the fNIRS signal will be improved with the method. PMID:26157983

System and method for treatment of a medium

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Singh, Surinder Prabhjot; Acharya, Harish Radhakrishna; Perry, Robert James

2017-05-23

A system and method for treatment of a medium is disclosed. The system includes a plurality of separator zones and a plurality of heat transfer zones. Each of the separator zone and the heat transfer zone among the plurality of separator zones and heat transfer zones respectively, are disposed alternatively in a flow duct. Further, each separator zone includes an injector device for injecting a sorbent into the corresponding separator zone. Within the corresponding separator zone, the injected sorbent is reacted with a gaseous medium flowing in the flow duct, so as to generate a reacted gaseous medium and amore » reacted sorbent. Further, each heat transfer zone exchanges heat between the reacted gaseous medium fed from the corresponding separator zone and a heat transfer medium.« less

Cellulosic Biomass-Reinforced Polyvinylidene Fluoride Separators with Enhanced Dielectric Properties and Thermal Tolerance.

PubMed

Li, Lei; Yu, Miao; Jia, Chao; Liu, Jianxin; Lv, Yanyan; Liu, Yanhua; Zhou, Yi; Liu, Chuanting; Shao, Ziqiang

2017-06-21

Safety issues are critical barriers to large-scale energy storage applications of lithium-ion batteries (LIBs). Using an ameliorated, thermally stable, shutdown separator is an effective method to overcome the safety issues. Herein, we demonstrate a novel, cellulosic biomass-material-blended polyvinylidene fluoride separator that was prepared using a simple nonsolvent-induced phase separation technique. This process formed a microporous composite separator with reduced crystallinity, uniform pore size distribution, superior thermal tolerance, and enhanced electrolyte wettability and dielectric and mechanical properties. In addition, the separator has a superior capacity retention and a better rate capability compared to the commercialized microporous polypropylene membrane. This fascinating membrane was fabricated via a relatively eco-friendly and cost-effective method and is an alternative, promising separator for high-power LIBs.

Method and apparatus for ion mobility spectrometry with alignment of dipole direction (IMS-ADD)

DOEpatents

Shvartsburg, Alexandre A [Richland, WA; Tang, Keqi [Richland, WA; Smith, Richard D [Richland, WA

2007-01-30

Techniques and instrumentation are described for analyses of substances, including complex samples/mixtures that require separation prior to characterization of individual components. A method is disclosed for separation of ion mixtures and identification of ions, including protein and other macromolecular ions and their different structural isomers. Analyte ions are not free to rotate during the separation, but are substantially oriented with respect to the drift direction. Alignment is achieved by applying, at a particular angle to the drift field, a much stronger alternating electric field that "locks" the ion dipoles with moments exceeding a certain value. That value depends on the buffer gas composition, pressure, and temperature, but may be as low as .about.3 Debye under certain conditions. The presently disclosed method measures the direction-specific cross-sections that provide the structural information complementing that obtained from known methods, and, when coupled to those methods, increases the total peak capacity and specificity of gas-phase separations. Simultaneous 2-D separations by direction-specific cross sections along and orthogonally to the ion dipole direction are also possible.

Magnetic Separation Methods for the Detection of Mycobacterium avium subsp. paratuberculosis in Various Types of Matrices: A Review

PubMed Central

Dziedzinska, Radka

2017-01-01

The main reasons to improve the detection of Mycobacterium avium subsp. paratuberculosis (MAP) are animal health and monitoring of MAP entering the food chain via meat, milk, and/or dairy products. Different approaches can be used for the detection of MAP, but the use of magnetic separation especially in conjunction with PCR as an end-point detection method has risen in past years. However, the extraction of DNA which is a crucial step prior to PCR detection can be complicated due to the presence of inhibitory substances. Magnetic separation methods involving either antibodies or peptides represent a powerful tool for selective separation of target bacteria from other nontarget microorganisms and inhibitory sample components. These methods enable the concentration of pathogens present in the initial matrix into smaller volume and facilitate the isolation of sufficient quantities of pure DNA. The purpose of this review was to summarize the methods based on the magnetic separation approach that are currently available for the detection of MAP in a broad range of matrices. PMID:28642876

Sequential fitting-and-separating reflectance components for analytical bidirectional reflectance distribution function estimation.

PubMed

Lee, Yu; Yu, Chanki; Lee, Sang Wook

2018-01-10

We present a sequential fitting-and-separating algorithm for surface reflectance components that separates individual dominant reflectance components and simultaneously estimates the corresponding bidirectional reflectance distribution function (BRDF) parameters from the separated reflectance values. We tackle the estimation of a Lafortune BRDF model, which combines a nonLambertian diffuse reflection and multiple specular reflectance components with a different specular lobe. Our proposed method infers the appropriate number of BRDF lobes and their parameters by separating and estimating each of the reflectance components using an interval analysis-based branch-and-bound method in conjunction with iterative K-ordered scale estimation. The focus of this paper is the estimation of the Lafortune BRDF model. Nevertheless, our proposed method can be applied to other analytical BRDF models such as the Cook-Torrance and Ward models. Experiments were carried out to validate the proposed method using isotropic materials from the Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories-Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MERL-MIT) BRDF database, and the results show that our method is superior to a conventional minimization algorithm.

A Compound Fault Diagnosis for Rolling Bearings Method Based on Blind Source Separation and Ensemble Empirical Mode Decomposition

PubMed Central

Wang, Huaqing; Li, Ruitong; Tang, Gang; Yuan, Hongfang; Zhao, Qingliang; Cao, Xi

2014-01-01

A Compound fault signal usually contains multiple characteristic signals and strong confusion noise, which makes it difficult to separate week fault signals from them through conventional ways, such as FFT-based envelope detection, wavelet transform or empirical mode decomposition individually. In order to improve the compound faults diagnose of rolling bearings via signals’ separation, the present paper proposes a new method to identify compound faults from measured mixed-signals, which is based on ensemble empirical mode decomposition (EEMD) method and independent component analysis (ICA) technique. With the approach, a vibration signal is firstly decomposed into intrinsic mode functions (IMF) by EEMD method to obtain multichannel signals. Then, according to a cross correlation criterion, the corresponding IMF is selected as the input matrix of ICA. Finally, the compound faults can be separated effectively by executing ICA method, which makes the fault features more easily extracted and more clearly identified. Experimental results validate the effectiveness of the proposed method in compound fault separating, which works not only for the outer race defect, but also for the rollers defect and the unbalance fault of the experimental system. PMID:25289644

Enhancing the Detection of Giardia duodenalis Cysts in Foods by Inertial Microfluidic Separation

PubMed Central

Ganz, Kyle R.; Clime, Liviu; Farber, Jeffrey M.; Corneau, Nathalie

2015-01-01

The sensitivity and specificity of current Giardia cyst detection methods for foods are largely determined by the effectiveness of the elution, separation, and concentration methods used. The aim of these methods is to produce a final suspension with an adequate concentration of Giardia cysts for detection and a low concentration of interfering food debris. In the present study, a microfluidic device, which makes use of inertial separation, was designed and fabricated for the separation of Giardia cysts. A cyclical pumping platform and protocol was developed to concentrate 10-ml suspensions down to less than 1 ml. Tests involving Giardia duodenalis cysts and 1.90-μm microbeads in pure suspensions demonstrated the specificity of the microfluidic chip for cysts over smaller nonspecific particles. As the suspension cycled through the chip, a large number of beads were removed (70%) and the majority of the cysts were concentrated (82%). Subsequently, the microfluidic inertial separation chip was integrated into a method for the detection of G. duodenalis cysts from lettuce samples. The method greatly reduced the concentration of background debris in the final suspensions (10-fold reduction) in comparison to that obtained by a conventional method. The method also recovered an average of 68.4% of cysts from 25-g lettuce samples and had a limit of detection (LOD) of 38 cysts. While the recovery of cysts by inertial separation was slightly lower, and the LOD slightly higher, than with the conventional method, the sample analysis time was greatly reduced, as there were far fewer background food particles interfering with the detection of cysts by immunofluorescence microscopy. PMID:25841016

Equilibrium properties of DNA and other semiflexible polymers confined in nanochannels

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Muralidhar, Abhiram

Recent developments in next-generation sequencing (NGS) techniques have opened the door for low-cost, high-throughput sequencing of genomes. However, these developments have also exposed the inability of NGS to track large scale genomic information, which are extremely important to understand the relationship between genotype and phenotype. Genome mapping offers a reliable way to obtain information about large-scale structural variations in a given genome. A promising variant of genome mapping involves confining single DNA molecules in nanochannels whose cross-sectional dimensions are approximately 50 nm. Despite the development and commercialization of nanochannel-based genome mapping technology, the polymer physics of DNA in confinement is only beginning to be understood. Apart from its biological relevance, DNA is also used as a model polymer in experiments by polymer physicists. Indeed, the seminal experiments by Reisner et al. (2005) of DNA confined in nanochannels of different widths revealed discrepancies with the classical theories of Odijk and de Gennes for polymer confinement. Picking up from the conclusions of the dissertation of Tree (2014), this dissertation addresses a number of key outstanding problems in the area of nanoconfined DNA. Adopting a Monte Carlo chain growth technique known as the pruned-enriched Rosenbluth method, we examine the equilibrium and near-equilibrium properties of DNA and other semiflexible polymers in nanochannel confinement. We begin by analyzing the dependence of molecular weight on various thermodynamic properties of confined semiflexible polymers. This allows us to point out the finite size effects that can occur when using low molecular weight DNA in experiments. We then analyze the statistics of backfolding and hairpin formation in the context of existing theories and discuss how our results can be used to engineer better conditions for genome mapping. Finally, we elucidate the diffusion behavior of confined semiflexible polymers by comparing and contrasting our results for asymptotically long chains with other similar studies in the literature. We expect our findings to be not only beneficial to the design of better genome mapping devices, but also to the fundamental understanding of semiflexible polymers in confinement.

Proton radius from electron scattering data

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Higinbotham, Douglas W.; Kabir, Al Amin; Lin, Vincent; Meekins, David; Norum, Blaine; Sawatzky, Brad

2016-05-01

Background: The proton charge radius extracted from recent muonic hydrogen Lamb shift measurements is significantly smaller than that extracted from atomic hydrogen and electron scattering measurements. The discrepancy has become known as the proton radius puzzle. Purpose: In an attempt to understand the discrepancy, we review high-precision electron scattering results from Mainz, Jefferson Lab, Saskatoon, and Stanford. Methods: We make use of stepwise regression techniques using the F test as well as the Akaike information criterion to systematically determine the predictive variables to use for a given set and range of electron scattering data as well as to provide multivariate error estimates. Results: Starting with the precision, low four-momentum transfer (Q2) data from Mainz (1980) and Saskatoon (1974), we find that a stepwise regression of the Maclaurin series using the F test as well as the Akaike information criterion justify using a linear extrapolation which yields a value for the proton radius that is consistent with the result obtained from muonic hydrogen measurements. Applying the same Maclaurin series and statistical criteria to the 2014 Rosenbluth results on GE from Mainz, we again find that the stepwise regression tends to favor a radius consistent with the muonic hydrogen radius but produces results that are extremely sensitive to the range of data included in the fit. Making use of the high-Q2 data on GE to select functions which extrapolate to high Q2, we find that a Padé (N =M =1 ) statistical model works remarkably well, as does a dipole function with a 0.84 fm radius, GE(Q2) =(1+Q2/0.66 GeV2) -2 . Conclusions: Rigorous applications of stepwise regression techniques and multivariate error estimates result in the extraction of a proton charge radius that is consistent with the muonic hydrogen result of 0.84 fm; either from linear extrapolation of the extremely-low-Q2 data or by use of the Padé approximant for extrapolation using a larger range of data. Thus, based on a purely statistical analysis of electron scattering data, we conclude that the electron scattering results and the muonic hydrogen results are consistent. It is the atomic hydrogen results that are the outliers.

[Comparison of essential oil enriched with ultrafiltration method and extraction method respectively from essential oil-in-water emulsion of Citri Reticulatae Pericarpium Viride by GC-MS].

PubMed

Yin, Ailing; Han, Zhifeng; Shen, Jie; Guo, Liwei; Cao, Guiping

2011-10-01

To study on the separation from essential oil-in-water emulsion of Citri Reticulatae Pericarpium Viride by ultrafiltration and acetoacetate extraction methods respectively, and the comparison of the oil yields and chemical compositions. Essential oil-in-water emulsion of Citri Reticulatae Pericarpium Viride was separated by ultrafiltration and acetoacetate extraction methods respectively, and the chemical compositions were analyzed and compared by GC-MS. Ultrafiltration method could enrich essential oil more and its chemical compositions were more similar to the essential oil prepared by steam distillation method. Ultrafiltration method is a good medium to separate essential oil from essential oil-in-water emulsion of Citri Reticulatae Pericarpium Viride.

Precipitation phase separation schemes in the Naqu River basin, eastern Tibetan plateau

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Liu, Shaohua; Yan, Denghua; Qin, Tianling; Weng, Baisha; Lu, Yajing; Dong, Guoqiang; Gong, Boya

2018-01-01

Precipitation phase has a profound influence on the hydrological processes in the Naqu River basin, eastern Tibetan plateau. However, there are only six meteorological stations with precipitation phase (rainfall/snowfall/sleet) before 1979 within and around the basin. In order to separate snowfall from precipitation, a new separation scheme with S-shaped curve of snowfall proportion as an exponential function of daily mean temperature was developed. The determinations of critical temperatures in the single/two temperature threshold (STT/TTT2) methods were explored accordingly, and the temperature corresponding to the 50 % snowfall proportion (SP50 temperature) is an efficiently critical temperature for the STT, and two critical temperatures in TTT2 can be determined based on the exponential function and SP50 temperature. Then, different separation schemes were evaluated in separating snowfall from precipitation in the Naqu River basin. The results show that the S-shaped curve methods outperform other separation schemes. Although the STT and TTT2 slightly underestimate and overestimate the snowfall when the temperature is higher and colder than SP50 temperature respectively, the monthly and annual separation snowfalls are generally consistent with the observed snowfalls. On the whole, S-shaped curve methods, STT, and TTT2 perform well in separating snowfall from precipitation with the Pearson correlation coefficient of annual separation snowfall above 0.8 and provide possible approaches to separate the snowfall from precipitation for hydrological modelling.

Real-time Tracking of DNA Fragment Separation by Smartphone.

PubMed

Tao, Chunxian; Yang, Bo; Li, Zhenqing; Zhang, Dawei; Yamaguchi, Yoshinori

2017-06-01

Slab gel electrophoresis (SGE) is the most common method for the separation of DNA fragments; thus, it is broadly applied to the field of biology and others. However, the traditional SGE protocol is quite tedious, and the experiment takes a long time. Moreover, the chemical consumption in SGE experiments is very high. This work proposes a simple method for the separation of DNA fragments based on an SGE chip. The chip is made by an engraving machine. Two plastic sheets are used for the excitation and emission wavelengths of the optical signal. The fluorescence signal of the DNA bands is collected by smartphone. To validate this method, 50, 100, and 1,000 bp DNA ladders were separated. The results demonstrate that a DNA ladder smaller than 5,000 bp can be resolved within 12 min and with high resolution when using this method, indicating that it is an ideal substitute for the traditional SGE method.

METHOD OF SEPARATING ISOTOPES OF URANIUM IN A CALUTRON

DOEpatents

Jenkins, F.A.

1958-05-01

Mass separation devices of the calutron type and the use of uranium hexachloride as a charge material in the calutron ion source are described. The method for using this material in a mass separator includes heating the uranium hexachloride to a temperature in the range of 60 to 100 d C in a vacuum and thereby forming a vapor of the material. The vaporized uranium hexachloride is then ionized in a vapor ionizing device for subsequent mass separation processing.

Physical mechanisms in shock-induced turbulent separated flow

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dolling, D. S.

1987-12-01

It has been demonstrated that the flow downstream of the moving shock is separated and that the foot of the shock is effectively the instantaneous separation point. The shock induced turbulent separation is an intermittant process and the separation line indicated by surface tracer methods, such as kerosene-lampblack, is a downstream boundary of a region of intermittent separation.

40 CFR 63.1046 - Test methods and procedures.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 11 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Test methods and procedures. 63.1046...) National Emission Standards for Oil-Water Separators and Organic-Water Separators § 63.1046 Test methods... Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Each potential leak interface (i.e., a location where organic...

Norman Ramsey and the Separated Oscillatory Fields Method

Science.gov Websites

methods of investigation; in particular, he contributed many refinements of the molecular beam method for the study of atomic and molecular properties, he invented the separated oscillatory field method of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and it is the practical basis for the most precise atomic clocks

Continuous flow microfluidic separation and processing of rare cells and bioparticles found in blood - A review.

PubMed

Antfolk, Maria; Laurell, Thomas

2017-05-01

Rare cells in blood, such as circulating tumor cells or fetal cells in the maternal circulation, posses a great prognostic or diagnostic value, or for the development of personalized medicine, where the study of rare cells could provide information to more specifically targeted treatments. When conventional cell separation methods, such as flow cytometry or magnetic activated cell sorting, have fallen short other methods are desperately sought for. Microfluidics have been extensively used towards isolating and processing rare cells as it offers possibilities not present in the conventional systems. Furthermore, microfluidic methods offer new possibilities for cell separation as they often rely on non-traditional biomarkers and intrinsic cell properties. This offers the possibility to isolate cell populations that would otherwise not be targeted using conventional methods. Here, we provide an extensive review of the latest advances in continuous flow microfluidic rare cell separation and processing with each cell's specific characteristics and separation challenges as a point of view. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Rapid determination of thermodynamic parameters from one-dimensional programmed-temperature gas chromatography for use in retention time prediction in comprehensive multidimensional chromatography.

PubMed

McGinitie, Teague M; Ebrahimi-Najafabadi, Heshmatollah; Harynuk, James J

2014-01-17

A new method for estimating the thermodynamic parameters of ΔH(T0), ΔS(T0), and ΔCP for use in thermodynamic modeling of GC×GC separations has been developed. The method is an alternative to the traditional isothermal separations required to fit a three-parameter thermodynamic model to retention data. Herein, a non-linear optimization technique is used to estimate the parameters from a series of temperature-programmed separations using the Nelder-Mead simplex algorithm. With this method, the time required to obtain estimates of thermodynamic parameters a series of analytes is significantly reduced. This new method allows for precise predictions of retention time with the average error being only 0.2s for 1D separations. Predictions for GC×GC separations were also in agreement with experimental measurements; having an average relative error of 0.37% for (1)tr and 2.1% for (2)tr. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Methods for recovering a solvent from a fluid volume and methods of removing at least one compound from a nonpolar solvent

DOEpatents

Ginosar, Daniel M.; Wendt, Daniel S.; Petkovic, Lucia M.

2014-06-10

A method of removing a nonpolar solvent from a fluid volume that includes at least one nonpolar compound, such as a fat, an oil or a triglyceride, is provided. The method comprises contacting a fluid volume with an expanding gas to expand the nonpolar solvent and form a gas-expanded solvent. The gas-expanded solvent may have a substantially reduced density in comparison to the at least one nonpolar compound and/or a substantially reduced capacity to solubilize the nonpolar compound, causing the nonpolar compounds to separate from the gas-expanded nonpolar solvent into a separate liquid phase. The liquid phase including the at least one nonpolar compound may be separated from the gas-expanded solvent using conventional techniques. After separation of the liquid phase, at least one of the temperature and pressure may be reduced to separate the nonpolar solvent from the expanding gas such that the nonpolar solvent may be recovered and reused.

Influence of the weighing bar size to determine optimal time of biodiesel-glycerol separation by using the buoyancy weighing-bar method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tambun, R.; Sibagariang, Y.; Manurung, J.

2018-02-01

The buoyancy weighing-bar method is a novel method in the particle size distribution measurement. This method can measure particle size distributions of the settling particles and floating particles. In this study, the buoyancy weighing-bar method is applied to determine optimal time of biodiesel-glycerol separation. The buoyancy weighing-bar method can be applied to determine the separation time because biodiesel and glycerol have the different densities. The influences of diameter of weighing-bar by using the buoyancy weighing-bar method would be experimentally investigated. The diameters of weighing-bar in this experiment are 8 mm, 10 mm, 15 mm and 20 mm, while the graduated cylinder (diameter : 65 mm) is used as vessel. The samples used in this experiment are the mixture of 95 % of biodiesel and 5 % of glycerol. The data obtained by the buoyancy weighing-bar method are analized by using the gas chromatography to determine the purity of biodiesel. Based on the data obtained, the buoyancy weighing-bar method can be used to detect the separation time of biodiesel-glycerol by using the weighing-bar diameter of 8 mm, 10 mm, 15 mm and 20 mm, but the most accuracy in determination the biodiesel-glycerol separation time is obtained by using the weighing-bar diameter of 20 mm. The biodiesel purity of 97.97 % could be detected at 64 minutes by using the buoyancy weighing-bar method when the weighing-bar diameter of 20 mm is used.

Enzymatic Digestion for Improved Bacteria Separation from Leafy Green Vegetables.

PubMed

Wang, Danhui; Wang, Ziyuan; He, Fei; Kinchla, Amanda J; Nugen, Sam R

2016-08-01

An effective and rapid method for the separation of bacteria from food matrix remains a bottleneck for rapid bacteria detection for food safety. Bacteria can strongly attach to a food surface or internalize within the matrix, making their isolation extremely difficult. Traditional methods of separating bacteria from food routinely involve stomaching, blending, and shaking. However, these methods may not be efficient at removing all the bacteria from complex matrices. Here, we investigate the benefits of using enzyme digestion followed by immunomagnetic separation to isolate Salmonella from spinach and lettuce. Enzymatic digestion using pectinase and cellulase was able to break down the structure of the leafy green vegetables, resulting in the detachment and release of Salmonella from the leaves. Immunomagnetic separation of Salmonella from the liquefied sample allowed an additional separation step to achieve a more pure sample without leaf debris that may benefit additional downstream applications. We have investigated the optimal combination of pectinase and cellulase for the digestion of spinach and lettuce to improve sample detection yields. The concentrations of enzymes used to digest the leaves were confirmed to have no significant effect on the viability of the inoculated Salmonella. Results reported that the recovery of the Salmonella from the produce after enzyme digestion of the leaves was significantly higher (P < 0.05) than traditional sample preparation methods to separate bacteria (stomaching and manually shaking). The results demonstrate the potential for use of enzyme digestion prior to separation can improve the efficiency of bacteria separation and increase the likelihood of detecting pathogens in the final detection assay.

Apparatus and method for extraction of chemicals from aquifer remediation effluent water

DOEpatents

McMurtrey, Ryan D.; Ginosar, Daniel M.; Moor, Kenneth S.; Shook, G. Michael; Moses, John M.; Barker, Donna L.

2002-01-01

An apparatus and method for extraction of chemicals from an aquifer remediation aqueous effluent are provided. The extraction method utilizes a critical fluid for separation and recovery of chemicals employed in remediating aquifers contaminated with hazardous organic substances, and is particularly suited for separation and recovery of organic contaminants and process chemicals used in surfactant-based remediation technologies. The extraction method separates and recovers high-value chemicals from the remediation effluent and minimizes the volume of generated hazardous waste. The recovered chemicals can be recycled to the remediation process or stored for later use.

Method and system for extraction of chemicals from aquifer remediation effluent water

DOEpatents

McMurtrey, Ryan D.; Ginosar, Daniel M.; Moor, Kenneth S.; Shook, G. Michael; Barker, Donna L.

2003-01-01

A method and system for extraction of chemicals from an groundwater remediation aqueous effluent are provided. The extraction method utilizes a critical fluid for separation and recovery of chemicals employed in remediating groundwater contaminated with hazardous organic substances, and is particularly suited for separation and recovery of organic contaminants and process chemicals used in surfactant-based remediation technologies. The extraction method separates and recovers high-value chemicals from the remediation effluent and minimizes the volume of generated hazardous waste. The recovered chemicals can be recycled to the remediation process or stored for later use.

The study of membrane formation via phase inversion method by cloud point and light scattering experiment

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Arahman, Nasrul; Maimun, Teuku; Mukramah, Syawaliah

2017-01-01

The composition of polymer solution and the methods of membrane preparation determine the solidification process of membrane. The formation of membrane structure prepared via non-solvent induced phase separation (NIPS) method is mostly determined by phase separation process between polymer, solvent, and non-solvent. This paper discusses the phase separation process of polymer solution containing Polyethersulfone (PES), N-methylpirrolidone (NMP), and surfactant Tetronic 1307 (Tet). Cloud point experiment is conducted to determine the amount of non-solvent needed on induced phase separation. Amount of water required as a non-solvent decreases by the addition of surfactant Tet. Kinetics of phase separation for such system is studied by the light scattering measurement. With the addition of Tet., the delayed phase separation is observed and the structure growth rate decreases. Moreover, the morphology of fabricated membrane from those polymer systems is analyzed by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The images of both systems show the formation of finger-like macrovoids through the cross-section.

Method for separating water soluble organics from a process stream by aqueous biphasic extraction

DOEpatents

Chaiko, David J.; Mego, William A.

1999-01-01

A method for separating water-miscible organic species from a process stream by aqueous biphasic extraction is provided. An aqueous biphase system is generated by contacting a process stream comprised of water, salt, and organic species with an aqueous polymer solution. The organic species transfer from the salt-rich phase to the polymer-rich phase, and the phases are separated. Next, the polymer is recovered from the loaded polymer phase by selectively extracting the polymer into an organic phase at an elevated temperature, while the organic species remain in a substantially salt-free aqueous solution. Alternatively, the polymer is recovered from the loaded polymer by a temperature induced phase separation (cloud point extraction), whereby the polymer and the organic species separate into two distinct solutions. The method for separating water-miscible organic species is applicable to the treatment of industrial wastewater streams, including the extraction and recovery of complexed metal ions from salt solutions, organic contaminants from mineral processing streams, and colorants from spent dye baths.

Separation of left and right lungs using 3D information of sequential CT images and a guided dynamic programming algorithm

PubMed Central

Park, Sang Cheol; Leader, Joseph Ken; Tan, Jun; Lee, Guee Sang; Kim, Soo Hyung; Na, In Seop; Zheng, Bin

2011-01-01

Objective this article presents a new computerized scheme that aims to accurately and robustly separate left and right lungs on CT examinations. Methods we developed and tested a method to separate the left and right lungs using sequential CT information and a guided dynamic programming algorithm using adaptively and automatically selected start point and end point with especially severe and multiple connections. Results the scheme successfully identified and separated all 827 connections on the total 4034 CT images in an independent testing dataset of CT examinations. The proposed scheme separated multiple connections regardless of their locations, and the guided dynamic programming algorithm reduced the computation time to approximately 4.6% in comparison with the traditional dynamic programming and avoided the permeation of the separation boundary into normal lung tissue. Conclusions The proposed method is able to robustly and accurately disconnect all connections between left and right lungs and the guided dynamic programming algorithm is able to remove redundant processing. PMID:21412104

Wake vortex separation standards : analysis methods

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

1997-01-01

Wake vortex separation standards are used to prevent hazardous wake vortex encounters. A "safe" separation model can be used to assess the safety of proposed changes in the standards. A safe separation model can be derived from an encounter hazard mo...

A chiral HPLC method for the simultaneous separation of configurational isomers of the predominant cis/trans forms of astaxanthin.

PubMed

Abu-Lafi, S; Turujman, S A

1997-01-01

We report an HPLC method that allows the simultaneous separation of configurational isomers of the predominant cis/trans forms of astaxanthin. The configurational isomers of the all-trans-, and most of the configurational isomers of the 9-cis-, 13-cis- and 15-cis-astaxanthin were separated on a Sumichiral OA-2000 column, which is manufactured and packed in Japan with a Pirkle covalent D-phenylglycine chiral stationary phase (CSP). The large separation of the cis isomers from the all-trans isomers that we report here ensure the suitability of this method for the routine determination of the ratio of the configurational isomers of all-trans-astaxanthin.

Electro-kinetic Separation of Rare Earth Elements Using a Redox-Active Ligand.

PubMed

Fang, Huayi; Cole, Bren E; Qiao, Yusen; Bogart, Justin A; Cheisson, Thibault; Manor, Brian C; Carroll, Patrick J; Schelter, Eric J

2017-10-16

Purification of rare earth elements is challenging due to their chemical similarities. All of the deployed separation methods rely on thermodynamic properties, such as distribution equilibria in solvent extraction. Rare-earth-metal separations based on kinetic differences have not been examined. Herein, we demonstrate a new approach for rare-earth-element separations by exploiting differences in the oxidation rates within a series of rare earth compounds containing the redox-active ligand [{2-(tBuN(O))C 6 H 4 CH 2 } 3 N] 3- . Using this method, a single-step separation factor up to 261 was obtained for the separation of a 50:50 yttrium-lutetium mixture. © 2017 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Method and apparatus for producing co-current fluid contact

DOEpatents

Trutna, William R.

1997-01-01

An improved packing system and method are disclosed wherein a packing section includes a liquid distributor and a separator placed above the distributor so that gas rising through the liquid distributor contacts liquid in the distributor, forming a gas-liquid combination which rises in co-current flow to the separator. Liquid is collected in the separator, from which gas rises.

Method and apparatus for producing co-current fluid contact

DOEpatents

Trutna, W.R.

1997-12-09

An improved packing system and method are disclosed wherein a packing section includes a liquid distributor and a separator placed above the distributor so that gas rising through the liquid distributor contacts liquid in the distributor, forming a gas-liquid combination which rises in co-current flow to the separator. Liquid is collected in the separator, from which gas rises. 13 figs.

Electromigrative separation techniques in forensic science: combining selectivity, sensitivity, and robustness.

PubMed

Posch, Tjorben Nils; Pütz, Michael; Martin, Nathalie; Huhn, Carolin

2015-01-01

In this review we introduce the advantages and limitations of electromigrative separation techniques in forensic toxicology. We thus present a summary of illustrative studies and our own experience in the field together with established methods from the German Federal Criminal Police Office rather than a complete survey. We focus on the analytical aspects of analytes' physicochemical characteristics (e.g. polarity, stereoisomers) and analytical challenges including matrix tolerance, separation from compounds present in large excess, sample volumes, and orthogonality. For these aspects we want to reveal the specific advantages over more traditional methods. Both detailed studies and profiling and screening studies are taken into account. Care was taken to nearly exclusively document well-validated methods outstanding for the analytical challenge discussed. Special attention was paid to aspects exclusive to electromigrative separation techniques, including the use of the mobility axis, the potential for on-site instrumentation, and the capillary format for immunoassays. The review concludes with an introductory guide to method development for different separation modes, presenting typical buffer systems as starting points for different analyte classes. The objective of this review is to provide an orientation for users in separation science considering using capillary electrophoresis in their laboratory in the future.

Rayleigh-wave mode separation by high-resolution linear radon transform

USGS Publications Warehouse

Luo, Y.; Xia, J.; Miller, R.D.; Xu, Y.; Liu, J.; Liu, Q.

2009-01-01

Multichannel analysis of surface waves (MASW) method is an effective tool for obtaining vertical shear wave profiles from a single non-invasive measurement. One key step of the MASW method is generation of a dispersion image and extraction of a reliable dispersion curve from raw multichannel shot records. Because different Rayleigh-wave modes normally interfere with each other in the time and space domain, it is necessary to perform mode separation and reconstruction to increase the accuracy of phase velocities determined from a dispersion image. In this paper, we demonstrate the effectiveness of high-resolution linear Radon transform (LRT) as a means of separating and reconstructing multimode, dispersive Rayleigh-wave energy. We first introduce high-resolution LRT methods and Rayleigh-wave mode separation using high-resolution LRT. Next, we use synthetic data and a real-world example to demonstrate the effectiveness of Rayleigh-wave mode separation using high-resolution LRT. Our synthetic and real-world results demonstrate that (1) high-resolution LRT successfully separates and reconstructs multimode dispersive Rayleigh-wave energy with high resolution allowing the multimode energy to be more accurately determined. The horizontal resolution of the Rayleigh-wave method can be increased by extraction of dispersion curves from a pair of traces in the mode-separated shot gather and (2) multimode separation and reconstruction expand the usable frequency range of higher mode dispersive energy, which increases the depth of investigation and provides a means for accurately determining cut-off frequencies. ?? 2009 The Authors Journal compilation ?? 2009 RAS.

Optimal Integration of Departures and Arrivals in Terminal Airspace

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Xue, Min; Zelinski, Shannon Jean

2013-01-01

Coordination of operations with spatially and temporally shared resources, such as route segments, fixes, and runways, improves the efficiency of terminal airspace management. Problems in this category are, in general, computationally difficult compared to conventional scheduling problems. This paper presents a fast time algorithm formulation using a non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm (NSGA). It was first applied to a test problem introduced in existing literature. An experiment with a test problem showed that new methods can solve the 20 aircraft problem in fast time with a 65% or 440 second delay reduction using shared departure fixes. In order to test its application in a more realistic and complicated problem, the NSGA algorithm was applied to a problem in LAX terminal airspace, where interactions between 28% of LAX arrivals and 10% of LAX departures are resolved by spatial separation in current operations, which may introduce unnecessary delays. In this work, three types of separations - spatial, temporal, and hybrid separations - were formulated using the new algorithm. The hybrid separation combines both temporal and spatial separations. Results showed that although temporal separation achieved less delay than spatial separation with a small uncertainty buffer, spatial separation outperformed temporal separation when the uncertainty buffer was increased. Hybrid separation introduced much less delay than both spatial and temporal approaches. For a total of 15 interacting departures and arrivals, when compared to spatial separation, the delay reduction of hybrid separation varied between 11% or 3.1 minutes and 64% or 10.7 minutes corresponding to an uncertainty buffer from 0 to 60 seconds. Furthermore, as a comparison with the NSGA algorithm, a First-Come-First-Serve based heuristic method was implemented for the hybrid separation. Experiments showed that the results from the NSGA algorithm have 9% to 42% less delay than the heuristic method with varied uncertainty buffer sizes.

Conceptual design of distillation-based hybrid separation processes.

PubMed

Skiborowski, Mirko; Harwardt, Andreas; Marquardt, Wolfgang

2013-01-01

Hybrid separation processes combine different separation principles and constitute a promising design option for the separation of complex mixtures. Particularly, the integration of distillation with other unit operations can significantly improve the separation of close-boiling or azeotropic mixtures. Although the design of single-unit operations is well understood and supported by computational methods, the optimal design of flowsheets of hybrid separation processes is still a challenging task. The large number of operational and design degrees of freedom requires a systematic and optimization-based design approach. To this end, a structured approach, the so-called process synthesis framework, is proposed. This article reviews available computational methods for the conceptual design of distillation-based hybrid processes for the separation of liquid mixtures. Open problems are identified that must be addressed to finally establish a structured process synthesis framework for such processes.

Process for separating metallic from semiconducting single-walled carbon nanotubes

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sun, Ya-Ping (Inventor)

2008-01-01

A method for separating semiconducting single-walled carbon nanotubes from metallic single-walled carbon nanotubes is disclosed. The method utilizes separation agents that preferentially associate with semiconducting nanotubes due to the electrical nature of the nanotubes. The separation agents are those that have a planar orientation, .pi.-electrons available for association with the surface of the nanotubes, and also include a soluble portion of the molecule. Following preferential association of the separation agent with the semiconducting nanotubes, the agent/nanotubes complex is soluble and can be solubilized with the solution enriched in semiconducting nanotubes while the residual solid is enriched in metallic nanotubes.

Flow processes in overexpanded chemical rocket nozzles. Part 1: Flow separation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Schmucker, R. H.

1984-01-01

An investigation was made of published nozzle flow separation data in order to determine the parameters which affect the separation conditions. A comparison of experimental data with empirical and theoretical separation prediction methods leads to the selection of suitable equations for the separation criterion. The results were used to predict flow separation of the main space shuttle engine.

Flow processes in overexpanded chemical rocket nozzles. Part 1: Flow separation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Schmucker, R. H.

1973-01-01

An investigation was made of published nozzle flow separation data in order to determine the parameters which affect the separation condition. A comparison of experimental data with empirical and theoretical separation prediction methods leads to the selection of suitable equations for the separation criterion. The results were used to predict flow separation of the main space shuttle engine.

BCI`s RBSM test methods: Eight years in the making

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

NONE

1993-03-01

RBSM stands for recombinant battery separator mat. This is the acronym chosen after a lot of debate during eight years of committee work to develop test methods to characterize separators which are used in valve regulated lead acid batteries. This paper discusses the test methods.

Comparison of algorithms for computing the two-dimensional discrete Hartley transform

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Reichenbach, Stephen E.; Burton, John C.; Miller, Keith W.

1989-01-01

Three methods have been described for computing the two-dimensional discrete Hartley transform. Two of these employ a separable transform, the third method, the vector-radix algorithm, does not require separability. In-place computation of the vector-radix method is described. Operation counts and execution times indicate that the vector-radix method is fastest.

An improved independent component analysis model for 3D chromatogram separation and its solution by multi-areas genetic algorithm

PubMed Central

2014-01-01

Background The 3D chromatogram generated by High Performance Liquid Chromatography-Diode Array Detector (HPLC-DAD) has been researched widely in the field of herbal medicine, grape wine, agriculture, petroleum and so on. Currently, most of the methods used for separating a 3D chromatogram need to know the compounds' number in advance, which could be impossible especially when the compounds are complex or white noise exist. New method which extracts compounds from 3D chromatogram directly is needed. Methods In this paper, a new separation model named parallel Independent Component Analysis constrained by Reference Curve (pICARC) was proposed to transform the separation problem to a multi-parameter optimization issue. It was not necessary to know the number of compounds in the optimization. In order to find all the solutions, an algorithm named multi-areas Genetic Algorithm (mGA) was proposed, where multiple areas of candidate solutions were constructed according to the fitness and distances among the chromosomes. Results Simulations and experiments on a real life HPLC-DAD data set were used to demonstrate our method and its effectiveness. Through simulations, it can be seen that our method can separate 3D chromatogram to chromatogram peaks and spectra successfully even when they severely overlapped. It is also shown by the experiments that our method is effective to solve real HPLC-DAD data set. Conclusions Our method can separate 3D chromatogram successfully without knowing the compounds' number in advance, which is fast and effective. PMID:25474487

Enhancing resolution of free-flow zone electrophoresis via a simple sheath-flow sample injection.

PubMed

Yang, Ying; Kong, Fan-Zhi; Liu, Ji; Li, Jun-Min; Liu, Xiao-Ping; Li, Guo-Qing; Wang, Ju-Fang; Xiao, Hua; Fan, Liu-Yin; Cao, Cheng-Xi; Li, Shan

2016-07-01

In this work, a simple and novel sheath-flow sample injection method (SFSIM) is introduced to reduce the band broadening of free-flow zone electrophoresis separation in newly developed self-balance free-flow electrophoresis instrument. A needle injector was placed in the center of the separation inlet, into which the BGE and sample solution were pumped simultaneously. BGE formed sheath flow outside the sample stream, resulting in less band broadening related to hydrodynamics and electrodynamics. Hemoglobin and C-phycocyanin were successfully separated by the proposed method in contrast to the poor separation of free-flow electrophoresis with the traditional injection method without sheath flow. About 3.75 times resolution enhancement could be achieved by sheath-flow sample injection method. © 2016 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

An improved independent component analysis model for 3D chromatogram separation and its solution by multi-areas genetic algorithm.

PubMed

Cui, Lizhi; Poon, Josiah; Poon, Simon K; Chen, Hao; Gao, Junbin; Kwan, Paul; Fan, Kei; Ling, Zhihao

2014-01-01

The 3D chromatogram generated by High Performance Liquid Chromatography-Diode Array Detector (HPLC-DAD) has been researched widely in the field of herbal medicine, grape wine, agriculture, petroleum and so on. Currently, most of the methods used for separating a 3D chromatogram need to know the compounds' number in advance, which could be impossible especially when the compounds are complex or white noise exist. New method which extracts compounds from 3D chromatogram directly is needed. In this paper, a new separation model named parallel Independent Component Analysis constrained by Reference Curve (pICARC) was proposed to transform the separation problem to a multi-parameter optimization issue. It was not necessary to know the number of compounds in the optimization. In order to find all the solutions, an algorithm named multi-areas Genetic Algorithm (mGA) was proposed, where multiple areas of candidate solutions were constructed according to the fitness and distances among the chromosomes. Simulations and experiments on a real life HPLC-DAD data set were used to demonstrate our method and its effectiveness. Through simulations, it can be seen that our method can separate 3D chromatogram to chromatogram peaks and spectra successfully even when they severely overlapped. It is also shown by the experiments that our method is effective to solve real HPLC-DAD data set. Our method can separate 3D chromatogram successfully without knowing the compounds' number in advance, which is fast and effective.

Optimization of a reversed-phase-high-performance thin-layer chromatography method for the separation of isoniazid, ethambutol, rifampicin and pyrazinamide in fixed-dose combination antituberculosis tablets.

PubMed

Shewiyo, D H; Kaale, E; Risha, P G; Dejaegher, B; Smeyers-Verbeke, J; Vander Heyden, Y

2012-10-19

This paper presents the development of a new RP-HPTLC method for the separation of pyrazinamide, isoniazid, rifampicin and ethambutol in a four fixed-dose combination (4 FDC) tablet formulation. It is a single method with two steps in which after plate development pyrazinamide, isoniazid and rifampicin are detected at an UV wavelength of 280 nm. Then ethambutol is derivatized and detected at a VIS wavelength of 450 nm. Methanol, ethanol and propan-1-ol were evaluated modifiers to form alcohol-water mobile phases. Systematic optimization of the composition of each alcohol in the mobile phase was carried out using the window diagramming concept to obtain the best separation. Examination of the Rf distribution of the separated compounds showed that separation of the compounds with the mobile phase containing ethanol at the optimal fraction was almost situated within the optimal Rf-values region of 0.20-0.80. Therefore, ethanol was selected as organic modifier and the optimal mobile phase composition was found to be ethanol, water, glacial acetic acid (>99% acetic acid) and 37% ammonia solution (70/30/5/1, v/v/v/v). The method is new, quick and cheap compared to the actual method in the International Pharmacopoeia for the assay of the 4 FDC tablets, which involves the use of two separate HPLC methods. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Membranes, methods of making membranes, and methods of separating gases using membranes

DOEpatents

Ho, W. S. Winston

2012-10-02

Membranes, methods of making membranes, and methods of separating gases using membranes are provided. The membranes can include at least one hydrophilic polymer, at least one cross-linking agent, at least one base, and at least one amino compound. The methods of separating gases using membranes can include contacting a gas stream containing at least one of CO.sub.2, H.sub.2S, and HCl with one side of a nonporous and at least one of CO.sub.2, H.sub.2S, and HCl selectively permeable membrane such that at least one of CO.sub.2, H.sub.2S, and HCl is selectively transported through the membrane.

A direct-inverse method for transonic and separated flows about airfoils

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Carlson, K. D.

1985-01-01

A direct-inverse technique and computer program called TAMSEP that can be sued for the analysis of the flow about airfoils at subsonic and low transonic freestream velocities is presented. The method is based upon a direct-inverse nonconservative full potential inviscid method, a Thwaites laminar boundary layer technique, and the Barnwell turbulent momentum integral scheme; and it is formulated using Cartesian coordinates. Since the method utilizes inverse boundary conditions in regions of separated flow, it is suitable for predicing the flowfield about airfoils having trailing edge separated flow under high lift conditions. Comparisons with experimental data indicate that the method should be a useful tool for applied aerodynamic analyses.

A direct-inverse method for transonic and separated flows about airfoils

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Carlson, Leland A.

1990-01-01

A direct-inverse technique and computer program called TAMSEP that can be used for the analysis of the flow about airfoils at subsonic and low transonic freestream velocities is presented. The method is based upon a direct-inverse nonconservative full potential inviscid method, a Thwaites laminar boundary layer technique, and the Barnwell turbulent momentum integral scheme; and it is formulated using Cartesian coordinates. Since the method utilizes inverse boundary conditions in regions of separated flow, it is suitable for predicting the flow field about airfoils having trailing edge separated flow under high lift conditions. Comparisons with experimental data indicate that the method should be a useful tool for applied aerodynamic analyses.

Spray-on polyvinyl alcohol separators and impact on power production in air-cathode microbial fuel cells with different solution conductivities.

PubMed

Hoskins, Daniel L; Zhang, Xiaoyuan; Hickner, Michael A; Logan, Bruce E

2014-11-01

Separators are used to protect cathodes from biofouling and to avoid electrode short-circuiting, but they can adversely affect microbial fuel cell (MFC) performance. A spray method was used to apply a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) separator to the cathode. Power densities were unaffected by the PVA separator (339±29mW/m(2)), compared to a control lacking a separator in a low conductivity solution (1mS/cm) similar to wastewater. Power was reduced with separators in solutions typical of laboratory tests (7-13mS/cm), compared to separatorless controls. The PVA separator produced more power in a separator assembly (SEA) configuration (444±8mW/m(2)) in the 1mS/cm solution, but power was reduced if a PVA or wipe separator was used in higher conductivity solutions with either Pt or activated carbon catalysts. Spray and cast PVA separators performed similarly, but the spray method is preferred as it was easier to apply and use. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Dynamic acoustic field activated cell separation (DAFACS).

PubMed

Skotis, G D; Cumming, D R S; Roberts, J N; Riehle, M O; Bernassau, A L

2015-02-07

Advances in diagnostics, cell and stem cell technologies drive the development of application-specific tools for cell and particle separation. Acoustic micro-particle separation offers a promising avenue for high-throughput, label-free, high recovery, cell and particle separation and isolation in regenerative medicine. Here, we demonstrate a novel approach utilizing a dynamic acoustic field that is capable of separating an arbitrary size range of cells. We first demonstrate the method for the separation of particles with different diameters between 6 and 45 μm and secondly particles of different densities in a heterogeneous medium. The dynamic acoustic field is then used to separate dorsal root ganglion cells. The shearless, label-free and low damage characteristics make this method of manipulation particularly suited for biological applications. Advantages of using a dynamic acoustic field for the separation of cells include its inherent safety and biocompatibility, the possibility to operate over large distances (centimetres), high purity (ratio of particle population, up to 100%), and high efficiency (ratio of separated particles over total number of particles to separate, up to 100%).

A fast and accurate method to predict 2D and 3D aerodynamic boundary layer flows

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bijleveld, H. A.; Veldman, A. E. P.

2014-12-01

A quasi-simultaneous interaction method is applied to predict 2D and 3D aerodynamic flows. This method is suitable for offshore wind turbine design software as it is a very accurate and computationally reasonably cheap method. This study shows the results for a NACA 0012 airfoil. The two applied solvers converge to the experimental values when the grid is refined. We also show that in separation the eigenvalues remain positive thus avoiding the Goldstein singularity at separation. In 3D we show a flow over a dent in which separation occurs. A rotating flat plat is used to show the applicability of the method for rotating flows. The shown capabilities of the method indicate that the quasi-simultaneous interaction method is suitable for design methods for offshore wind turbine blades.

LABORATORY EVALUATION OF METHODS TO SEPARATE FINE GRAINED SEDIMENT FROM STORM WATER

EPA Science Inventory

A literature survey had been conducted by the St. Anthony Falls Hydraulic laboratory to assess various methods for separation of sediment from storm water at construction sites. Two methods have shown some promise in this application, and a research program was initiated with the...

Closed Loop Active Flow Separation Detection and Control in a Multistage Compressor

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Bright, Michelle M.; Culley, Dennis E.; Braunscheidel, Edward P.; Welch, Gerard E.

2005-01-01

Active closed loop flow control was successfully demonstrated on a full annulus of stator vanes in a low speed axial compressor. Two independent methods of detecting separated flow conditions on the vane suction surface were developed. The first technique detects changes in static pressure along the vane suction surface, while the second method monitors variation in the potential field of the downstream rotor. Both methods may feasibly be used in future engines employing embedded flow control technology. In response to the detection of separated conditions, injection along the suction surface of each vane was used. Injected mass flow on the suction surface of stator vanes is known to reduce separation and the resulting limitation on static pressure rise due to lowered diffusion in the vane passage. A control algorithm was developed which provided a proportional response of the injected mass flow to the degree of separation, thereby minimizing the performance penalty on the compressor system.

Simultaneous separation of water- and fat-soluble vitamins in isocratic pressure-assisted capillary electrochromatography using a methacrylate-based monolithic column.

PubMed

Yamada, Hiroki; Kitagawa, Shinya; Ohtani, Hajime

2013-06-01

A method of simultaneous separation of water- and fat-soluble vitamins using pressure-assisted CEC with a methacrylate-based capillary monolithic column was developed. In the proposed method, water-soluble vitamins were mainly separated electrophoretically, while fat soluble-ones were separated chromatographically by the interaction with a methacrylate-based monolith. A mixture of six water-soluble and four fat-soluble vitamins was separated simultaneously within 20 min with an isocratic elution using 1 M formic acid (pH 1.9)/acetonitrile (30:70, v/v) containing 10 mM ammonium formate as a mobile phase. When the method was applied to a commercial multivitamin tablet and a spiked one, the vitamins were successfully analyzed, and no influence of the matrix contained in the tablet was observed. © 2013 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Magnetic separation of algae

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Nath, Pulak; Twary, Scott N.

Described herein are methods and systems for harvesting, collecting, separating and/or dewatering algae using iron based salts combined with a magnetic field gradient to separate algae from an aqueous solution.

SEPARATION OF PLUTONIUM FROM FISSION PRODUCTS BY A COLLOID REMOVAL PROCESS

DOEpatents

Schubert, J.

1960-05-24

A method is given for separating plutonium from uranium fission products. An acidic aqueous solution containing plutonium and uranium fission products is subjected to a process for separating ionic values from colloidal matter suspended therein while the pH of the solution is maintained between 0 and 4. Certain of the fission products, and in particular, zirconium, niobium, lanthanum, and barium are in a colloidal state within this pH range, while plutonium remains in an ionic form, Dialysis, ultracontrifugation, and ultrafiltration are suitable methods of separating plutonium ions from the colloids.

Methods of separating particulate residue streams

DOEpatents

Hoskinson, Reed L [Rigby, ID; Kenney, Kevin L [Idaho Falls, ID; Wright, Christopher T [Idaho Falls, ID; Hess, J Richard [Idaho Falls, ID

2011-04-05

A particulate residue separator and a method for separating a particulate residue stream may include an air plenum borne by a harvesting device, and have a first, intake end and a second, exhaust end; first and second particulate residue air streams that are formed by the harvesting device and that travel, at least in part, along the air plenum and in a direction of the second, exhaust end; and a baffle assembly that is located in partially occluding relation relative to the air plenum and that substantially separates the first and second particulate residue air streams.

Method of separating thorium from plutonium

DOEpatents

Clifton, David G.; Blum, Thomas W.

1984-01-01

A method of chemically separating plutonium from thorium. Plutonium and thorium to be separated are dissolved in an aqueous feed solution, preferably as the nitrate salts. The feed solution is acidified and sodium nitrite is added to the solution to adjust the valence of the plutonium to the +4 state. A chloride salt, preferably sodium chloride, is then added to the solution to induce formation of an anionic plutonium chloride complex. The anionic plutonium chloride complex and the thorium in solution are then separated by ion exchange on a strong base anion exchange column.

Method of separating thorium from plutonium

DOEpatents

Clifton, D.G.; Blum, T.W.

A method of chemically separating plutonium from thorium is claimed. Plutonium and thorium to be separated are dissolved in an aqueous feed solution, preferably as the nitrate salts. The feed solution is acidified and sodium nitrite is added to the solution to adjust the valence of the plutonium to the +4 state. A chloride salt, preferably sodium chloride, is then added to the solution to induce formation of an anionic plutonium chloride complex. The anionic plutonium chloride complex and the thorium in solution are then separated by ion exchange on a strong base anion exchange column.

Method of separating thorium from plutonium

DOEpatents

Clifton, D.G.; Blum, T.W.

1984-07-10

A method is described for chemically separating plutonium from thorium. Plutonium and thorium to be separated are dissolved in an aqueous feed solution, preferably as the nitrate salts. The feed solution is acidified and sodium nitrite is added to the solution to adjust the valence of the plutonium to the +4 state. A chloride salt, preferably sodium chloride, is then added to the solution to induce formation of an anionic plutonium chloride complex. The anionic plutonium chloride complex and the thorium in solution are then separated by ion exchange on a strong base anion exchange column.

Blind source separation based on time-frequency morphological characteristics for rigid acoustic scattering by underwater objects

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yang, Yang; Li, Xiukun

2016-06-01

Separation of the components of rigid acoustic scattering by underwater objects is essential in obtaining the structural characteristics of such objects. To overcome the problem of rigid structures appearing to have the same spectral structure in the time domain, time-frequency Blind Source Separation (BSS) can be used in combination with image morphology to separate the rigid scattering components of different objects. Based on a highlight model, the separation of the rigid scattering structure of objects with time-frequency distribution is deduced. Using a morphological filter, different characteristics in a Wigner-Ville Distribution (WVD) observed for single auto term and cross terms can be simplified to remove any cross-term interference. By selecting time and frequency points of the auto terms signal, the accuracy of BSS can be improved. An experimental simulation has been used, with changes in the pulse width of the transmitted signal, the relative amplitude and the time delay parameter, in order to analyzing the feasibility of this new method. Simulation results show that the new method is not only able to separate rigid scattering components, but can also separate the components when elastic scattering and rigid scattering exist at the same time. Experimental results confirm that the new method can be used in separating the rigid scattering structure of underwater objects.

Effects of Microwave Radiation on Oil Recovery

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Esmaeili, Abdollah

2011-12-01

A variety of oil recovery methods have been developed and applied to mature and depleted reservoirs in order to improve the efficiency. Microwave radiation oil recovery method is a relatively new method and has been of great interest in the recent years. Crude oil is typically co-mingled with suspended solids and water. To increase oil recovery, it is necessary to remove these components. The separation of oil from water and solids using gravitational settling methods is typically incomplete. Oil-in-water and oil-water-solid emulsions can be demulsified and separated into their individual layers by microwave radiation. The data also show that microwave separation is faster than gravity separation and can be faster than conventional heating at many conditions. After separation of emulsion into water and oil layers, water can be discharged and oil is collected. High-frequency microwave recycling process can recover oil and gases from oil shale, residual oil, drill cuttings, tar sands oil, contaminated dredge/sediments, tires and plastics with significantly greater yields and lower costs than are available utilizing existing known technologies. This process is environmentally friendly, fuel-generating recycler to reduce waste, cut emissions, and save energy. This paper presents a critical review of Microwave radiation method for oil recovery.

Two-dimensional RPLC-RPLC system with different pH in two dimensions for separation of alkaloids from Corydalis yanhusuo W. T. Wang.

PubMed

Zhang, Jing; Jin, Yu; Liu, Yanfang; Xiao, Yuansheng; Feng, Jiatao; Xue, Xingya; Zhang, Xiuli; Liang, Xinmiao

2009-06-01

An effective method utilizing the same RP chromatographic column with different pH in first and second LC dimensions has been developed for separation of the basic compounds from traditional Chinese medicines (TCMs). In this work, the alkaloids in Corydalis yanhusuo which is an important TCM were selected as a model to develop the method. The additives and pH values of the mobile phase were optimized in this work. To investigate the feasibility of this method, off-line mode separation was performed in the experiments. According to the UV-absorption intensity, there were eight fractions collected in acidic conditions. All the fractions were analyzed in basic conditions. The results showed that the chromatographic selectivities were significantly different in the separations performed with acidic and alkaline elution systems. Complementary separation was achieved in this work. It is demonstrated that this method would be an effective tool for alkaloids research. Based on the different pH of the mobile phase in this method, it could also be suitable to analyze compounds which were sensible to the pH of the solution.

[The research on separating and extracting overlapping spectral feature lines in LIBS using damped least squares method].

PubMed

Wang, Yin; Zhao, Nan-jing; Liu, Wen-qing; Yu, Yang; Fang, Li; Meng, De-shuo; Hu, Li; Zhang, Da-hai; Ma, Min-jun; Xiao, Xue; Wang, Yu; Liu, Jian-guo

2015-02-01

In recent years, the technology of laser induced breakdown spectroscopy has been developed rapidly. As one kind of new material composition detection technology, laser induced breakdown spectroscopy can simultaneously detect multi elements fast and simply without any complex sample preparation and realize field, in-situ material composition detection of the sample to be tested. This kind of technology is very promising in many fields. It is very important to separate, fit and extract spectral feature lines in laser induced breakdown spectroscopy, which is the cornerstone of spectral feature recognition and subsequent elements concentrations inversion research. In order to realize effective separation, fitting and extraction of spectral feature lines in laser induced breakdown spectroscopy, the original parameters for spectral lines fitting before iteration were analyzed and determined. The spectral feature line of' chromium (Cr I : 427.480 nm) in fly ash gathered from a coal-fired power station, which was overlapped with another line(FeI: 427.176 nm), was separated from the other one and extracted by using damped least squares method. Based on Gauss-Newton iteration, damped least squares method adds damping factor to step and adjust step length dynamically according to the feedback information after each iteration, in order to prevent the iteration from diverging and make sure that the iteration could converge fast. Damped least squares method helps to obtain better results of separating, fitting and extracting spectral feature lines and give more accurate intensity values of these spectral feature lines: The spectral feature lines of chromium in samples which contain different concentrations of chromium were separated and extracted. And then, the intensity values of corresponding spectral lines were given by using damped least squares method and least squares method separately. The calibration curves were plotted, which showed the relationship between spectral line intensity values and chromium concentrations in different samples. And then their respective linear correlations were compared. The experimental results showed that the linear correlation of the intensity values of spectral feature lines and the concentrations of chromium in different samples, which was obtained by damped least squares method, was better than that one obtained by least squares method. And therefore, damped least squares method was stable, reliable and suitable for separating, fitting and extracting spectral feature lines in laser induced breakdown spectroscopy.

Method for preparing high specific activity 177Lu

DOEpatents

Mirzadeh, Saed; Du, Miting; Beets, Arnold L.; Knapp, Jr., Furn F.

2004-04-06

A method of separating lutetium from a solution containing Lu and Yb, particularly reactor-produced .sup.177 Lu and .sup.177 Yb, includes the steps of: providing a chromatographic separation apparatus containing LN resin; loading the apparatus with a solution containing Lu and Yb; and eluting the apparatus to chromatographically separate the Lu and the Yb in order to produce high-specific-activity .sup.177 Yb.

Method for separating biological cells. [suspended in aqueous polymer systems

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Brooks, D. E. (Inventor)

1980-01-01

A method for separating biological cells by suspending a mixed cell population in a two-phase polymer system is described. The polymer system consists of droplet phases with different surface potentials for which the cell populations exhibit different affinities. The system is subjected to an electrostatic field of sufficient intensity to cause migration of the droplets with an attendant separation of cells.

Liquid-phase thermal diffusion isotope separation apparatus and method having tapered column

DOEpatents

Rutherford, William M.

1988-05-24

A thermal diffusion counterflow method and apparatus for separating isotopes in solution in which the solution is confined in a long, narrow, vertical slit which tapers from bottom to top. The variation in the width of the slit permits maintenance of a stable concentration distribution with relatively long columns, thus permitting isotopic separation superior to that obtainable in the prior art.

Liquid-phase thermal diffusion isotope separation apparatus and method having tapered column

DOEpatents

Rutherford, W.M.

1985-12-04

A thermal diffusion counterflow method and apparatus for separating isotopes in solution in which the solution is confined in a long, narrow, vertical slit which tapers from bottom to top. The variation in the width of the slit permits maintenance of a stable concentration distribution with relatively long columns, thus permitting isotopic separation superior to that obtained in the prior art.

Mass spectrometer and methods of increasing dispersion between ion beams

DOEpatents

Appelhans, Anthony D.; Olson, John E.; Delmore, James E.

2006-01-10

A mass spectrometer includes a magnetic sector configured to separate a plurality of ion beams, and an electrostatic sector configured to receive the plurality of ion beams from the magnetic sector and increase separation between the ion beams, the electrostatic sector being used as a dispersive element following magnetic separation of the plurality of ion beams. Other apparatus and methods are provided.

A Simple Method to Find out when an Ordinary Differential Equation Is Separable

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Cid, Jose Angel

2009-01-01

We present an alternative method to that of Scott (D. Scott, "When is an ordinary differential equation separable?", "Amer. Math. Monthly" 92 (1985), pp. 422-423) to teach the students how to discover whether a differential equation y[prime] = f(x,y) is separable or not when the nonlinearity f(x, y) is not explicitly factorized. Our approach is…

Technical Note: Interleaved Bipolar Acquisition and Low-rank Reconstruction for Water-Fat Separation in MRI.

PubMed

Cho, JaeJin; Park, HyunWook

2018-05-17

To acquire interleaved bipolar data and reconstruct the full data using low-rank property for water fat separation. Bipolar acquisition suffers from issues related to gradient switching, the opposite gradient polarities, and other system imperfections, which prevent accurate water-fat separation. In this study, an interleaved bipolar acquisition scheme and a low-rank reconstruction method were proposed to reduce issues from the bipolar gradients while achieving a short imaging time. The proposed interleaved bipolar acquisition scheme collects echo-time signals from both gradient polarities; however, the sequence increases the imaging time. To reduce the imaging time, the signals were subsampled at every dimension of k-space. The low-rank property of the bipolar acquisition was defined and exploited to estimate the full data from the acquired subsampled data. To eliminate the bipolar issues, in the proposed method, the water-fat separation was performed separately for each gradient polarity, and the results for the positive and negative gradient polarities were combined after the water-fat separation. A phantom study and in-vivo experiments were conducted on a 3T Siemens Verio system. The results for the proposed method were compared with the results of the fully sampled interleaved bipolar acquisition and Soliman's method, which was the previous water-fat separation approach for reducing the issues of bipolar gradients and accelerating the interleaved bipolar acquisition. The proposed method provided accurate water and fat images without the issues of bipolar gradients and demonstrated a better performance compared with the results of the previous methods. The water-fat separation using the bipolar acquisition has several benefits including a short echo-spacing time. However, it suffers from bipolar-gradient issues such as strong gradient switching, system imperfection, and eddy current effects. This study demonstrated that accurate water-fat separated images can be obtained using the proposed interleaved bipolar acquisition and low-rank reconstruction by using the benefits of the bipolar acquisition while reducing the bipolar-gradient issues with a short imaging time. This article is protected by copyright. All rights reserved. This article is protected by copyright. All rights reserved.

Enhancing Centrifugal Separation With Electrophoresis

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Herrmann, F. T.

1986-01-01

Separation of biological cells by coil-planet centrifuge enhanced by electrophoresis. By itself, coil-planet centrifuge offers relatively gentle method of separating cells under low centrifugal force in physiological medium that keeps cells alive. With addition of voltage gradient to separation column of centrifuge, separation still gentle but faster and more complete. Since separation apparatus contains no rotary seal, probability of leakage, contamination, corrosion, and short circuits reduced.

40 CFR 246.202-4 - Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and storage.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... which the corrugated accumulates, the storage capacity of the facility, and the projected cost-effectiveness of using the various methods. All of the following suggested modes of separation and storage...

Sound field separation with sound pressure and particle velocity measurements.

PubMed

Fernandez-Grande, Efren; Jacobsen, Finn; Leclère, Quentin

2012-12-01

In conventional near-field acoustic holography (NAH) it is not possible to distinguish between sound from the two sides of the array, thus, it is a requirement that all the sources are confined to only one side and radiate into a free field. When this requirement cannot be fulfilled, sound field separation techniques make it possible to distinguish between outgoing and incoming waves from the two sides, and thus NAH can be applied. In this paper, a separation method based on the measurement of the particle velocity in two layers and another method based on the measurement of the pressure and the velocity in a single layer are proposed. The two methods use an equivalent source formulation with separate transfer matrices for the outgoing and incoming waves, so that the sound from the two sides of the array can be modeled independently. A weighting scheme is proposed to account for the distance between the equivalent sources and measurement surfaces and for the difference in magnitude between pressure and velocity. Experimental and numerical studies have been conducted to examine the methods. The double layer velocity method seems to be more robust to noise and flanking sound than the combined pressure-velocity method, although it requires an additional measurement surface. On the whole, the separation methods can be useful when the disturbance of the incoming field is significant. Otherwise the direct reconstruction is more accurate and straightforward.

Sub-1min separation in sequential injection chromatography for determination of synthetic water-soluble dyes in pharmaceutical formulation.

PubMed

Davletbaeva, Polina; Chocholouš, Petr; Bulatov, Andrey; Šatínský, Dalibor; Solich, Petr

2017-09-05

Sequential Injection Chromatography (SIC) evolved from fast and automated non-separation Sequential Injection Analysis (SIA) into chromatographic separation method for multi-element analysis. However, the speed of the measurement (sample throughput) is due to chromatography significantly reduced. In this paper, a sub-1min separation using medium polar cyano monolithic column (5mm×4.6mm) resulted in fast and green separation with sample throughput comparable with non-separation flow methods The separation of three synthetic water-soluble dyes (sunset yellow FCF, carmoisine and green S) was in a gradient elution mode (0.02% ammonium acetate, pH 6.7 - water) with flow rate of 3.0mLmin -1 corresponding with sample throughput of 30h -1 . Spectrophotometric detection wavelengths were set to 480, 516 and 630nm and 10Hz data collection rate. The performance of the separation was described and discussed (peak capacities 3.48-7.67, peak symmetries 1.72-1.84 and resolutions 1.42-1.88). The method was represented by validation parameters: LODs of 0.15-0.35mgL -1 , LOQs of 0.50-1.25mgL -1 , calibration ranges 0.50-150.00mgL -1 (r>0.998) and repeatability at 10.0mgL -1 of RSD≤0.98% (n=6). The method was used for determination of the dyes in "forest berries" colored pharmaceutical cough-cold formulation. The sample matrix - pharmaceuticals and excipients were not interfering with vis determination because of no retention in the separation column and colorless nature. The results proved the concept of fast and green chromatography approach using very short medium polar monolithic column in SIC. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Hydrogen separation process

DOEpatents

Mundschau, Michael [Longmont, CO; Xie, Xiaobing [Foster City, CA; Evenson, IV, Carl; Grimmer, Paul [Longmont, CO; Wright, Harold [Longmont, CO

2011-05-24

A method for separating a hydrogen-rich product stream from a feed stream comprising hydrogen and at least one carbon-containing gas, comprising feeding the feed stream, at an inlet pressure greater than atmospheric pressure and a temperature greater than 200.degree. C., to a hydrogen separation membrane system comprising a membrane that is selectively permeable to hydrogen, and producing a hydrogen-rich permeate product stream on the permeate side of the membrane and a carbon dioxide-rich product raffinate stream on the raffinate side of the membrane. A method for separating a hydrogen-rich product stream from a feed stream comprising hydrogen and at least one carbon-containing gas, comprising feeding the feed stream, at an inlet pressure greater than atmospheric pressure and a temperature greater than 200.degree. C., to an integrated water gas shift/hydrogen separation membrane system wherein the hydrogen separation membrane system comprises a membrane that is selectively permeable to hydrogen, and producing a hydrogen-rich permeate product stream on the permeate side of the membrane and a carbon dioxide-rich product raffinate stream on the raffinate side of the membrane. A method for pretreating a membrane, comprising: heating the membrane to a desired operating temperature and desired feed pressure in a flow of inert gas for a sufficient time to cause the membrane to mechanically deform; decreasing the feed pressure to approximately ambient pressure; and optionally, flowing an oxidizing agent across the membrane before, during, or after deformation of the membrane. A method of supporting a hydrogen separation membrane system comprising selecting a hydrogen separation membrane system comprising one or more catalyst outer layers deposited on a hydrogen transport membrane layer and sealing the hydrogen separation membrane system to a porous support.

Orbiter Repair Maneuver Contingency Separation Methods and Analysis

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Machula, Michael

2005-01-01

Repairing damaged thermal protection system tile requires the Space Shuttle to be oriented such that repair platform access from the International Space Station (ISS) is possible. To do this, the Space Shuttle uses the Orbiter Repair Maneuver (ORM), which utilizes the Shuttle Remote Manipulator System (SRMS) to rotate the Space Shuttle in relation to the ISS, for extended periods of time. These positions cause difficulties and challenges to performing a safe separation (no collision or thruster plume damage to sensitive ISS structures) should an inadvertent release occur or a contingency procedure require it. To help protect for an SRMS failure or other failures, a method for separating without collision and the ability to redock to ISS from the ORM configuration was needed. The contingency ORM separation solution elegantly takes advantage of orbital mechanics between ISS and the separating Space Shuttle. By pitching the ISS down approximately 45 degrees, in a majority of the ORM repair positions, the altitude difference between the ISS and Space Shuttle center of gravity is maximized. This altitude difference results in different orbital energies (orbital periods) causing objects to separate from each other without requiring translational firings. Using this method, a safe contingency ORM separation is made possible in many odd positions even though some separation positions point high powered thrusters directly at fragile ISS and Soyuz solar arrays. Documented in this paper are the development simulations and procedures of the contingency ORM separation and the challenges encountered with large constraints to work around. Lastly, a method of returning to redock with the ISS to pick up the stranded crew members (or transfer the final crew members) is explained as well as the thruster and ISS loads analysis.

Initial evaluation of a convection counter streaming galvanization technique of sex separation of human spermatozoa.

PubMed

Daniell, J F; Herbert, C M; Repp, J; Torbit, C A; Wentz, A C

1982-08-01

A new method for separating X and Y human spermatozoa called convection counter streaming galvanization was evaluated. The method was independently performed by this semenology laboratory with the use of the special separation equipment and extending media provided by its developer, Dr. Bhairab C. Bhattacharya. The mean number of Y spermatozoa increased from 48% to 77% in the separated fraction predicted to be Y-enriched. The fraction predicted to be X-enriched increased from a mean of 52% to 77%. The one separation process allowed accumulation of both enriched fractions simultaneously. The separated portions of spermatozoa maintained good motility and penetration of cervical mucus but produced a mean recovery concentration in the X- and Y-enriched fractions of only 15% to 16% of the preseparation concentration.

A blind source separation approach for humpback whale song separation.

PubMed

Zhang, Zhenbin; White, Paul R

2017-04-01

Many marine mammal species are highly social and are frequently encountered in groups or aggregations. When conducting passive acoustic monitoring in such circumstances, recordings commonly contain vocalizations of multiple individuals which overlap in time and frequency. This paper considers the use of blind source separation as a method for processing these recordings to separate the calls of individuals. The example problem considered here is that of the songs of humpback whales. The high levels of noise and long impulse responses can make source separation in underwater contexts a challenging proposition. The approach present here is based on time-frequency masking, allied to a noise reduction process. The technique is assessed using simulated and measured data sets, and the results demonstrate the effectiveness of the method for separating humpback whale songs.

Apparatus and method for reprocessing and separating spent nuclear fuels. [Patent application

DOEpatents

Krikorian, O.H.; Grens, J.Z.; Parrish, W.H. Sr.; Coops, M.S.

1982-01-19

A method and apparatus for separating and reprocessing spent nuclear fuels includes a separation vessel housing a molten metal solvent in a reaction region, a reflux region positioned above and adjacent to the reaction region, and a porous filter member defining the bottom of the separation vessel in a supporting relationship with the metal solvent. Spent fuels are added to the metal solvent. A nonoxidizing nitrogen-containing gas is introduced into the separation vessel, forming solid actinide nitrides in the metal solvent from actinide fuels, while leaving other fission products in solution. A pressure of about 1.1 to 1.2 atm is applied in the reflux region, forcing the molten metal solvent and soluble fission products out of the vessel, while leaving the solid actinide nitrides in the separation vessel.

Review of anhydrous zirconium-hafnium separation techniques. Information circular/1984

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Skaggs, R.L.; Rogers, D.T.; Hunter, D.B.

1983-12-01

Sixteen nonaqueous techniques conceived to replace the current aqueous scheme for separating hafnium and zirconium tetrachlorides were reviewed and evaluated by the Bureau of Mines. The methods are divided into two classes: separation by fractional volatilization of the tetrachlorides, which takes advantage of the higher volatility of hafnium tetrachloride; and separation by chemical techniques, based on differences in chemical behavior of the two tetrachlorides. The criteria used to evaluate separation methods were temperature, pressure, separation factor per equilibrium stage, complexity, compatibility with existing technology, and potential for continuous operation. Three processes were selected as being most promising: (1) high-pressure distillation,more » (2) extractive distillation from a molten salt, and (3) preferential reduction of gaseous ZrCl4. Any of the proposed nonaqueous Hf-Zr separation schemes must be supplemented with additional purification to remove trace impurities.« less

Analysis of Eigenvalue and Eigenfunction of Klein Gordon Equation Using Asymptotic Iteration Method for Separable Non-central Cylindrical Potential

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Suparmi, A.; Cari, C.; Lilis Elviyanti, Isnaini

2018-04-01

Analysis of relativistic energy and wave function for zero spin particles using Klein Gordon equation was influenced by separable noncentral cylindrical potential was solved by asymptotic iteration method (AIM). By using cylindrical coordinates, the Klein Gordon equation for the case of symmetry spin was reduced to three one-dimensional Schrodinger like equations that were solvable using variable separation method. The relativistic energy was calculated numerically with Matlab software, and the general unnormalized wave function was expressed in hypergeometric terms.

METHOD OF SEPARATING PLUTONIUM FROM LANTHANUM FLUORIDE CARRIER

DOEpatents

Watt, G.W.; Goeckermann, R.H.

1958-06-10

An improvement in oxidation-reduction type methods of separating plutoniunn from elements associated with it in a neutron-irradiated uranium solution is described. The method relates to the separating of plutonium from lanthanum ions in an aqueous 0.5 to 2.5 N nitric acid solution by 'treating the solution, at room temperature, with ammonium sulfite in an amount sufficient to reduce the hexavalent plutonium present to a lower valence state, and then treating the solution with H/sub 2/O/sub 2/ thereby forming a tetravalent plutonium peroxide precipitate.

Type of monocyte immunomagnetic separation affects the morphology of monocyte-derived dendritic cells, as investigated by scanning electron microscopy.

PubMed

Kowalewicz-Kulbat, M; Ograczyk, E; Krawczyk, K; Rudnicka, W; Fol, M

2016-12-01

Dendritic cells (DCs) are increasingly being used for multiple applications and are useful tools for many immunotherapeutic strategies. The understanding of the possible impact of the DCs-generation methods on the biological capacities of these cells is therefore essential. Although the immunomagnetic separation is regarded as a fast and accurate method yielding cells with the high purity and efficiency, still little is known about its impact on the properties of the generated DCs. The aim of this study was to compare the morphology of the monocyte derived dendritic cells (MoDCs), generated from monocytes selected with anti-CD14 mAbs (positive separation) and treated with anti-CD3, -CD7, -CD16, -CD19, -CD56, -CD123, glycophorin A (negative separation), using laser scanning microscopy. We found that the type of the immunomagnetic separation method used strongly influences the shape and cell dimension of the MoDCs. We observed that the height of both immature and LPS-matured DCs generated from monocytes isolated by negative separation was significantly higher compared to the cells obtained by positive separation. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Surface flow visualization of separated flows on the forebody of an F-18 aircraft and wind-tunnel model

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Fisher, David F.; Richwine, David M.; Banks, Daniel W.

1988-01-01

A method of in-flight surface flow visualization similar to wind-tunnel-model oil flows is described for cases where photo-chase planes or onboard photography are not practical. This method, used on an F-18 aircraft in flight at high angles of attack, clearly showed surface flow streamlines in the fuselage forebody. Vortex separation and reattachment lines were identified with this method and documented using postflight photography. Surface flow angles measured at the 90 and 270 degrees meridians show excellent agreement with the wind tunnel data for a pointed tangent ogive with an aspect ratio of 3.5. The separation and reattachment line locations were qualitatively similar to the F-18 wind-tunnel-model oil flows but neither the laminar separation bubble nor the boundary-layer transition on the wind tunnel model were evident in the flight surface flows. The separation and reattachment line locations were in fair agreement with the wind tunnel data for the 3.5 ogive. The elliptical forebody shape of the F-18 caused the primary separation lines to move toward the leeward meridian. Little effect of angle of attack on the separation locations was noted for the range reported.

Method and apparatus for physical separation of different sized nanostructures

DOEpatents

Roberts, Christopher B.; Saunders, Steven R.

2012-07-10

The present application provides apparatuses and methods for the size-selective fractionation of ligand-capped nanoparticles that utilizes the tunable thermophysical properties of gas-expanded liquids. The nanoparticle size separation processes are based on the controlled reduction of the solvent strength of an organic phase nanoparticle dispersion through increases in concentration of the antisolvent gas, such as CO.sub.2, via pressurization. The method of nanomaterial separation contains preparing a vessel having a solvent and dispersed nanoparticles, pressurizing the chamber with a gaseous antisolvent, and causing a first amount of the nanoparticles to precipitate, transporting the solution to a second vessel, pressurizing the second vessel with the gaseous antisolvent and causing further nanoparticles to separate from the solution.

Carbon nanocomposite sorbent and methods of using the same for separation of one or more materials from a gas stream

DOEpatents

Olson, Edwin S; Pavlish, John H

2015-04-21

The present invention relates to carbon nanocomposite sorbents. The present invention provides carbon nanocomposite sorbents, methods for making the same, and methods for separation of a pollutant from a gas that includes that pollutant. Various embodiments provide a method for reducing the mercury content of a mercury-containing gas.

Carbon nanocomposite sorbent and methods of using the same for separation of one or more materials from a gas stream

DOEpatents

Olson, Edwin S.; Pavlish, John Henry

2017-05-30

The present invention relates to carbon nanocomposite sorbents. The present invention provides carbon nanocomposite sorbents, methods for making the same, and methods for separation of a pollutant from a gas that includes that pollutant. Various embodiments provide a method for reducing the mercury content of a mercury-containing gas.

Methods for Equating Mental Tests.

DTIC Science & Technology

1984-11-01

1983) compared conventional and IRT methods for equating the Test of English as a Foreign Language ( TOEFL ) after chaining. Three conventional and...three IRT equating methods were examined in this study; two sections of TOEFL were each (separately) equated. The IRT methods included the following: (a...group. A separate base form was established for each of the six equating methods. Instead of equating the base-form TOEFL to itself, the last (eighth

Method of magnetic separation and apparatus therefore

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Oder, Robin R. (Inventor)

1991-01-01

An apparatus for magnetically separating and collecting particulate matter fractions of a raw sample according to relative magnetic susceptibilities of each fraction so collected is disclosed. The separation apparatus includes a splitter which is used in conjunction with a magnetic separator for achieving the desired fractionation.

Separation of porphyrin-based photosensitizer isomers by laser-induced fluorescence capillary electrophoresis.

PubMed

Peng, Xuejun; Sternberg, Ethan; Dolphin, David

2005-10-01

Methods for the separation of photosensitizer isomers, such as benzoporphyrin derivative monoacid, benzoporphyrin ethyl monoacid, 2-[1-hexyloxyethyl]-2-devinylpyropheophorbide-a, diethyleneglycol diester benzoporphyrin derivative, tin ethyl etiopurpurin, and phthalocyanine tetrasulfonate, have been systematically developed by CE. Detection was accomplished by UV absorption at 214 nm or by LIF with excitation at 442/488 nm and emission at 690 nm. The effects of three major experimental parameters of buffer types, organic solvents, and surfactant additives are described. The optimized separation conditions were determined so as to provide satisfactory separation efficiency and analysis time. The methods are shown to be suitable for the separation and determination of porphyrin and phthalocyanines regioisomers, diastereoisomers, and enantiomers.

Method to separate lignin-rich solid phase from acidic biomass suspension at an acidic pH

DOEpatents

Yasarla, Kumar Lakshmi Rakesh; Ramarao, Bandaru V; Amidon, Thomas

2017-09-05

A method of separating a lignin-rich solid phase from a solution suspension, by pretreating a lignocellulosic biomass with a pretreatment fluid having remove soluble components, colloidal material and primarily lignin containing particles; separating the pretreated lignocellulosic biomass from the pretreatment fluid with soluble components, colloidal material and primarily lignin containing particles; flocculating the separated pretreatment fluid with soluble components, colloidal material and primarily lignin containing particles using polyethylene oxide (i.e., PEO) or cationic Poly acrylamide (i.e., CPAM) as a flocculating agent; and filtering the flocculated separated pretreatment fluid with soluble components, colloidal material and primarily lignin containing particles to remove agglomerates.

Electrostatic separation for recycling waste printed circuit board: a study on external factor and a robust design for optimization.

PubMed

Hou, Shibing; Wu, Jiang; Qin, Yufei; Xu, Zhenming

2010-07-01

Electrostatic separation is an effective and environmentally friendly method for recycling waste printed circuit board (PCB) by several kinds of electrostatic separators. However, some notable problems have been detected in its applications and cannot be efficiently resolved by optimizing the separation process. Instead of the separator itself, these problems are mainly caused by some external factors such as the nonconductive powder (NP) and the superficial moisture of feeding granule mixture. These problems finally lead to an inefficient separation. In the present research, the impacts of these external factors were investigated and a robust design was built to optimize the process and to weaken the adverse impact. A most robust parameter setting (25 kv, 80 rpm) was concluded from the experimental design. In addition, some theoretical methods, including cyclone separation, were presented to eliminate these problems substantially. This will contribute to efficient electrostatic separation of waste PCB and make remarkable progress for industrial applications.

[Analysis of the stability and adaptability of near infrared spectra qualitative analysis model].

PubMed

Cao, Wu; Li, Wei-jun; Wang, Ping; Zhang, Li-ping

2014-06-01

The stability and adaptability of model of near infrared spectra qualitative analysis were studied. Method of separate modeling can significantly improve the stability and adaptability of model; but its ability of improving adaptability of model is limited. Method of joint modeling can not only improve the adaptability of the model, but also the stability of model, at the same time, compared to separate modeling, the method can shorten the modeling time, reduce the modeling workload; extend the term of validity of model, and improve the modeling efficiency. The experiment of model adaptability shows that, the correct recognition rate of separate modeling method is relatively low, which can not meet the requirements of application, and joint modeling method can reach the correct recognition rate of 90%, and significantly enhances the recognition effect. The experiment of model stability shows that, the identification results of model by joint modeling are better than the model by separate modeling, and has good application value.

Short communication: separation and quantification of caseins and casein macropeptide using ion-exchange chromatography.

PubMed

Holland, B; Rahimi Yazdi, S; Ion Titapiccolo, G; Corredig, M

2010-03-01

The aim of this work was to improve an existing method to separate and quantify the 4 major caseins from milk samples (i.e., containing whey proteins) using ion-exchange chromatography. The separation process was carried out using a mini-preparative cation exchange column (1 or 5mL of column volume), using urea acetate as elution buffer at pH 3.5 with a NaCl gradient. All 4 major caseins were separated, and the purity of each peak was assessed using sodium dodecyl sulfate-PAGE. Purified casein fractions were also added to raw milk to confirm their elution volumes. The quantification was carried out using purified caseins in buffer as well as added directly to fresh skim milk. This method can also be employed to determine the decrease in kappa-casein and the release of the casein-macropeptide during enzymatic hydrolysis using rennet. In this case, the main advantage of using this method is the lack of organic solvents compared with the conventional method for separation of macropeptide (using reversed phase HPLC).

RAPID METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF RADIOSTRONTIUM IN EMERGENCY MILK SAMPLES

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Maxwell, S.; Culligan, B.

2008-07-17

A new rapid separation method for radiostrontium in emergency milk samples was developed at the Savannah River Site (SRS) Environmental Bioassay Laboratory (Aiken, SC, USA) that will allow rapid separation and measurement of Sr-90 within 8 hours. The new method uses calcium phosphate precipitation, nitric acid dissolution of the precipitate to coagulate residual fat/proteins and a rapid strontium separation using Sr Resin (Eichrom Technologies, Darien, IL, USA) with vacuum-assisted flow rates. The method is much faster than previous method that use calcination or cation exchange pretreatment, has excellent chemical recovery, and effectively removes beta interferences. When a 100 ml samplemore » aliquot is used, the method has a detection limit of 0.5 Bq/L, well below generic emergency action levels.« less

Computation of viscous flows over airfoils, including separation, with a coupling approach

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Leballeur, J. C.

1983-01-01

Viscous incompressible flows over single or multiple airfoils, with or without separation, were computed using an inviscid flow calculation, with modified boundary conditions, and by a method providing calculation and coupling for boundary layers and wakes, within conditions of strong viscous interaction. The inviscid flow is calculated with a method of singularities, the numerics of which were improved by using both source and vortex distributions over profiles, associated with regularity conditions for the fictitious flows inside of the airfoils. The viscous calculation estimates the difference between viscous flow and inviscid interacting flow, with a direct or inverse integral method, laminar or turbulent, with or without reverse flow. The numerical method for coupling determines iteratively the boundary conditions for the inviscid flow. For attached viscous layers regions, an underrelaxation is locally calculated to insure stability. For separated or separating regions, a special semi-inverse algorithm is used. Comparisons with experiments are presented.

A simplified sheathless cell separation approach using combined gravitational-sedimentation-based prefocusing and dielectrophoretic separation.

PubMed

Luo, Tao; Fan, Lei; Zeng, Yixiao; Liu, Ya; Chen, Shuxun; Tan, Qiulin; Lam, Raymond H W; Sun, Dong

2018-05-04

Prefocusing of the cell mixture is necessary for achieving a high-efficiency and continuous dielectrophoretic (DEP) cell separation. However, prefocusing through sheath flow requires a complex and tedious peripheral system for multi-channel fluid control, hindering the integration of DEP separation systems with other microfluidic functionalities for comprehensive clinical and biological tasks. This paper presented a simplified sheathless cell separation approach that combines gravitational-sedimentation-based sheathless prefocusing and DEP separation methods. Through gravitational sedimentation in a tubing, which was inserted into the inlet of a microfluidic chip with an adjustable steering angle, the cells were focused into a stream at the upstream region of a microchannel prior to separation. Then, a DEP force was applied at the downstream region of the microchannel for the active separation of the cells. Through this combined strategy, the peripheral system for the sheath flow was no longer required, and thus the integration of cell separation system with additional microfluidic functionalities was facilitated. The proposed sheathless scheme focused the mixture of cells with different sizes and dielectric properties into a stream in a wide range of flow rates without changing the design of the microfluidic chip. The DEP method is a label-free approach that can continuously separate cells on the basis of the sizes or dielectric properties of the cells and thus capable of greatly flexible cell separation. The efficiency of the proposed approach was experimentally assessed according to its performance in the separation of human acute monocytic leukemia THP-1 cells from yeast cells with respect to different sizes and THP-1 cells from human acute myelomonocytic leukemia OCI-AML3 cells with respect to different dielectric properties. The experimental results revealed that the separation efficiency of the method can surpass 90% and thus effective in separating cells on the basis of either size or dielectric property.

Structure having spatially separated photo-excitable electron-hole pairs and method of manufacturing same

DOEpatents

Liang, Yong [Richland, WA; Daschbach, John L [Richland, WA; Su, Yali [Richland, WA; Chambers, Scott A [Kennewick, WA

2006-08-22

A method for producing quantum dots. The method includes cleaning an oxide substrate and separately cleaning a metal source. The substrate is then heated and exposed to the source in an oxygen environment. This causes metal oxide quantum dots to form on the surface of the substrate.

Structure having spatially separated photo-excitable electron-hole pairs and method of manufacturing same

DOEpatents

Liang, Yong [Richland, WA; Daschbach, John L [Richland, WA; Su, Yali [Richland, WA; Chambers, Scott A [Kennewick, WA

2003-03-18

A method for producing quantum dots. The method includes cleaning an oxide substrate and separately cleaning a metal source. The substrate is then heated and exposed to the source in an oxygen environment. This causes metal oxide quantum dots to form on the surface of the substrate.

Selective oxoanion separation using a tripodal ligand

DOEpatents

Custelcean, Radu; Moyer, Bruce A.; Rajbanshi, Arbin

2016-02-16

The present invention relates to urea-functionalized crystalline capsules self-assembled by sodium or potassium cation coordination and by hydrogen-bonding water bridges to selectively encapsulate tetrahedral divalent oxoanions from highly competitive aqueous alkaline solutions and methods using this system for selective anion separations from industrial solutions. The method involves competitive crystallizations using a tripodal tris(urea) functionalized ligand and, in particular, provides a viable approach to sulfate separation from nuclear wastes.

Diffusion method of seperating gaseous mixtures

DOEpatents

Pontius, Rex B.

1976-01-01

A method of effecting a relatively large change in the relative concentrations of the components of a gaseous mixture by diffusion which comprises separating the mixture into heavier and lighter portions according to major fraction mass recycle procedure, further separating the heavier portions into still heavier subportions according to a major fraction mass recycle procedure, and further separating the lighter portions into still lighter subportions according to a major fraction equilibrium recycle procedure.

Use of the electro-separation method for improvement of the utility value of winter rapeseeds

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kovalyshyn, S. J.; Shvets, O. P.; Grundas, S.; Tys, J.

2013-12-01

The paper presents the results of a study of the use of electro-separation methods for improvement of the utility value of 5 winter rapeseed cultivars. The process of electro-separation of rapeseed was conducted on a prototype apparatus built at the Laboratory of Application of Electro-technologies in Agriculture, Lviv National Agriculture University. The process facilitated separation of damaged, low quality seeds from the sowing material. The initial mean level of mechanically damaged seeds in the winter rapeseed cultivars studied varied within the range of 15.8-20.1%. Verification of the amount of seeds with mechanical damage was performed on X-ray images of seeds acquired by means of a digital X-ray apparatus. In the course of analysis of the X-ray images, it was noted that the mean level of mechanical damage to the seeds after the electro-separation was in the range of 2.1-3.8%. The application of the method of separation of rapeseeds in the corona discharge field yielded a significant reduction of the level of seeds with mechanical damage. The application of the method in practice may effectively contribute to improvement of the utility value of sowing material or seed material for production of edible oil.

Simultaneous separation and analysis of water- and fat-soluble vitamins on multi-modal reversed-phase weak anion exchange material by HPLC-UV.

PubMed

Dabre, Romain; Azad, Nazanin; Schwämmle, Achim; Lämmerhofer, Michael; Lindner, Wolfgang

2011-04-01

Several methods for the separation of vitamins on HPLC columns were already validated in the last 20 years. However, most of the techniques focus on separating either fat- or water-soluble vitamins and only few methods are intended to separate lipophilic and hydrophilic vitamins simultaneously. A mixed-mode reversed-phase weak anion exchange (RP-WAX) stationary phase was developed in our laboratory in order to address such mixture of analytes with different chemical characteristics, which are difficult to separate on standard columns. The high versatility in usage of the RP-WAX chromatographic material allowed a baseline separation of ten vitamins within a single run, seven water-soluble and three fat-soluble, using three different chromatographic modes: some positively charged vitamins are eluted in ion exclusion and ion repulsion modes whereas the negatively charged molecules are eluted in the ion exchange mechanism. The non-charged molecules are eluted in a classical reversed-phase mode, regarding their polarities. The method was validated for the vitamin analysis in tablets, evaluating selectivity, robustness, linearity, accuracy, and precision. The validated method was finally employed for the analysis of the vitamin content of some commercially available supplement tablets. Copyright © 2011 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Final summarizing report on Grant DE-SC0001014 "Separation of Highly Complex Mixtures by Two-dimension Liquid Chromatography"

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Guiochon, Georges

The goal of our research was a fundamental investigation of methods available for the coupling of two separate chromatographic separations that would considerably enhance the individual separation power of each of these two separations. This gain arises from the combination of two independent retention mechanisms, one of them separating the components that coelute on the other column, making possible the separation of many more compounds in a given time. The two separation mechanisms used must be very different. This is possible because many retention mechanisms are available, using different kinds of molecular interactions, hydrophobic or hydrophilic interactions, polar interactions, hydrogenmore » bonding, complex formation, ionic interactions, steric exclusion. Two methods can be used, allowing separations to be performed in space (spreading the bands of sample components on a plate covered with stationary phase layer) or in time (eluting the sample components through a column and detecting the bands leaving the column). Both offer a wide variety of possible combinations and were studied.« less

Recycling of high purity selenium from CIGS solar cell waste materials

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Gustafsson, Anna M.K., E-mail: anna.gustafsson@chalmers.se; Foreman, Mark R.StJ.; Ekberg, Christian

Highlights: • A new method for recycling of selenium from CIGS solar cell materials is presented. • Separation of selenium as selenium dioxide after heating in oxygen atmosphere. • Complete selenium separation after oxidation of <63 μm particles at 800 °C for 1 h. • After reduction of selenium dioxide the selenium purity was higher than 99.999 wt%. - Abstract: Copper indium gallium diselenide (CIGS) is a promising material in thin film solar cell production. To make CIGS solar cells more competitive, both economically and environmentally, in comparison to other energy sources, methods for recycling are needed. In addition tomore » the generally high price of the material, significant amounts of the metals are lost in the manufacturing process. The feasibility of recycling selenium from CIGS through oxidation at elevated temperatures was therefore examined. During oxidation gaseous selenium dioxide was formed and could be separated from the other elements, which remained in solid state. Upon cooling, the selenium dioxide sublimes and can be collected as crystals. After oxidation for 1 h at 800 °C all of the selenium was separated from the CIGS material. Two different reduction methods for reduction of the selenium dioxide to selenium were tested. In the first reduction method an organic molecule was used as the reducing agent in a Riley reaction. In the second reduction method sulphur dioxide gas was used. Both methods resulted in high purity selenium. This proves that the studied selenium separation method could be the first step in a recycling process aimed at the complete separation and recovery of high purity elements from CIGS.« less

Separation in Logistic Regression: Causes, Consequences, and Control.

PubMed

Mansournia, Mohammad Ali; Geroldinger, Angelika; Greenland, Sander; Heinze, Georg

2018-04-01

Separation is encountered in regression models with a discrete outcome (such as logistic regression) where the covariates perfectly predict the outcome. It is most frequent under the same conditions that lead to small-sample and sparse-data bias, such as presence of a rare outcome, rare exposures, highly correlated covariates, or covariates with strong effects. In theory, separation will produce infinite estimates for some coefficients. In practice, however, separation may be unnoticed or mishandled because of software limits in recognizing and handling the problem and in notifying the user. We discuss causes of separation in logistic regression and describe how common software packages deal with it. We then describe methods that remove separation, focusing on the same penalized-likelihood techniques used to address more general sparse-data problems. These methods improve accuracy, avoid software problems, and allow interpretation as Bayesian analyses with weakly informative priors. We discuss likelihood penalties, including some that can be implemented easily with any software package, and their relative advantages and disadvantages. We provide an illustration of ideas and methods using data from a case-control study of contraceptive practices and urinary tract infection.

A method for a separator for cells

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Takakaki, T.; Tsujino, Y.

1982-01-01

A method is presented for manufacturing a separator for cells which is characterized by the fact that the spaces or small holes in the porous body are made even smaller, and therefore the porous body is made physically stronger.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Schneider, T

Purpose: Since 2008 the Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt (PTB) has been offering the calibration of {sup 125}I-brachytherapy sources in terms of the reference air-kerma rate (RAKR). The primary standard is a large air-filled parallel-plate extrapolation chamber. The measurement principle is based on the fact that the air-kerma rate is proportional to the increment of ionization per increment of chamber volume at chamber depths greater than the range of secondary electrons originating from the electrode x{sub 0}. Methods: Two methods for deriving the RAKR from the measured ionization charges are: (1) to determine the RAKR from the slope of the linear fit tomore » the so-called ’extrapolation curve’, the measured ionization charges Q vs. plate separations x or (2) to differentiate Q(x) and to derive the RAKR by a linear extrapolation towards zero plate separation. For both methods, correcting the measured data for all known influencing effects before the evaluation method is applied is a precondition. However, the discrepancy of their results is larger than the uncertainty given for the determination of the RAKR with both methods. Results: A new approach to derive the RAKR from the measurements is investigated as an alternative. The method was developed from the ground up, based on radiation transport theory. A conversion factor C(x{sub 1}, x{sub 2}) is applied to the difference of charges measured at the two plate separations x{sub 1} and x{sub 2}. This factor is composed of quotients of three air-kerma values calculated for different plate separations in the chamber: the air kerma Ka(0) for plate separation zero, and the mean air kermas at the plate separations x{sub 1} and x{sub 2}, respectively. The RAKR determined with method (1) yields 4.877 µGy/h, and with method (2) 4.596 µGy/h. The application of the alternative approach results in 4.810 µGy/h. Conclusion: The alternative method shall be established in the future.« less

Linear solvation energy relationships in normal phase chromatography based on gradient separations.

PubMed

Wu, Di; Lucy, Charles A

2017-09-22

Coupling the modified Soczewiñski model and one gradient run, a gradient method was developed to build a linear solvation energy relationship (LSER) for normal phase chromatography. The gradient method was tested on dinitroanilinopropyl (DNAP) and silica columns with hexane/dichloromethane (DCM) mobile phases. LSER models built based on the gradient separation agree with those derived from a series of isocratic separations. Both models have similar LSER coefficients and comparable goodness of fit, but the LSER model based on gradient separation required fewer trial and error experiments. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Fundamental study of phosphor separation by controlling magnetic force

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wada, Kohei; Mishima, Fumihito; Akiyama, Yoko; Nishijima, Shigehiro

2013-11-01

The phosphor wastes consist of phosphors with different emission colors, green (LAP), red (YOX), blue (BAM) and white (HP). It is required to recover and reuse the rare earth phosphors with high market value. In this study, we tried to separate the phosphor using the magnetic separation by HTS bulk magnet utilizing the differences of magnetic susceptibility by the type of phosphors. We succeeded in the successive separation of HP with low market value from YOX and BAM including the rare earth using the magnetic Archimedes method. In this method, vertical and radial components of the magnetic force were used.

Electrophoretic separation and analysis of living cells from solid tissues by several methods - Human embryonic kidney cell cultures as a model

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Todd, Paul; Plank, Lindsay D.; Kunze, M. Elaine; Lewis, Marian L.; Morrison, Dennis R.

1986-01-01

The use of free-fluid electrophoresis methods to separate tissue cells having a specific function is discussed. It is shown that cells suspended by trypsinization from cultures of human embryonic kidney are electrophoretically heterogeneous and tolerate a wide range of electrophoresis buffers and conditions without significant attenuation of function. Moreover, these cells do not separate electrophoretically on the basis of size or cell position alone and can be separated according to their ability to give rise to progeny that produce specific plasminogen activators.

Separation of cells from the rat anterior pituitary gland

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hymer, W. C.; Hatfield, J. Michael

1984-01-01

Data concerned with analyzing the cellular organization of the rat anterior pituitary gland are examined. The preparation of the cell suspensions and the methods used to separate pituitary cell types are described. Particular emphasis is given to velocity sedimentation at unit gravity, density gradient centrifugation, affinity methods, fluorescence activated cell sorting, and density gradient and continuous-flow electrophoresis. The difficulties encountered when attempting to compare data from different pituitary cell separation studies are discussed, and results from various experiments are presented. The functional capabilities of the separated cell populations can be tested in various culture systems.

Kernel and divergence techniques in high energy physics separations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bouř, Petr; Kůs, Václav; Franc, Jiří

2017-10-01

Binary decision trees under the Bayesian decision technique are used for supervised classification of high-dimensional data. We present a great potential of adaptive kernel density estimation as the nested separation method of the supervised binary divergence decision tree. Also, we provide a proof of alternative computing approach for kernel estimates utilizing Fourier transform. Further, we apply our method to Monte Carlo data set from the particle accelerator Tevatron at DØ experiment in Fermilab and provide final top-antitop signal separation results. We have achieved up to 82 % AUC while using the restricted feature selection entering the signal separation procedure.

Using Visualization and Computation in the Analysis of Separation Processes

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Joo, Yong Lak; Choudhary, Devashish

2006-01-01

For decades, every chemical engineer has been asked to have a background in separations. The required separations course can, however, be uninspiring and superficial because understanding many separation processes involves conventional graphical methods and commercial process simulators. We utilize simple, user-­friendly mathematical software,…

Chiral separation of the β2-sympathomimetic fenoterol by HPLC and capillary zone electrophoresis for pharmacokinetic studies.

PubMed

Ullrich, Thomas; Wesenberg, Dirk; Bleuel, Corinna; Krauss, Gerd-Joachim; Schmid, Martin G; Weiss, Michael; Gübitz, Gerald

2010-10-01

The development of methods for the separation of the enantiomers of fenoterol by chiral HPLC and capillary zone electrophoresis (CZE) is described. For the HPLC separation precolumn fluorescence derivatization with naphthyl isocyanate was applied. The resulting urea derivatives were resolved on a cellulose tris(3,5-dimethylphenylcarbamate)-coated silica gel column employing a column switching procedure. Detection was carried out fluorimetrically with a detection limit in the low ng/mL range. The method was adapted to the determination of fenoterol enantiomers in rat heart perfusates using liquid-liquid extraction. As an alternative a CE method was used for the direct separation of fenoterol enantiomers comparing different cyclodextrin derivatives as chiral selectors. Copyright © 2010 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Investigation of 2‐stage meta‐analysis methods for joint longitudinal and time‐to‐event data through simulation and real data application

PubMed Central

Tudur Smith, Catrin; Gueyffier, François; Kolamunnage‐Dona, Ruwanthi

2017-01-01

Background Joint modelling of longitudinal and time‐to‐event data is often preferred over separate longitudinal or time‐to‐event analyses as it can account for study dropout, error in longitudinally measured covariates, and correlation between longitudinal and time‐to‐event outcomes. The joint modelling literature focuses mainly on the analysis of single studies with no methods currently available for the meta‐analysis of joint model estimates from multiple studies. Methods We propose a 2‐stage method for meta‐analysis of joint model estimates. These methods are applied to the INDANA dataset to combine joint model estimates of systolic blood pressure with time to death, time to myocardial infarction, and time to stroke. Results are compared to meta‐analyses of separate longitudinal or time‐to‐event models. A simulation study is conducted to contrast separate versus joint analyses over a range of scenarios. Results Using the real dataset, similar results were obtained by using the separate and joint analyses. However, the simulation study indicated a benefit of use of joint rather than separate methods in a meta‐analytic setting where association exists between the longitudinal and time‐to‐event outcomes. Conclusions Where evidence of association between longitudinal and time‐to‐event outcomes exists, results from joint models over standalone analyses should be pooled in 2‐stage meta‐analyses. PMID:29250814

Recent advances in microparticle continuous separation.

PubMed

Kersaudy-Kerhoas, M; Dhariwal, R; Desmulliez, M P Y

2008-03-01

Recent advances in microparticle separation in continuous flow are presented. It is intended for scientists in the field of separation science in biology, chemistry and microsystems engineering. Recent techniques of micron-sized particle separation within microsystems are described with emphasis on five different categories: optical, magnetic, fluidic-only, electrical and minor separation methods. Examples from the growing literature are explained with insights on separation efficiency and microengineering challenges. Current applications of the techniques are discussed.

Method for solvent extraction with near-equal density solutions

DOEpatents

Birdwell, Joseph F.; Randolph, John D.; Singh, S. Paul

2001-01-01

Disclosed is a modified centrifugal contactor for separating solutions of near equal density. The modified contactor has a pressure differential establishing means that allows the application of a pressure differential across fluid in the rotor of the contactor. The pressure differential is such that it causes the boundary between solutions of near-equal density to shift, thereby facilitating separation of the phases. Also disclosed is a method of separating solutions of near-equal density.

Separation of Membrane-Bound Compounds by Solid-Supported Bilayer Electrophoresis

PubMed Central

Daniel, Susan; Diaz, Arnaldo J.; Martinez, Kelly M.; Bench, Bennie J.; Albertorio, Fernando; Cremer, Paul S.

2008-01-01

A new method was developed to purify membrane bound species within a supported lipid bilayer (SLB) environment. SLBs consisting of phosphatidylcholine lipids and cholesterol were employed as the separation matrix. Cholesterol was used to reduce the diffusion of lipids within the bilayer and, therefore, substantially reduce mixing of the dye-conjugated lipids to be separated. These molecules were introduced into an SLB adjacent to the separations SLB and electrophoresis was employed to move these species through it. The method was powerful enough to completely resolve two isomers of Texas Red DHPE from each other. Moreover, these isomers could be separated from a BODIPY-conjugated lipid as well. Such procedures could be extended to the purification of peripheral and transmembrane proteins. PMID:17564451

Method of preparing porous, rigid ceramic separators for an electrochemical cell

DOEpatents

Bandyopadhyay, Gautam; Dusek, Joseph T.

1981-01-01

Porous, rigid separators for electrochemical cells are prepared by first calcining particles of ceramic material at temperatures above about 1200.degree. C. for a sufficient period of time to reduce the sinterability of the particles. A ceramic powder that has not been calcined is blended with the original powder to control the porosity of the completed separator. The ceramic blend is then pressed into a sheet of the desired shape and sintered at a temperature somewhat lower than the calcination temperature. Separator sheets of about 1 to 2.5 mm thickness and 30 to 70% porosity can be prepared by this technique. Ceramics such as yttria, magnesium oxide and magnesium-aluminum oxide have advantageously been used to form separators by this method.

Systems and methods for separating particles and/or substances from a sample fluid

DOEpatents

Mariella, Jr., Raymond P.; Dougherty, George M.; Dzenitis, John M.; Miles, Robin R.; Clague, David S.

2016-11-01

Systems and methods for separating particles and/or toxins from a sample fluid. A method according to one embodiment comprises simultaneously passing a sample fluid and a buffer fluid through a chamber such that a fluidic interface is formed between the sample fluid and the buffer fluid as the fluids pass through the chamber, the sample fluid having particles of interest therein; applying a force to the fluids for urging the particles of interest to pass through the interface into the buffer fluid; and substantially separating the buffer fluid from the sample fluid.

Computational methods for unsteady transonic flows

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Edwards, John W.; Thomas, J. L.

1987-01-01

Computational methods for unsteady transonic flows are surveyed with emphasis on prediction. Computational difficulty is discussed with respect to type of unsteady flow; attached, mixed (attached/separated) and separated. Significant early computations of shock motions, aileron buzz and periodic oscillations are discussed. The maturation of computational methods towards the capability of treating complete vehicles with reasonable computational resources is noted and a survey of recent comparisons with experimental results is compiled. The importance of mixed attached and separated flow modeling for aeroelastic analysis is discussed, and recent calculations of periodic aerodynamic oscillations for an 18 percent thick circular arc airfoil are given.

A review of separation methods for the determination of estrogens and plastics-derived estrogen mimics from aqueous systems.

PubMed

LaFleur, Alesha D; Schug, Kevin A

2011-06-24

Recent methods of separation and detection for the quantification of trace-level concentrations of selected endocrine disrupting compounds (EDCs) from aqueous systems are reviewed. A brief introduction of the selected EDCs (natural and synthetic estrogens and plastics-derived xenoestrogens), including their characteristics and importance, is presented. Sample preparation and extraction trends are discussed. Various types of separation techniques are presented, with the express goal of emphasizing time and cost-effective methods that isolate and quantify trace-levels of multiple endocrine disruptors from aqueous systems. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Magselectofection: an integrated method of nanomagnetic separation and genetic modification of target cells.

PubMed

Sanchez-Antequera, Yolanda; Mykhaylyk, Olga; van Til, Niek P; Cengizeroglu, Arzu; de Jong, J Henk; Huston, Marshall W; Anton, Martina; Johnston, Ian C D; Pojda, Zygmunt; Wagemaker, Gerard; Plank, Christian

2011-04-21

Research applications and cell therapies involving genetically modified cells require reliable, standardized, and cost-effective methods for cell manipulation. We report a novel nanomagnetic method for integrated cell separation and gene delivery. Gene vectors associated with magnetic nanoparticles are used to transfect/transduce target cells while being passaged and separated through a high gradient magnetic field cell separation column. The integrated method yields excellent target cell purity and recovery. Nonviral and lentiviral magselectofection is efficient and highly specific for the target cell population as demonstrated with a K562/Jurkat T-cell mixture. Both mouse and human enriched hematopoietic stem cell pools were effectively transduced by lentiviral magselectofection, which did not affect the hematopoietic progenitor cell number determined by in vitro colony assays. Highly effective reconstitution of T and B lymphocytes was achieved by magselectofected murine wild-type lineage-negative Sca-1(+) cells transplanted into Il2rg(-/-) mice, stably expressing GFP in erythroid, myeloid, T-, and B-cell lineages. Furthermore, nonviral, lentiviral, and adenoviral magselectofection yielded high transfection/transduction efficiency in human umbilical cord mesenchymal stem cells and was fully compatible with their differentiation potential. Upscaling to a clinically approved automated cell separation device was feasible. Hence, once optimized, validated, and approved, the method may greatly facilitate the generation of genetically engineered cells for cell therapies.

Separation of arteries and veins in the cerebral cortex using physiological oscillations by optical imaging of intrinsic signal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hu, Dewen; Wang, Yucheng; Liu, Yadong; Li, Ming; Liu, Fayi

2010-05-01

An automated method is presented for artery-vein separation in cerebral cortical images recorded with optical imaging of the intrinsic signal. The vessel-type separation method is based on the fact that the spectral distribution of intrinsic physiological oscillations varies from arterial regions to venous regions. In arterial regions, the spectral power is higher in the heartbeat frequency (HF), whereas in venous regions, the spectral power is higher in the respiration frequency (RF). The separation method was begun by extracting the vascular network and its centerline. Then the spectra of the optical intrinsic signals were estimated by the multitaper method. A standard F-test was performed on each discrete frequency point to test the statistical significance at the given level. Four periodic physiological oscillations were examined: HF, RF, and two other eigenfrequencies termed F1 and F2. The separation of arteries and veins was implemented with the fuzzy c-means clustering method and the region-growing approach by utilizing the spectral amplitudes and power-ratio values of the four eigenfrequencies on the vasculature. Subsequently, independent spectral distributions in the arteries, veins, and capillary bed were estimated for comparison, which showed that the spectral distributions of the intrinsic signals were very distinct between the arterial and venous regions.

Separation of arteries and veins in the cerebral cortex using physiological oscillations by optical imaging of intrinsic signal.

PubMed

Hu, Dewen; Wang, Yucheng; Liu, Yadong; Li, Ming; Liu, Fayi

2010-01-01

An automated method is presented for artery-vein separation in cerebral cortical images recorded with optical imaging of the intrinsic signal. The vessel-type separation method is based on the fact that the spectral distribution of intrinsic physiological oscillations varies from arterial regions to venous regions. In arterial regions, the spectral power is higher in the heartbeat frequency (HF), whereas in venous regions, the spectral power is higher in the respiration frequency (RF). The separation method was begun by extracting the vascular network and its centerline. Then the spectra of the optical intrinsic signals were estimated by the multitaper method. A standard F-test was performed on each discrete frequency point to test the statistical significance at the given level. Four periodic physiological oscillations were examined: HF, RF, and two other eigenfrequencies termed F1 and F2. The separation of arteries and veins was implemented with the fuzzy c-means clustering method and the region-growing approach by utilizing the spectral amplitudes and power-ratio values of the four eigenfrequencies on the vasculature. Subsequently, independent spectral distributions in the arteries, veins, and capillary bed were estimated for comparison, which showed that the spectral distributions of the intrinsic signals were very distinct between the arterial and venous regions.

Spatial Transport of Magnetic Flux Surfaces in Strongly Anisotropic Turbulence

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Matthaeus, W. H.; Servidio, S.; Wan, M.; Ruffolo, D. J.; Rappazzo, A. F.; Oughton, S.

2013-12-01

Magnetic flux surfaces afford familiar descriptions of spatial structure, dynamics, and connectivity of magnetic fields, with particular relevance in contexts such as solar coronal flux tubes, magnetic field connectivity in the interplanetary and interstellar medium, as well as in laboratory plasmas and dynamo problems [1-4]. Typical models assume that field-lines are orderly, and flux tubes remain identifiable over macroscopic distances; however, a previous study has shown that flux tubes shred in the presence of fluctuations, typically losing identity after several correlation scales [5]. Here, the structure of magnetic flux surfaces is numerically investigated in a reduced magnetohydrodynamic (RMHD) model of homogeneous turbulence. Short and long-wavelength behavior is studied statistically by propagating magnetic surfaces along the mean field. At small scales magnetic surfaces become complex, experiencing an exponential thinning. At large scales, instead, the magnetic flux undergoes a diffusive behavior. The link between the diffusion of the coarse-grained flux and field-line random walk is established by means of a multiple scale analysis. Both large and small scales limits are controlled by the Kubo number. These results have consequences for understanding and interpreting processes such as magnetic reconnection and field-line diffusion in plasmas [6]. [1] E. N. Parker, Cosmical Magnetic Fields (Oxford Univ. Press, New York, 1979). [2] J. R. Jokipii and E. N. Parker, Phys. Rev. Lett. 21, 44 (1968). [3] R. Bruno et al., Planet. Space Sci. 49, 1201 (2001). [4] M. N. Rosenbluth et al., Nuclear Fusion 6, 297 (1966). [5] W. H. Matthaeus et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 75, 2136 (1995). [6] S. Servidio et al., submitted (2013).

The stimulated Brillouin scattering during the interaction of picosecond laser pulses with moderate- scale-length plasmas

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gaeris, Andres Claudio

The Stimulated Brillouin Scattering (SBS) instability is studied in moderately short scale-length plasmas. The backscattered and specularly reflected light resulting from the interaction of a pair of high power picosecond duration laser pulses with solid Silicon, Gold and Parylene-N (CH) strip targets was spectrally resolved. The first, weaker laser pulse forms a short scale-length plasma while the second delayed one interacts with the isothermally expanded, underdense region of the plasma. The pulses are generated by the Table Top Terawatt (TTT) laser operating at 1054 nm (infrared) with intensities up to 5.10 16 W/cm2. Single laser pulses only show Lambertian scattering on the target critical surface. Pairs of pulses with high intensity in the second pulse show an additional backscattered, highly blueshifted feature, associated with SBS. Increasing this second pulse intensity even more leads to the appearance of a third feature, even more blueshifted than the second, resulting from the Brillouin sidescattering of the laser pulse reflected on the critical surface. The SBS threshold intensities and enhanced reflectivities for P-polarized light are determined for different plasma density scale-lengths. These measurements agree with the convective thresholds predicted by the SBS theory of Liu, Rosenbluth, and White using plasma profiles simulated by the LILAC code. The spectral position of the Brillouin back- and sidescattered features are determined. The SBS and Doppler shifts are much too small to explain the observed blueshifts. The refractive index shift is of the right magnitude, although more detailed verification is required in the future.

Marshall N. Rosenbluth Outstanding Doctoral Thesis Award Talk: Simultaneous Measurement of Electron Temperature and Density Fluctuations in the Core of DIII-D Plasmas

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

White, A. E.

2009-11-01

Multi-field fluctuation measurements provide opportunities for rigorous comparison between experiment and nonlinear gyrokinetic turbulence simulations. A unique set of diagnostics on DIII-D allows for simultaneous study of local, long-wavelength (0 < kθρs< 0.5) electron temperature and density fluctuations in the core plasma (0.4 < ρ< 0.8). Previous experiments in L-mode indicate that normalized electron temperature fluctuation levels (40 < f < 400,kHz) increase with radius from ˜0.4% at ρ= 0.5 to ˜2% at ρ=0.8, similar to simultaneously measured density fluctuations. Electron cyclotron heating (ECH) is used to increase Te, which increases electron temperature fluctuation levels and electron heat transport in the experiments. In contrast, long wavelength density fluctuation levels change very little. The different responses are consistent with increased TEM drive relative to ITG-mode drive. A new capability at DIII-D is the measurement of phase angle between electron temperature and density fluctuations using coupled correlation electron cyclotron emission radiometer and reflectometer diagnostics. Linear and nonlinear GYRO runs have been used to design validation experiments that focus on measurements of the phase angle. GYRO shows that if Te and ∇Te increase 50% in a beam-heated L-mode plasma (ρ=0.5), then the phase angle between electron temperature and density fluctuations decreases 30%-50% and electron temperature fluctuation levels increase a factor of two more than density fluctuations. Comparisons between these predictions and experimental results will be presented.

Modified electrokinetic sample injection method in chromatography and electrophoresis analysis

DOEpatents

Davidson, J. Courtney; Balch, Joseph W.

2001-01-01

A sample injection method for horizontal configured multiple chromatography or electrophoresis units, each containing a number of separation/analysis channels, that enables efficient introduction of analyte samples. This method for loading when taken in conjunction with horizontal microchannels allows much reduced sample volumes and a means of sample stacking to greatly reduce the concentration of the sample. This reduction in the amount of sample can lead to great cost savings in sample preparation, particularly in massively parallel applications such as DNA sequencing. The essence of this method is in preparation of the input of the separation channel, the physical sample introduction, and subsequent removal of excess material. By this method, sample volumes of 100 nanoliter to 2 microliters have been used successfully, compared to the typical 5 microliters of sample required by the prior separation/analysis method.

Enhancing separation in short-capillary electrophoresis via pressure-driven backflow.

PubMed

Tian, Miaomiao; Wang, Yujia; Mohamed, Amara Camara; Guo, Liping; Yang, Li

2015-07-01

We present a novel easy-to-operate and efficient method to improve the separation efficiency in short-capillary electrophoresis by introducing steady backflow to counterbalance electro-osmotic flow without the use of any external pressure. The backflow was easily generated by tapering the capillary end, which was achieved by heating a straight capillary and stretching it with a constant force. We investigated the net fluidic transport rate under different tip lengths and separation voltages. Good run-to-run repeatability and capillary-to-capillary reproducibility of the present method were obtained with RSD less than 1.5%, indicating the stability of the fluid transport rate in the tapered capillary, which ensures the quantification and repeatability of capillary zone electrophoresis (CZE) analysis. Enhanced separation of the tapered short capillary electrophoresis was demonstrated by CZE analyzing amino acids and positional isomers. Baseline separations were achieved in less than 60 s using a tapered capillary with the effective length of 5 cm, while no separation was achieved using a normal capillary without a tapered tip. The present study provides a promising method to use pressure-driven backflow to enhance separation efficiency in short-capillary electrophoresis, which would be of potential value in a wide application for fast analysis of complex samples. © 2015 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Enantioselective separation of all-E-astaxanthin and its determination in microbial sources.

PubMed

Grewe, Claudia; Menge, Sieglinde; Griehl, Carola

2007-09-28

A method for the enantioselective separation of all-E-astaxanthin (3,3'-dihydroxy-beta,beta-carotene-4,4'-dione), an important colorant in the feed industry, was developed. Different chiral stationary phases (CSPs) such as Pirkle phases (R,R Ulmo and l-leucine), modified polysaccharides and a beta-cyclodextrin have been investigated on their separation performance of astaxanthin enantiomers. Direct resolution was only achieved employing the Chiralcel OD-RH (cellulose-tris-3,5-dimethylphenyl-carbamate) under reversed phase conditions. The chiral separation of the enantiomeric forms of astaxanthin produced in microalgae and yeasts was reported. The yeast Xanthophyllomyces sp. produces astaxanthin predominantly in the R,R configuration, whereas in the green microalgae Scenedesmus sp. astaxanthin is built primarily in the S,S form. The separation method for the identification of astaxanthin enantiomers is of great interest since astaxanthin is used as functional food additive in human nutrition. Moreover the method may be used as a food chain indicator in farmed salmon.

Device for hydrogen separation and method

DOEpatents

Paglieri, Stephen N [White Rock, NM; Anderson, Iver E [Ames, IA; Terpstra, Robert L [Ames, IA

2009-11-03

A device for hydrogen separation has a porous support and hydrogen separation material on the support. The support is prepared by heat treatment of metal microparticles, preferably of iron-based or nickel-based alloys that also include aluminum and/or yttrium. The hydrogen separation material is then deposited on the support. Preferred hydrogen separation materials include metals such as palladium, alloys, platinum, refractory metals, and alloys.

Calculation of unsteady transonic flows with mild separation by viscous-inviscid interaction

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Howlett, James T.

1992-01-01

This paper presents a method for calculating viscous effects in two- and three-dimensional unsteady transonic flow fields. An integral boundary-layer method for turbulent viscous flow is coupled with the transonic small-disturbance potential equation in a quasi-steady manner. The viscous effects are modeled with Green's lag-entrainment equations for attached flow and an inverse boundary-layer method for flows that involve mild separation. The boundary-layer method is used stripwise to approximate three-dimensional effects. Applications are given for two-dimensional airfoils, aileron buzz, and a wing planform. Comparisons with inviscid calculations, other viscous calculation methods, and experimental data are presented. The results demonstrate that the present technique can economically and accurately calculate unsteady transonic flow fields that have viscous-inviscid interactions with mild flow separation.

Comparison of sampling methods for radiocarbon dating of carbonyls in air samples via accelerator mass spectrometry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Schindler, Matthias; Kretschmer, Wolfgang; Scharf, Andreas; Tschekalinskij, Alexander

2016-05-01

Three new methods to sample and prepare various carbonyl compounds for radiocarbon measurements were developed and tested. Two of these procedures utilized the Strecker synthetic method to form amino acids from carbonyl compounds with either sodium cyanide or trimethylsilyl cyanide. The third procedure used semicarbazide to form crystalline carbazones with the carbonyl compounds. The resulting amino acids and semicarbazones were then separated and purified using thin layer chromatography. The separated compounds were then combusted to CO2 and reduced to graphite to determine 14C content by accelerator mass spectrometry (AMS). All of these methods were also compared with the standard carbonyl compound sampling method wherein a compound is derivatized with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine and then separated by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).

Rapid and Efficient Filtration-Based Procedure for Separation and Safe Analysis of CBRN Mixed Samples

PubMed Central

Bentahir, Mostafa; Laduron, Frederic; Irenge, Leonid; Ambroise, Jérôme; Gala, Jean-Luc

2014-01-01

Separating CBRN mixed samples that contain both chemical and biological warfare agents (CB mixed sample) in liquid and solid matrices remains a very challenging issue. Parameters were set up to assess the performance of a simple filtration-based method first optimized on separate C- and B-agents, and then assessed on a model of CB mixed sample. In this model, MS2 bacteriophage, Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis baculovirus (AcNPV), Bacillus atrophaeus and Bacillus subtilis spores were used as biological agent simulants whereas ethyl methylphosphonic acid (EMPA) and pinacolyl methylphophonic acid (PMPA) were used as VX and soman (GD) nerve agent surrogates, respectively. Nanoseparation centrifugal devices with various pore size cut-off (30 kD up to 0.45 µm) and three RNA extraction methods (Invisorb, EZ1 and Nuclisens) were compared. RNA (MS2) and DNA (AcNPV) quantification was carried out by means of specific and sensitive quantitative real-time PCRs (qPCR). Liquid chromatography coupled to time-of-flight mass spectrometry (LC/TOFMS) methods was used for quantifying EMPA and PMPA. Culture methods and qPCR demonstrated that membranes with a 30 kD cut-off retain more than 99.99% of biological agents (MS2, AcNPV, Bacillus Atrophaeus and Bacillus subtilis spores) tested separately. A rapid and reliable separation of CB mixed sample models (MS2/PEG-400 and MS2/EMPA/PMPA) contained in simple liquid or complex matrices such as sand and soil was also successfully achieved on a 30 kD filter with more than 99.99% retention of MS2 on the filter membrane, and up to 99% of PEG-400, EMPA and PMPA recovery in the filtrate. The whole separation process turnaround-time (TAT) was less than 10 minutes. The filtration method appears to be rapid, versatile and extremely efficient. The separation method developed in this work constitutes therefore a useful model for further evaluating and comparing additional separation alternative procedures for a safe handling and preparation of CB mixed samples. PMID:24505375

High-rate overcharge-protection separators for rechargeable lithium-ion batteries and the method of making the same

DOEpatents

Chen, Guoying; Richardson, Thomas J.

2016-12-20

This invention relates to low-cost, electroactive-polymer incorporated fine-fiber composite membranes for use as overcharge and/or overdischarge protection separators in non-aqueous electrochemical cells and the methods for making such membranes.

Metal-organic materials (MOMs) for adsorption of polarizable gases and methods of using MOMs

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Zaworotko, Michael; Mohamed, Mona H.; Elsaidi, Sameh

Embodiments of the present disclosure provide for multi-component metal-organic materials (MOMs), systems including the MOM, systems for separating components in a gas, methods of separating polarizable gases from a gas mixture, and the like.

SEPARATION OF TECHNETIUM FROM AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS BY COPRECIPITATION WITH MAGNETITE

DOEpatents

Rimshaw, S.J.

1961-10-24

A method of separating technetium in the 4+ oxidation state from an aqueous basic solution containing products of uranium fission is described. The method consists of contacting the solution with finely divided magnetite and recovering a technetium-bearing precipitate. (AEC)

Phase-separated, epitaxial composite cap layers for electronic device applications and method of making the same

DOEpatents

Aytug, Tolga [Knoxville, TN; Paranthaman, Mariappan Parans [Knoxville, TN; Polat, Ozgur [Knoxville, TN

2012-07-17

An electronic component that includes a substrate and a phase-separated layer supported on the substrate and a method of forming the same are disclosed. The phase-separated layer includes a first phase comprising lanthanum manganate (LMO) and a second phase selected from a metal oxide (MO), metal nitride (MN), a metal (Me), and combinations thereof. The phase-separated material can be an epitaxial layer and an upper surface of the phase-separated layer can include interfaces between the first phase and the second phase. The phase-separated layer can be supported on a buffer layer comprising a composition selected from the group consisting of IBAD MgO, LMO/IBAD-MgO, homoepi-IBAD MgO and LMO/homoepi-MgO. The electronic component can also include an electronically active layer supported on the phase-separated layer. The electronically active layer can be a superconducting material, a ferroelectric material, a multiferroic material, a magnetic material, a photovoltaic material, an electrical storage material, and a semiconductor material.

Macro-fingerprint analysis-through-separation of licorice based on FT-IR and 2DCOS-IR

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Yang; Wang, Ping; Xu, Changhua; Yang, Yan; Li, Jin; Chen, Tao; Li, Zheng; Cui, Weili; Zhou, Qun; Sun, Suqin; Li, Huifen

2014-07-01

In this paper, a step-by-step analysis-through-separation method under the navigation of multi-step IR macro-fingerprint (FT-IR integrated with second derivative IR (SD-IR) and 2DCOS-IR) was developed for comprehensively characterizing the hierarchical chemical fingerprints of licorice from entirety to single active components. Subsequently, the chemical profile variation rules of three parts (flavonoids, saponins and saccharides) in the separation process were holistically revealed and the number of matching peaks and correlation coefficients with standards of pure compounds was increasing along the extracting directions. The findings were supported by UPLC results and a verification experiment of aqueous separation process. It has been demonstrated that the developed multi-step IR macro-fingerprint analysis-through-separation approach could be a rapid, effective and integrated method not only for objectively providing comprehensive chemical characterization of licorice and all its separated parts, but also for rapidly revealing the global enrichment trend of the active components in licorice separation process.

A simple and rapid technique for radiochemical separation of iodine radionuclides from irradiated tellurium using an activated charcoal column.

PubMed

Chattopadhyay, Sankha; Saha Das, Sujata

2009-10-01

A simple and inexpensive method for the separation of medically useful no-carrier-added (nca) iodine radionuclides from bulk amounts of irradiated tellurium dioxide (TeO(2)) target was developed. The beta(-) emitting (131)I radionuclide, produced by the decay of (131)Te through the (nat)Te(n, gamma)(131)Te nuclear reaction, was used for standardization of the radiochemical separation procedure. The radiochemical separation was performed by precipitation followed by column (activated charcoal) chromatography. Quantitative post-irradiation recovery of the TeO(2) target material (98-99%), in a form suitable for reuse in future irradiations, was achieved. The overall radiochemical yield for the complete separation of (131)I was 75-85% (n=8). The separated nca (131)I was of high, approximately 99%, radionuclidic and radiochemical purities and did not contain detectable amounts of the target material. This method can be adopted for the radiochemical separation of other different iodine radionuclides produced from tellurium matrices through cyclotron as well as reactor irradiation.

Selective Detection of Peptide-Oligonucleotide Heteroconjugates Utilizing Capillary HPLC-ICPMS

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Catron, Brittany; Caruso, Joseph A.; Limbach, Patrick A.

2012-06-01

A method for the selective detection and quantification of peptide:oligonucleotide heteroconjugates, such as those generated by protein:nucleic acid cross-links, using capillary reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (cap-RPHPLC) coupled with inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry detection (ICPMS) is described. The selective detection of phosphorus as 31P+, the only natural isotope, in peptide-oligonucleotide heteroconjugates is enabled by the elemental detection capabilities of the ICPMS. Mobile phase conditions that allow separation of heteroconjugates while maintaining ICPMS compatibility were investigated. We found that trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) mobile phases, used in conventional peptide separations, and hexafluoroisopropanol/triethylamine (HFIP/TEA) mobile phases, used in conventional oligonucleotide separations, both are compatible with ICPMS and enable heteroconjugate separation. The TFA-based separations yielded limits of detection (LOD) of ~40 ppb phosphorus, which is nearly seven times lower than the LOD for HFIP/TEA-based separations. Using the TFA mobile phase, 1-2 pmol of a model heteroconjugate were routinely separated and detected by this optimized capLC-ICPMS method.

Low cost hydrogen/novel membrane technology for hydrogen separation from synthesis gas

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Not Available

1986-02-01

To make the coal-to-hydrogen route economically attractive, improvements are being sought in each step of the process: coal gasification, water-carbon monoxide shift reaction, and hydrogen separation. This report addresses the use of membranes in the hydrogen separation step. The separation of hydrogen from synthesis gas is a major cost element in the manufacture of hydrogen from coal. Separation by membranes is an attractive, new, and still largely unexplored approach to the problem. Membrane processes are inherently simple and efficient and often have lower capital and operating costs than conventional processes. In this report current ad future trends in hydrogen productionmore » and use are first summarized. Methods of producing hydrogen from coal are then discussed, with particular emphasis on the Texaco entrained flow gasifier and on current methods of separating hydrogen from this gas stream. The potential for membrane separations in the process is then examined. In particular, the use of membranes for H{sub 2}/CO{sub 2}, H{sub 2}/CO, and H{sub 2}/N{sub 2} separations is discussed. 43 refs., 14 figs., 6 tabs.« less

Preparative separation of underivatized amino acids for compound-specific stable isotope analysis and radiocarbon dating of hydrolyzed bone collagen.

PubMed

Tripp, Jennifer A; McCullagh, James S O; Hedges, Robert E M

2006-01-01

Analysis of stable and radioactive isotopes from bone collagen provides useful information to archaeologists about the origin and age of bone artifacts. Isolation and analysis of single amino acids from the proteins can provide additional and more accurate information by removing contamination and separating a bulk isotope signal into its constituent parts. In this paper, we report a new method for the separation and isolation of underivatized amino acids from bone collagen, and their analysis by isotope ratio MS and accelerator MS. RP chromatography is used to separate the amino acids with nonpolar side chains, followed by an ion pair separation to isolate the remaining amino acids. The method produces single amino acids with little or no contamination from the separation process and allows for the measurement of accurate stable isotope ratios and pure samples for radiocarbon dating.

Comparing monolithic and fused core HPLC columns for fast chromatographic analysis of fat-soluble vitamins.

PubMed

Kurdi, Said El; Muaileq, Dina Abu; Alhazmi, Hassan A; Bratty, Mohammed Al; Deeb, Sami El

2017-06-27

HPLC stationary phases of monolithic and fused core type can be used to achieve fast chromatographic separation as an alternative to UPLC. In this study, monolithic and fused core stationary phases are compared for fast separation of four fat-soluble vitamins. Three new methods on the first and second generation monolithic silica RP-18e columns and a fused core pentafluoro-phenyl propyl column were developed. Application of three fused core columns offered comparable separations of retinyl palmitate, DL-α-tocopheryl acetate, cholecalciferol and menadione in terms of elution speed and separation efficiency. Separation was achieved in approx. 5 min with good resolution (Rs > 5) and precision (RSD ≤ 0.6 %). Monolithic columns showed, however, a higher number of theoretical plates, better precision and lower column backpressure than the fused core column. The three developed methods were successfully applied to separate and quantitate fat-soluble vitamins in commercial products.

Ultra high bypass Nacelle aerodynamics inlet flow-through high angle of attack distortion test

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Larkin, Michael J.; Schweiger, Paul S.

1992-01-01

A flow-through inlet test program was conducted to evaluate inlet test methods and determine the impact of the fan on inlet separation when operating at large angles of attack. A total of 16 model configurations of approximately 1/6 scale were tested. A comparison of these flow-through results with powered data indicates the presence of the fan increased separation operation 3 degrees to 4 degrees over the flow through inlet. Rods and screens located at the fan face station, that redistribute the flow, achieved simulation of the powered-fan results for separation angle of attack. Concepts to reduce inlet distortion and increase angle of attack capability were also evaluated. Vortex generators located on the inlet surface increased inlet angle of attack capability up to 2 degrees and reduced inlet distortion in the separated region. Finally, a method of simulating the fan/inlet aerodynamic interaction using blockage sizing method has been defined. With this method, a static blockage device used with a flow-through model will approximate the same inlet onset of separation angle of attack and distortion pattern that would be obtained with an inlet model containing a powered fan.

Enantioselective Analytical- and Preparative-Scale Separation of Hexabromocyclododecane Stereoisomers Using Packed Column Supercritical Fluid Chromatography.

PubMed

Riddell, Nicole; Mullin, Lauren Gayle; van Bavel, Bert; Ericson Jogsten, Ingrid; McAlees, Alan; Brazeau, Allison; Synnott, Scott; Lough, Alan; McCrindle, Robert; Chittim, Brock

2016-11-10

Hexabromocyclododecane (HBCDD) is an additive brominated flame retardant which has been listed in Annex A of the Stockholm Convention for elimination of production and use. It has been reported to persist in the environment and has the potential for enantiomer-specific degradation, accumulation, or both, making enantioselective analyses increasingly important. The six main stereoisomers of technical HBCDD (i.e., the (+) and (-) enantiomers of α-, β-, and γ-HBCDD) were separated and isolated for the first time using enantioselective packed column supercritical fluid chromatography (pSFC) separation methods on a preparative scale. Characterization was completed using published chiral liquid chromatography (LC) methods and elution profiles, as well as X-ray crystallography, and the isolated fractions were definitively identified. Additionally, the resolution of the enantiomers, along with two minor components of the technical product (δ- and ε-HBCDD), was investigated on an analytical scale using both LC and pSFC separation techniques, and changes in elution order were highlighted. Baseline separation of all HBCDD enantiomers was achieved by pSFC on an analytical scale using a cellulose-based column. The described method emphasizes the potential associated with pSFC as a green method of isolating and analyzing environmental contaminants of concern.

CZE separation of strawberry anthocyanins with acidic buffer and comparison with HPLC.

PubMed

Comandini, Patrizia; Blanda, Giampaolo; Cardinali, Andrea; Cerretani, Lorenzo; Bendini, Alessandra; Caboni, Maria Fiorenza

2008-10-01

Anthocyanins, the major colourants of strawberries, are polar pigments that are positively charged at low pH. Herein, we have assessed a new analytical method for the separation of anthocyanins using CZE. Acidic buffer solutions (pH <2) were employed in order to maintain pigments in the cation flavylium form and achieve high molar absorptivity at 510 nm. These spectral properties enabled us to identify strawberry anthocyanins in a preliminary stage by detection in the visible range, although the method was optimised at 280 nm to obtain the best S/N. The effects of buffer composition highlighted the necessity of adding an organic modifier to the running buffer to obtain a suitable separation. The electrophoretic method permitted the separation of the three main anthocyanins of strawberry extracts, namely pelargonidin 3-glucoside (Pg-glu), pelargonidin 3-rutinoside and cyanidin 3-glucoside. The electrophoretic results, expressed as retention time and separation efficiency of the major anthocyanin (Pg-glu), were compared to those achieved in HPLC, the analytical technique traditionally used for the investigation of anthocyanins in vegetable matrix. The content of Pg-glu in strawberries (cv. Camarosa), calculated with HPCE and HPLC methods, resulted respectively in 11.41 mg/L and 11.37 mg/L.

Development of a temperature gradient focusing method for in situ extraterrestrial biomarker analysis.

PubMed

Danger, Grégoire; Ross, David

2008-08-01

Scanning temperature gradient focusing (TGF) is a recently described technique for the simultaneous concentration and separation of charged analytes. It allows for high analyte peak capacities and low LODs in microcolumn electrophoretic separations. In this paper, we present the application of scanning TGF for chiral separations of amino acids. Using a mixture of seven carboxyfluorescein succinimidyl ester-labeled amino acids (including five chiral amino acids) which constitute the Mars7 standard, we show that scanning TGF is a very simple and efficient method for chiral separations. The modulation of TGF separation parameters (temperature window, pressure scan rate, temperature range, and chiral selector concentration) allows optimization of peak efficiencies and analyte resolutions. The use of hydroxypropyl-beta-CD at low concentration (1-5 mmol/L) as a chiral selector, with an appropriate pressure scan rate ( -0.25 Pa/s) and with a low temperature range (3-25 degrees C over 1 cm) provided high resolution between enantiomers (Rs >1.5 for each pair of enantiomers) using a short, 4 cm long capillary. With these new results, the scanning TGF method appears to be a viable method for in situ trace biomarker analysis for future missions to Mars or other solar system bodies.

Theoretical validation for changing magnetic fields of systems of permanent magnets of drum separators

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lozovaya, S. Y.; Lozovoy, N. M.; Okunev, A. N.

2018-03-01

This article is devoted to the theoretical validation of the change in magnetic fields created by the permanent magnet systems of the drum separators. In the article, using the example of a magnetic separator for enrichment of highly magnetic ores, the method of analytical calculation of the magnetic fields of systems of permanent magnets based on the Biot-Savart-Laplace law, the equivalent solenoid method, and the superposition principle of fields is considered.

Rhythmic entrainment source separation: Optimizing analyses of neural responses to rhythmic sensory stimulation.

PubMed

Cohen, Michael X; Gulbinaite, Rasa

2017-02-15

Steady-state evoked potentials (SSEPs) are rhythmic brain responses to rhythmic sensory stimulation, and are often used to study perceptual and attentional processes. We present a data analysis method for maximizing the signal-to-noise ratio of the narrow-band steady-state response in the frequency and time-frequency domains. The method, termed rhythmic entrainment source separation (RESS), is based on denoising source separation approaches that take advantage of the simultaneous but differential projection of neural activity to multiple electrodes or sensors. Our approach is a combination and extension of existing multivariate source separation methods. We demonstrate that RESS performs well on both simulated and empirical data, and outperforms conventional SSEP analysis methods based on selecting electrodes with the strongest SSEP response, as well as several other linear spatial filters. We also discuss the potential confound of overfitting, whereby the filter captures noise in absence of a signal. Matlab scripts are available to replicate and extend our simulations and methods. We conclude with some practical advice for optimizing SSEP data analyses and interpreting the results. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Exosome separation using microfluidic systems: size-based, immunoaffinity-based and dynamic methodologies.

PubMed

Yang, Fang; Liao, Xiangzhi; Tian, Yuan; Li, Guiying

2017-04-01

Exosomes, nanovesicles secreted by most types of cells, exist in virtually all bodily fluids. Their rich nucleic acid and protein content make them potentially valuable biomarkers for noninvasive molecular diagnostics. They also show promise, after further development, to serve as a drug delivery system. Unfortunately, existing exosome separation technologies, such as ultracentrifugation and methods incorporating magnetic beads, are time-consuming, laborious and separate only exosomes of low purity. Thus, a more effective separation method is highly desirable. Microfluidic platforms are ideal tools for exosome separation, since they enable fast, cost-efficient, portable and precise processing of nanoparticles and small volumes of liquid samples. Recently, several microfluidic-based exosome separation technologies have been studied. In this article, the advantages of the most recent technologies, as well as their limitations, challenges and potential uses in novel microfluidic exosome separation and collection applications is reviewed. This review outlines the uses of new powerful microfluidic exosome detection tools for biologists and clinicians, as well as exosome separation tools for microfluidic engineers. Current challenges of exosome separation methodologies are also described, in order to highlight areas for future research and development. Copyright © 2017 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Association between Spouse/Child Separation and Migration-Related Stress among a Random Sample of Rural-to-Urban Migrants in Wuhan, China

PubMed Central

Guo, Yan; Chen, Xinguang; Gong, Jie; Li, Fang; Zhu, Chaoyang; Yan, Yaqiong; Wang, Liang

2016-01-01

Background Millions of people move from rural areas to urban areas in China to pursue new opportunities while leaving their spouses and children at rural homes. Little is known about the impact of migration-related separation on mental health of these rural migrants in urban China. Methods Survey data from a random sample of rural-to-urban migrants (n = 1113, aged 18–45) from Wuhan were analyzed. The Domestic Migration Stress Questionnaire (DMSQ), an instrument with four subconstructs, was used to measure migration-related stress. The relationship between spouse/child separation and stress was assessed using survey estimation methods to account for the multi-level sampling design. Results 16.46% of couples were separated from their spouses (spouse-separation only), 25.81% of parents were separated from their children (child separation only). Among the participants who married and had children, 5.97% were separated from both their spouses and children (double separation). Spouse-separation only and double separation did not scored significantly higher on DMSQ than those with no separation. Compared to parents without child separation, parents with child separation scored significantly higher on DMSQ (mean score = 2.88, 95% CI: [2.81, 2.95] vs. 2.60 [2.53, 2.67], p < .05). Stratified analysis by separation type and by gender indicated that the association was stronger for child-separation only and for female participants. Conclusion Child-separation is an important source of migration-related stress, and the effect is particularly strong for migrant women. Public policies and intervention programs should consider these factors to encourage and facilitate the co-migration of parents with their children to mitigate migration-related stress. PMID:27124768

Evaluation of ground calcite/water heavy media cyclone suspensions for production of residual plastic concentrates.

PubMed

Gent, Malcolm; Sierra, Héctor Muñiz; Menéndez, Mario; de Cos Juez, Francisco Javier

2018-01-01

Viable recycled residual plastic (RP) product(s) must be of sufficient quality to be reusable as a plastic or source of hydrocarbons or fuel. The varied composition and large volumes of such wastes usually requires a low cost, high through-put recycling method(s) to eliminate contaminants. Cyclone separation of plastics by density is proposed as a potential method of achieving separations of specific types of plastics. Three ground calcite separation medias of different grain size distributions were tested in a cylindrical cyclone to evaluate density separations at 1.09, 1.18 and 1.27 g/cm 3 . The differences in separation recoveries obtained with these medias by density offsets produced due to displacement of separation media solid particles within the cyclone caused by centrifugal settling is evaluated. The separation density at which 50% of the material of that density is recovered was found to increase from 0.010 to 0.026 g/cm 3 as the separation media density increased from 1.09 to 1.27 g/cm 3 . All separation medias were found to have significantly low Ep 95 values of 0.012-0.033 g/cm 3 . It is also demonstrated that the presence of an excess content of <10 µm calcite media particles (>75%) resulted in reduced separation efficiencies. It is shown that the optimum separations were achieved when the media density offset was 0.03-0.04 g/cm 3 . It is shown that effective heavy media cyclone separations of RP denser than 1.0 g/cm 3 can produce three sets of mixed plastics containing: PS and ABS/SAN at densities of >1.0-1.09 g/cm 3 ; PC, PMMA at a density of 1.09-1.18 g/cm 3 ; and PVC and PET at a density of >1.27 g/cm 3 . Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Determining the Separation and Position Angles of Orbiting Binary Stars: Comparison of Three Methods

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Walsh, Ryan; Boule, Cory; Andrews, Katelyn; Penfield, Andrew; Ross, Ian; Lucas, Gaylon; Braught, Trisha; Harfenist, Steven; Goodale, Keith

2015-07-01

To initiate a long term binary star research program, undergraduate students compared the accuracy and ease of measuring the separations and position angles of three long period binary pairs using three different measurement techniques. It was found that digital image capture using BackyardEOS software and subsequent analysis in Adobe Photoshop was the most accurate and easiest to use of our three methods. The systems WDS J17419+7209 (STF 2241AB), WDS 19418+5032 (STFA 46AB), and WDS 16362+5255 (STF 2087AB) were found to have separations and position angles of: 30", 16°; 39.7", 133°; and 3.1", 104°, respectively. This method produced separation values within 1.3" and position angle values within 1.3° of the most recently observed values found in the Washington Double Star Catalog.

Power generation method including membrane separation

DOEpatents

Lokhandwala, Kaaeid A.

2000-01-01

A method for generating electric power, such as at, or close to, natural gas fields. The method includes conditioning natural gas containing C.sub.3+ hydrocarbons and/or acid gas by means of a membrane separation step. This step creates a leaner, sweeter, drier gas, which is then used as combustion fuel to run a turbine, which is in turn used for power generation.

Separation and quantification of monothiols and phytochelatins from a wide variety of cell cultures and tissues of trees and other plants using high performance liquid chromatography

Treesearch

Rakesh Minocha; P. Thangavel; Om Parkash Dhankher; Stephanie Long

2008-01-01

The HPLC method presented here for the quantification of metal-binding thiols is considerably shorter than most previously published methods. It is a sensitive and highly reproducible method that separates monobromobimane tagged monothiols (cysteine, glutathione, γ-glutamylcysteine) along with polythiols (PC2, PC3...

Flotation of Mineral and Dyes: A Laboratory Experiment for Separation Method Molecular Hitchhikers

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Rappon, Tim; Sylvestre, Jarrett A.; Rappon, Manit

2016-01-01

Flotation as a method of separation is widely researched and is applied in many industries. It has been used to address a wide range of environmental issues including treatment of wastewater, recovery of heavy metals for recycling, extraction of minerals in mining, and so forth. This laboratory attempts to show how such a simple method can be used…

Multiple tag labeling method for DNA sequencing

DOEpatents

Mathies, Richard A.; Huang, Xiaohua C.; Quesada, Mark A.

1995-01-01

A DNA sequencing method described which uses single lane or channel electrophoresis. Sequencing fragments are separated in said lane and detected using a laser-excited, confocal fluorescence scanner. Each set of DNA sequencing fragments is separated in the same lane and then distinguished using a binary coding scheme employing only two different fluorescent labels. Also described is a method of using radio-isotope labels.

An analysis method for multi-component airfoils in separated flow

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Rao, B. M.; Duorak, F. A.; Maskew, B.

1980-01-01

The multi-component airfoil program (Langley-MCARF) for attached flow is modified to accept the free vortex sheet separation-flow model program (Analytical Methods, Inc.-CLMAX). The viscous effects are incorporated into the calculation by representing the boundary layer displacement thickness with an appropriate source distribution. The separation flow model incorporated into MCARF was applied to single component airfoils. Calculated pressure distributions for angles of attack up to the stall are in close agreement with experimental measurements. Even at higher angles of attack beyond the stall, correct trends of separation, decrease in lift coefficients, and increase in pitching moment coefficients are predicted.

Design and performance of an automated radionuclide separator: its application on the determination of ⁹⁹Tc in groundwater.

PubMed

Chung, Kun Ho; Choi, Sang Do; Choi, Geun Sik; Kang, Mun Ja

2013-11-01

A modular automated radionuclide separator for (99)Tc (MARS Tc-99) has been developed for the rapid and reproducible separation of technetium in groundwater samples. The control software of MARS Tc-99 was developed in the LabView programming language. An automated radiochemical method for separating (99)Tc was developed and validated by the purification of (99m)Tc tracer solution eluted from a commercial (99)Mo/(99m)Tc generator. The chemical recovery and analytical time for this radiochemical method were found to be 96 ± 2% and 81 min, respectively. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Combination of three-stage sink-float method and selective flotation technique for separation of mixed post-consumer plastic waste.

PubMed

Pongstabodee, Sangobtip; Kunachitpimol, Napatr; Damronglerd, Somsak

2008-01-01

The aim of this research was to separate the different plastics of a mixed post-consumer plastic waste by the combination of a three-stage sink-float method and selective flotation. By using the three-stage sink-float method, six mixed-plastic wastes, belonging to the 0.3-0.5 cm size class and including high density polyethylene (HDPE), polypropylene (PP), polyvinylchloride (PVC), polystyrene (PS), polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers (ABS) were separated into two groups, i.e., a low density plastic group (HDPE and PP) and a high density plastic group (PET, PVC, PS and ABS) by tap water. Plastic whose density is less than that of the medium solution floats to the surface, while the one whose density is greater than that of the medium solution sinks to the bottom. The experimental results elucidated that complete separation of HDPE from PP was achieved by the three-stage sink-float method with 50% v/v ethyl alcohol. To succeed in the separation of a PS/ABS mixture from a PET/PVC mixture by the three-stage sink-float method, a 30% w/v calcium chloride solution was employed. To further separate post-consumer PET/PVC and PS/ABS based on plastic type, selective flotation was carried out. In order to succeed in selective flotation separation, it is necessary to render hydrophilic the surface of one or more species while the others are kept in a hydrophobic state. In flotation studies, the effects of wetting agent, frother, pH of solution and electrolyte on separation were determined. The selective flotation results showed that when using 500 mg l(-1) calcium lignosulfonate, 0.01 ppm MIBC, and 0.1 mg l(-1) CaCl2 at pH 11, PET could be separated from PVC. To separate ABS from PS, 200 mg l(-1) calcium lignosulfonate and 0.1 mg l(-1) CaCl2 at pH 7 were used as a flotation solution. Wettability of plastic increases when adding CaCl2 and corresponds to a decrease in its contact angles and to a reduction in the recovery of plastic in the floated product.

5 CFR 591.404 - Method of payment.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

....404 Administrative Personnel OFFICE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT CIVIL SERVICE REGULATIONS ALLOWANCES AND DIFFERENTIALS Separate Maintenance Allowance for Duty at Johnston Island § 591.404 Method of payment. (a) Separate maintenance allowance rates are paid from the employee's date of arrival at Johnston Island to the...

The use of extrapolation concepts to augment the Frequency Separation Technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Alexiou, Spiros

2015-03-01

The Frequency Separation Technique (FST) is a general method formulated to improve the speed and/or accuracy of lineshape calculations, including strong overlapping collisions, as is the case for ion dynamics. It should be most useful when combined with ultrafast methods, that, however have significant difficulties when the impact regime is approached. These difficulties are addressed by the Frequency Separation Technique, in which the impact limit is correctly recovered. The present work examines the possibility of combining the Frequency Separation Technique with the addition of extrapolation to improve results and minimize errors resulting from the neglect of fast-slow coupling and thus obtain the exact result with a minimum of extra effort. To this end the adequacy of one such ultrafast method, the Frequency Fluctuation Method (FFM) for treating the nonimpact part is examined. It is found that although the FFM is unable to reproduce the nonimpact profile correctly, its coupling with the FST correctly reproduces the total profile.

Theoretical underpinning of the single-molecule-dilution (SMD) method of direct haplotype resolution.

PubMed Central

Stephens, J C; Rogers, J; Ruano, G

1990-01-01

In a recent paper we have shown that DNA haplotypes of multiply heterozygous individuals can be resolved directly by polymerase-chain-reaction (PCR) amplification of a single molecule of genomic template. Our method (the single-molecule-dilution [SMD] method) relies on the stochastic separation of maternal and paternal alleles at high dilution. The stochasticity of separation and the potential for DNA shearing (which could separate the loci of interest) are two factors that can compromise the results of the experiment. This paper explores the consequences of these two factors and shows that the SMD method can be expected to work very reliably even in the presence of a moderate amount of DNA shearing. PMID:2339707

Separation technologies for stem cell bioprocessing.

PubMed

Diogo, Maria Margarida; da Silva, Cláudia Lobato; Cabral, Joaquim M S

2012-11-01

Stem cells have been the focus of an intense research due to their potential in Regenerative Medicine, drug discovery, toxicology studies, as well as for fundamental studies on developmental biology and human disease mechanisms. To fully accomplish this potential, the successful application of separation processes for the isolation and purification of stem cells and stem cell-derived cells is a crucial issue. Although separation methods have been used over the past decades for the isolation and enrichment of hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells for transplantation in hemato-oncological settings, recent achievements in the stem cell field have created new challenges including the need for novel scalable separation processes with a higher resolution and more cost-effective. Important examples are the need for high-resolution methods for the separation of heterogeneous populations of multipotent adult stem cells to study their differential biological features and clinical utility, as well as for the depletion of tumorigenic cells after pluripotent stem cell differentiation. Focusing on these challenges, this review presents a critical assessment of separation processes that have been used in the stem cell field, as well as their current and potential applications. The techniques are grouped according to the fundamental principles that govern cell separation, which are defined by the main physical, biophysical, and affinity properties of cells. A special emphasis is given to novel and promising approaches such as affinity-based methods that take advantage of the use of new ligands (e.g., aptamers, lectins), as well as to novel biophysical-based methods requiring no cell labeling and integrated with microscale technologies. Copyright © 2012 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Method for improved gas-solids separation

DOEpatents

Kusik, C.L.; He, B.X.

1990-11-13

Methods are disclosed for the removal of particulate solids from a gas stream at high separation efficiency, including the removal of submicron size particles. The apparatus includes a cyclone separator type of device which contains an axially mounted perforated cylindrical hollow rotor. The rotor is rotated at high velocity in the same direction as the flow of an input particle-laden gas stream to thereby cause enhanced separation of particulate matter from the gas stream in the cylindrical annular space between the rotor and the sidewall of the cyclone vessel. Substantially particle-free gas passes through the perforated surface of the spinning rotor and into the hollow rotor, from where it is discharged out of the top of the apparatus. Separated particulates are removed from the bottom of the vessel. 4 figs.

Method of preparing porous, rigid ceramic separators for an electrochemical cell. [Patent application

DOEpatents

Bandyopadhyay, G.; Dusek, J.T.

Porous, rigid separators for electrochemical cells are prepared by first calcining particles of ceramic material at temperatures above about 1200/sup 0/C for a sufficient period of time to reduce the sinterability of the particles. A ceramic powder that has not been calcined is blended with the original powder to control the porosity of the completed separator. The ceramic blend is then pressed into a sheet of the desired shape and sintered at a temperature somewhat lower than the calcination temperature. Separator sheets of about 1 to 2.5 mm thickness and 30 to 70% porosity can be prepared by this technique. Ceramics such as yttria, magnesium oxide, and magnesium-aluminium oxide have advantageously been used to form separators by this method.

Method for improved gas-solids separation

DOEpatents

Kusik, Charles L.; He, Bo X.

1990-01-01

Methods are disclosed for the removal of particulate solids from a gas stream at high separation efficiency, including the removal of submicron size particles. The apparatus includes a cyclone separator type of device which contains an axially mounted perforated cylindrical hollow rotor. The rotor is rotated at high velocity in the same direction as the flow of an input particle-laden gas stream to thereby cause enhanced separation of particulate matter from the gas stream in the cylindrical annular space between the rotor and the sidewall of the cyclone vessel. Substantially particle-free gas passes through the perforated surface of the spinning rotor and into the hollow rotor, from when it is discharged out of the top of the apparatus. Separated particulates are removed from the bottom of the vessel.

SEPHYDRO: An Integrated Multi-Filter Web-Based Tool for Baseflow Separation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Serban, D.; MacQuarrie, K. T. B.; Popa, A.

2017-12-01

Knowledge of baseflow contributions to streamflow is important for understanding watershed scale hydrology, including groundwater-surface water interactions, impact of geology and landforms on baseflow, estimation of groundwater recharge rates, etc. Baseflow (or hydrograph) separation methods can be used as supporting tools in many areas of environmental research, such as the assessment of the impact of agricultural practices, urbanization and climate change on surface water and groundwater. Over the past few decades various digital filtering and graphically-based methods have been developed in an attempt to improve the assessment of the dynamics of the various sources of streamflow (e.g. groundwater, surface runoff, subsurface flow); however, these methods are not available under an integrated platform and, individually, often require significant effort for implementation. Here we introduce SEPHYDRO, an open access, customizable web-based tool, which integrates 11 algorithms allowing for separation of streamflow hydrographs. The streamlined interface incorporates a reference guide as well as additional information that allows users to import their own data, customize the algorithms, and compare, visualise and export results. The tool includes one-, two- and three-parameter digital filters as well as graphical separation methods and has been successfully applied in Atlantic Canada, in studies dealing with nutrient loading to fresh water and coastal water ecosystems. Future developments include integration of additional separation algorithms as well as incorporation of geochemical separation methods. SEPHYDRO has been developed through a collaborative research effort between the Canadian Rivers Institute, University of New Brunswick (Fredericton, New Brunswick, Canada), Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada and Environment and Climate Change Canada and is currently available at http://canadianriversinstitute.com/tool/

A rapid method for the sequential separation of polonium, plutonium, americium and uranium in drinking water.

PubMed

Lemons, B; Khaing, H; Ward, A; Thakur, P

2018-06-01

A new sequential separation method for the determination of polonium and actinides (Pu, Am and U) in drinking water samples has been developed that can be used for emergency response or routine water analyses. For the first time, the application of TEVA chromatography column in the sequential separation of polonium and plutonium has been studied. This method utilizes a rapid Fe +3 co-precipitation step to remove matrix interferences, followed by plutonium oxidation state adjustment to Pu 4+ and an incubation period of ~ 1 h at 50-60 °C to allow Po 2+ to oxidize to Po 4+ . The polonium and plutonium were then separated on a TEVA column, while separation of americium from uranium was performed on a TRU column. After separation, polonium was micro-precipitated with copper sulfide (CuS), while actinides were micro co-precipitated using neodymium fluoride (NdF 3 ) for counting by the alpha spectrometry. The method is simple, robust and can be performed quickly with excellent removal of interferences, high chemical recovery and very good alpha peak resolution. The efficiency and reliability of the procedures were tested by using spiked samples. The effect of several transition metals (Cu 2+ , Pb 2+ , Fe 3+ , Fe 2+ , and Ni 2+ ) on the performance of this method were also assessed to evaluate the potential matrix effects. Studies indicate that presence of up to 25 mg of these cations in the samples had no adverse effect on the recovery or the resolution of polonium alpha peaks. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Article separation apparatus and method for unit operations

DOEpatents

Pardini, Allan F.; Gervais, Kevin L.; Mathews, Royce A.; Hockey, Ronald L.

2010-06-22

An apparatus and method are disclosed for separating articles from a group of articles. The apparatus includes a container for containing one or more articles coupled to a suitable fluidizer for suspending articles within the container and transporting articles to an induction tube. A portal in the induction tube introduces articles singly into the induction tube. A vacuum pulls articles through the induction tube separating the articles from the group of articles in the container. The apparatus and method can be combined with one or more unit operations or modules, e.g., for inspecting articles, assessing quality of articles, or ascertaining material properties and/or parameters of articles, including layers thereof.

Analysis of Streamline Separation at Infinity Using Time-Discrete Markov Chains.

PubMed

Reich, W; Scheuermann, G

2012-12-01

Existing methods for analyzing separation of streamlines are often restricted to a finite time or a local area. In our paper we introduce a new method that complements them by allowing an infinite-time-evaluation of steady planar vector fields. Our algorithm unifies combinatorial and probabilistic methods and introduces the concept of separation in time-discrete Markov-Chains. We compute particle distributions instead of the streamlines of single particles. We encode the flow into a map and then into a transition matrix for each time direction. Finally, we compare the results of our grid-independent algorithm to the popular Finite-Time-Lyapunov-Exponents and discuss the discrepancies.

Method and apparatus for component separation using microwave energy

DOEpatents

Morrow, Marvin S.; Schechter, Donald E.; Calhoun, Jr., Clyde L.

2001-04-03

A method for separating and recovering components includes the steps of providing at least a first component bonded to a second component by a microwave absorbent adhesive bonding material at a bonding area to form an assembly, the bonding material disposed between the components. Microwave energy is directly and selectively applied to the assembly so that substantially only the bonding material absorbs the microwave energy until the bonding material is at a debonding state. A separation force is applied while the bonding material is at the debonding state to permit disengaging and recovering the components. In addition, an apparatus for practicing the method includes holders for the components.

Method of separating organic contaminants from fluid feedstreams with polyphosphazene membranes

DOEpatents

McCaffrey, Robert R.; Cummings, Daniel G.

1991-01-01

A method is provided for separating halogenated hydrocarbons from a fluid feedstream. The fluid feedstream is flowed across a first surface of a polyphosphazene semipermeable membrane. At least one halogenated hydrocarbon from the fluid feedstream permeates through the polyphosphazene semipermeable membrane to a second opposed surface of the semipermeable membrane. Then the permeated polar hydrocarbon is removed from the second opposed surface of the polyphosphazene semipermeable membrane. Outstanding and unexpected separation selectivities on the order of 10,000 were obtained for methylene chloride when a methylene chloride in water feedstream was flowed across the polyphosphazene semipermeable membrane in the invented method.

Robust water fat separated dual-echo MRI by phase-sensitive reconstruction.

PubMed

Romu, Thobias; Dahlström, Nils; Leinhard, Olof Dahlqvist; Borga, Magnus

2017-09-01

The purpose of this work was to develop and evaluate a robust water-fat separation method for T1-weighted symmetric two-point Dixon data. A method for water-fat separation by phase unwrapping of the opposite-phase images by phase-sensitive reconstruction (PSR) is introduced. PSR consists of three steps; (1), identification of clusters of tissue voxels; (2), unwrapping of the phase in each cluster by solving Poisson's equation; and (3), finding the correct sign of each unwrapped opposite-phase cluster, so that the water-fat images are assigned the correct identities. Robustness was evaluated by counting the number of water-fat swap artifacts in a total of 733 image volumes. The method was also compared to commercial software. In the water-fat separated image volumes, the PSR method failed to unwrap the phase of one cluster and misclassified 10. One swap was observed in areas affected by motion and was constricted to the affected area. Twenty swaps were observed surrounding susceptibility artifacts, none of which spread outside the artifact affected regions. The PSR method had fewer swaps when compared to commercial software. The PSR method can robustly produce water-fat separated whole-body images based on symmetric two-echo spoiled gradient echo images, under both ideal conditions and in the presence of common artifacts. Magn Reson Med 78:1208-1216, 2017. © 2016 International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. © 2016 International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine.

Source signature estimation from multimode surface waves via mode-separated virtual real source method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gao, Lingli; Pan, Yudi

2018-05-01

The correct estimation of the seismic source signature is crucial to exploration geophysics. Based on seismic interferometry, the virtual real source (VRS) method provides a model-independent way for source signature estimation. However, when encountering multimode surface waves, which are commonly seen in the shallow seismic survey, strong spurious events appear in seismic interferometric results. These spurious events introduce errors in the virtual-source recordings and reduce the accuracy of the source signature estimated by the VRS method. In order to estimate a correct source signature from multimode surface waves, we propose a mode-separated VRS method. In this method, multimode surface waves are mode separated before seismic interferometry. Virtual-source recordings are then obtained by applying seismic interferometry to each mode individually. Therefore, artefacts caused by cross-mode correlation are excluded in the virtual-source recordings and the estimated source signatures. A synthetic example showed that a correct source signature can be estimated with the proposed method, while strong spurious oscillation occurs in the estimated source signature if we do not apply mode separation first. We also applied the proposed method to a field example, which verified its validity and effectiveness in estimating seismic source signature from shallow seismic shot gathers containing multimode surface waves.

Optimized anion exchange column isolation of zirconium-89 ( 89 Zr) from yttrium cyclotron target: Method development and implementation on an automated fluidic platform

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

O’Hara, Matthew J.; Murray, Nathaniel J.; Carter, Jennifer C.

Zirconium-89 (89Zr), produced by the (p,n) reaction from naturally monoisotopic yttrium (natY), is a promising positron emitting isotope for immunoPET imaging. Its long half-life of 78.4 h is sufficient for evaluating slow physiological processes. A prototype automated fluidic system, coupled to on-line and in-line detectors, has been constructed to facilitate development of new 89Zr purification methodologies. The highly reproducible reagent delivery platform and near-real time monitoring of column effluents allows for efficient method optimization. The separation of Zr from dissolved Y metal targets was evaluated using several anion exchange resins. Each resin was evaluated against its ability to quantitatively capturemore » Zr from a load solution that is high in dissolved Y. The most appropriate anion exchange resin for this application was identified, and the separation method was optimized. The method is capable of a high Y decontamination factor (>105) and has been shown to separate Fe, an abundant contaminant in Y foils, from the 89Zr elution fraction. Finally, the performance of the method was evaluated using cyclotron bombarded Y foil targets. The separation method was shown to achieve >95% recovery of the 89Zr present in the foils. The 89Zr eluent, however, was in a chemical matrix not immediately conducive to labeling onto proteins. The main intent of this study was to develop a tandem column 89Zr purification process, wherein the anion exchange column method described here is the first separation in a dual-column purification process.« less

A novel multiscale topo-morphometric approach for separating arteries and veins via pulmonary CT imaging

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Saha, Punam K.; Gao, Zhiyun; Alford, Sara; Sonka, Milan; Hoffman, Eric

2009-02-01

Distinguishing arterial and venous trees in pulmonary multiple-detector X-ray computed tomography (MDCT) images (contrast-enhanced or unenhanced) is a critical first step in the quantification of vascular geometry for purposes of determining, for instance, pulmonary hypertension, using vascular dimensions as a comparator for assessment of airway size, detection of pulmonary emboli and more. Here, a novel method is reported for separating arteries and veins in MDCT pulmonary images. Arteries and veins are modeled as two iso-intensity objects closely entwined with each other at different locations at various scales. The method starts with two sets of seeds -- one for arteries and another for veins. Initialized with seeds, arteries and veins grow iteratively while maintaining their spatial separation and eventually forming two disjoint objects at convergence. The method combines fuzzy distance transform, a morphologic feature, with a topologic connectivity property to iteratively separate finer and finer details starting at a large scale and progressing towards smaller scales. The method has been validated in mathematically generated tubular objects with different levels of fuzziness, scale and noise. Also, it has been successfully applied to clinical CT pulmonary data. The accuracy of the method has been quantitatively evaluated by comparing its results with manual outlining. For arteries, the method has yielded correctness of 81.7% at the cost of 6.7% false positives and 11.6% false negatives. Our method is very promising for automated separation of arteries and veins in MDCT pulmonary images even when there is no mark of intensity variation at conjoining locations.

Development and validation of an analytical method for the separation and determination of major bioactive curcuminoids in Curcuma longa rhizomes and herbal products using non-aqueous capillary electrophoresis.

PubMed

Anubala, S; Sekar, R; Nagaiah, K

2014-06-01

A simple, fast and efficient non-aqueous capillary electrophoresis method (NACE) was developed for the simultaneous determination of three major bioactive curcuminoids (CMNs) in Curcuma longa rhizomes and its herbal products. Good separation, resolution and reproducibility were achieved with the background electrolyte (BGE) consisting a mixture of 15.0 mM sodium tetraborate and 7.4 mM sodium hydroxide (NaOH) in 2:10:15 (v/v/v) of water, 1-propanol, and methanol. The influences of background electrolyte, sodium hydroxide, water, sodium dodecyl sulfate and hydroxylpropyl-β-cyclodextrin on separations were investigated. The separation was carried out in a fused-silica capillary tube with reverse polarity. Hydrodynamic injection of 25mbar for 12s was used for injecting samples and a voltage of 28 kV was applied for separation. The ultrasonication method was used for the extraction of CMNs from the turmeric herbal products and the extract was filtered and directly injected without any further treatments. The limits of detection and quantification were less than 5.0 and 14.6 µg/ml respectively for all CMNs. The percentage recoveries for CMNs were >97.2% (%RSD, <2.62). The results obtained by the method were compared with existing spectrophotometric and HPLC methods. The related compounds in the extract did not interfere in the determination of CMNs. The proposed NACE method is better than existing chromatographic and electrophoretic methods in terms of simple electrophoretic medium, fast analysis and good resolution. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Computation of subsonic flow around airfoil systems with multiple separation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Jacob, K.

1982-01-01

A numerical method for computing the subsonic flow around multi-element airfoil systems was developed, allowing for flow separation at one or more elements. Besides multiple rear separation also sort bubbles on the upper surface and cove bubbles can approximately be taken into account. Also, compressibility effects for pure subsonic flow are approximately accounted for. After presentation the method is applied to several examples and improved in some details. Finally, the present limitations and desirable extensions are discussed.

The Separation of a High Purity Tellurium Contained in the Roumain Ores; LA SEPARATION DE TELLURE TRES PUR CONTENU DANS LES MINERAIS ROUMAINS

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ripan, R.; Hulubei, H.; Marco, G.

1959-10-31

A method is descrihed for the recovery of tellurium from the by-products of gold and silver refintng. The tellurium is separated with acetic acid and recovered by distillation. A method of purifying the crude tellurium is given. An economic process for the purification of tellurium as the water soluble product Te(OH)/sub 6/, used in the preparation of I/sup 131/, is also discussed. (J.S.R.)

Ion current detector for high pressure ion sources for monitoring separations

DOEpatents

Smith, R.D.; Wahl, J.H.; Hofstadler, S.A.

1996-08-13

The present invention relates generally to any application involving the monitoring of signal arising from ions produced by electrospray or other high pressure (>100 torr) ion sources. The present invention relates specifically to an apparatus and method for the detection of ions emitted from a capillary electrophoresis (CE) system, liquid chromatography, or other small-scale separation methods. And further, the invention provides a very simple diagnostic as to the quality of the separation and the operation of an electrospray source. 7 figs.

Ion current detector for high pressure ion sources for monitoring separations

DOEpatents

Smith, Richard D.; Wahl, Jon H.; Hofstadler, Steven A.

1996-01-01

The present invention relates generally to any application involving the monitoring of signal arising from ions produced by electrospray or other high pressure (>100 torr) ion sources. The present invention relates specifically to an apparatus and method for the detection of ions emitted from a capillary electrophoresis (CE) system, liquid chromatography, or other small-scale separation methods. And further, the invention provides a very simple diagnostic as to the quality of the separation and the operation of an electrospray source.

Apparatus and method for stripping tritium from molten salt

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Holcomb, David E.; Wilson, Dane F.

A method of stripping tritium from flowing stream of molten salt includes providing a tritium-separating membrane structure having a porous support, a nanoporous structural metal-ion diffusion barrier layer, and a gas-tight, nonporous palladium-bearing separative layer, directing the flowing stream of molten salt into contact with the palladium-bearing layer so that tritium contained within the molten salt is transported through the tritium-separating membrane structure, and contacting a sweep gas with the porous support for collecting the tritium.

Method for discriminative particle selection

DOEpatents

Post, Richard F.

1992-01-01

The invention is a method and means for separating ions or providing an ion beam. The invention generates ions of the isotopes to be separated, and then provides a traveling electric potential hill created by a sequential series of quasi static electric potential hills. By regulating the velocity and potential amplitude of the traveling electric potential hill ionized isotopes are selectively positively or negatively accelerated. Since the ionized isotopes have differing final velocities, the isotopes may be collected separately or used to produce an ion beam of a selected isotope.

Industrial application of green chromatography - II. Separation and analysis of preservatives in skincare products using subcritical water chromatography.

PubMed

Yang, Y; Kapalavavi, B; Gujjar, L; Hadrous, S; Marple, R; Gamsky, C

2012-10-01

Several high-temperature liquid chromatography (HTLC) and subcritical water chromatography (SBWC) methods have been successfully developed in this study for separation and analysis of preservatives contained in Olay skincare creams. Efficient separation and quantitative analysis of preservatives have been achieved on four commercially available ZirChrom and Waters XBridge columns at temperatures ranging from 100 to 200°C. The quantification results obtained by both HTLC and SBWC methods developed for preservatives analysis are accurate and reproducible. A large number of replicate HTLC and SBWC runs also indicate no significant system building-up or interference for skincare cream analysis. Compared with traditional HPLC separation carried out at ambient temperature, the HTLC methods can save up to 90% methanol required in the HPLC mobile phase. However, the SBWC methods developed in this project completely eliminated the use of toxic organic solvents required in the HPLC mobile phase, thus saving a significant amount of money and making the environment greener. Although both homemade and commercial systems can accomplish SBWC separations, the SBWC methods using the commercial system for preservative analysis are recommended for industrial applications because they can be directly applied in industrial plant settings. © 2012 The Authors ICS © 2012 Society of Cosmetic Scientists and the Société Française de Cosmétologie.

Use of Chromatography Techniques to Separate a Mixture of Substances

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Donaldson, W.

1976-01-01

Explains the separation of the constituents of mixtures on one piece of chromatography paper. The example presented involves a vitamin C tablet, a disprin tablet, and a glucose tablet. Outlined are two methods for separating the constituents. (GS)

Electrodeionization method

DOEpatents

Lin, YuPo J.; Hestekin, Jamie; Arora, Michelle; St. Martin, Edward J.

2004-09-28

An electrodeionization method for continuously producing and or separating and/or concentrating ionizable organics present in dilute concentrations in an ionic solution while controlling the pH to within one to one-half pH unit method for continuously producing and or separating and/or concentrating ionizable organics present in dilute concentrations in an ionic solution while controlling the pH to within one to one-half pH unit.

Method to blend separator powders

DOEpatents

Guidotti, Ronald A.; Andazola, Arthur H.; Reinhardt, Frederick W.

2007-12-04

A method for making a blended powder mixture, whereby two or more powders are mixed in a container with a liquid selected from nitrogen or short-chain alcohols, where at least one of the powders has an angle of repose greater than approximately 50 degrees. The method is useful in preparing blended powders of Li halides and MgO for use in the preparation of thermal battery separators.

Multiple tag labeling method for DNA sequencing

DOEpatents

Mathies, R.A.; Huang, X.C.; Quesada, M.A.

1995-07-25

A DNA sequencing method is described which uses single lane or channel electrophoresis. Sequencing fragments are separated in the lane and detected using a laser-excited, confocal fluorescence scanner. Each set of DNA sequencing fragments is separated in the same lane and then distinguished using a binary coding scheme employing only two different fluorescent labels. Also described is a method of using radioisotope labels. 5 figs.

Alternative process schemes for coal conversion. Progress report No. 1, October 1, 1978--January 31, 1979

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Sansone, M.J.

1979-02-01

On the basis of simple, first approximation calculations, it has been shown that catalytic gasification and hydrogasification are inherently superior to conventional gasification with respect to carbon utilization and thermal efficiency. However, most processes which are directed toward the production of substitute natural gas (SNG) by direct combination of coal with steam at low temperatures (catalytic processes) or with hydrogen (hydrogasification) will require a step for separation of product SNG from a recycle stream. The success or falure of the process could well depend upon the economics of this separation scheme. The energetics for the separation of mixtures of idealmore » gases has been considered in some detail. Minimum energies for complete separation of representative effluent mixtures have been calculated as well as energies for separation into product and recycle streams. The gas mixtures include binary systems of H/sub 2/ and CH/sub 4/ and ternary mixtures of H/sub 2/, CH/sub 4/, and CO. A brief summary of a number of different real separation schemes has also been included. We have arbitrarily divided these into five categories: liquefaction, absorption, adsorption, chemical, and diffusional methods. These separation methods will be screened and the more promising methods examined in more detail in later reports. Finally, a brief mention of alternative coal conversion processes concludes this report.« less

RAPID DETERMINATION OF ACTINIDES IN URINE BY INDUCTIVELY-COUPLED PLASMA MASS SPECTROMETRY AND ALPHA SPECTROMETRY: A HYBRID APPROACH

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Maxwell, S.; Jones, V.

2009-05-27

A new rapid separation method that allows separation and preconcentration of actinides in urine samples was developed for the measurement of longer lived actinides by inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) and short-lived actinides by alpha spectrometry; a hybrid approach. This method uses stacked extraction chromatography cartridges and vacuum box technology to facilitate rapid separations. Preconcentration, if required, is performed using a streamlined calcium phosphate precipitation. Similar technology has been applied to separate actinides prior to measurement by alpha spectrometry, but this new method has been developed with elution reagents now compatible with ICP-MS as well. Purified solutions are splitmore » between ICP-MS and alpha spectrometry so that long- and short-lived actinide isotopes can be measured successfully. The method allows for simultaneous extraction of 24 samples (including QC samples) in less than 3 h. Simultaneous sample preparation can offer significant time savings over sequential sample preparation. For example, sequential sample preparation of 24 samples taking just 15 min each requires 6 h to complete. The simplicity and speed of this new method makes it attractive for radiological emergency response. If preconcentration is applied, the method is applicable to larger sample aliquots for occupational exposures as well. The chemical recoveries are typically greater than 90%, in contrast to other reported methods using flow injection separation techniques for urine samples where plutonium yields were 70-80%. This method allows measurement of both long-lived and short-lived actinide isotopes. 239Pu, 242Pu, 237Np, 243Am, 234U, 235U and 238U were measured by ICP-MS, while 236Pu, 238Pu, 239Pu, 241Am, 243Am and 244Cm were measured by alpha spectrometry. The method can also be adapted so that the separation of uranium isotopes for assay is not required, if uranium assay by direct dilution of the urine sample is preferred instead. Multiple vacuum box locations may be set-up to supply several ICP-MS units with purified sample fractions such that a high sample throughput may be achieved, while still allowing for rapid measurement of short-lived actinides by alpha spectrometry.« less

Separation and Depleted Uranium Fragments from Gun Test Catchment. Volume 2. Catchment System and Separations Methods

DTIC Science & Technology

1993-12-30

projectile fragments from target materials, principally sand. Phase I activities included (1) literature review of separations technology , (2) site visits, (3...the current operation, evaluation of alternative means for separation of DU from sand, a review of uranium mining technology for v possible...the current operation, evaluation of alternative means for separation of DU from sand, a review of uranium mining technology for possible

Store Separation Lessons Learned During the Last 30 Years

DTIC Science & Technology

2010-01-01

the same time period the Influence Function Method (IFM) was also developed5. This method allowed for a straight STORE SEPARATION LESSONS LEARNED...developed at Grumman under an Air Force contract. The Influence Function Method (IFM)5,6,7 was used to determine the effect of the aircraft flowfield on...A Chimera Grid Scheme,” Advances in Grid Generation, ASME, June 1983. 5. Meyer, R., Cenko, A., and Yaros, S., “An Influence Function Method for

Preparative separation and purification of steroidal saponins in Paris polyphylla var. yunnanensis by macroporous adsorption resins.

PubMed

Liu, Zhen; Wang, Jieyin; Gao, Wenyuan; Man, Shuli; Wang, Ying; Liu, Changxiao

2013-07-01

Saponins are active compounds in natural products. Many researchers have tried to find the method for knowing their concentration in herbs. Some methods, such as solid-liquid extraction and solvent extraction, have been developed. However, the extraction methods of the steroidal saponins from Paris polyphylla Smith var. yunnanensis (Liliaceae) are not fully researched. To establish a simple extraction method for the separation of steroidal saponins from the rhizomes of P. polyphylla Smith var. yunnanensis. Macroporous adsorption resins were used for the separation of steroidal saponins. To select the most suitable resins, seven kinds of macroporous resins were selected in this study. The static adsorption and desorption tests on macroporous resins were determined. Also, we optimized the temperature and the ethanol concentration in the extraction method by the contents of five kinds of saponins. Then, we compared the extraction method with two other methods. D101 resin demonstrated the best adsorption and desorption properties for steroidal saponins. Its adsorption data fits best to the Freundlich adsorption model. The contents of steroidal saponins in the product were 4.83-fold increased with recovery yields of 85.47%. The process achieved simple and effective enrichment and separation for steroidal saponins. The method provides a scientific basis for large-scale preparation of steroidal saponins from the Rhizoma Paridis and other plants.

Method for providing improved solid fuels from agglomerated subbituminous coal

DOEpatents

Janiak, Jerzy S.; Turak, Ali A.; Pawlak, Wanda; Ignasiak, Boleslaw L.

1989-01-01

A method is provided for separating agglomerated subbituminous coal and the heavy bridging liquid used to form the agglomerates. The separation is performed by contacting the agglomerates with inert gas or steam at a temperature in the range of 250.degree. to 350.degree. C. at substantially atmospheric pressure.

Crash prediction method for freeway facilities with high occupancy vehicle (HOV) and high occupancy toll (HOT) lanes.

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

2015-07-01

This study developed methods for estimating the expected crash frequency of urban freeway segments : with HOV or HOT lanes. The safety impacts of the type of separation between the managed lanes and : general purpose lanes were examined. Separate mod...

Density matrix renormalization group with efficient dynamical electron correlation through range separation

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Hedegård, Erik Donovan, E-mail: erik.hedegard@phys.chem.ethz.ch; Knecht, Stefan; Reiher, Markus, E-mail: markus.reiher@phys.chem.ethz.ch

2015-06-14

We present a new hybrid multiconfigurational method based on the concept of range-separation that combines the density matrix renormalization group approach with density functional theory. This new method is designed for the simultaneous description of dynamical and static electron-correlation effects in multiconfigurational electronic structure problems.

Separation methods and chemical and nutritional characteristics of tomato pomace

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

Tomato processing generates a large amount of pomace as a low value by-product primarily used as livestock feed or disposed. The objectives of this research were to investigate the chemical and nutritional characteristics and determine effective separation methods of peel and seed of commercial toma...

Numerical techniques for the solution of the compressible Navier-Stokes equations and implementation of turbulence models. [separated turbulent boundary layer flow problems

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Baldwin, B. S.; Maccormack, R. W.; Deiwert, G. S.

1975-01-01

The time-splitting explicit numerical method of MacCormack is applied to separated turbulent boundary layer flow problems. Modifications of this basic method are developed to counter difficulties associated with complicated geometry and severe numerical resolution requirements of turbulence model equations. The accuracy of solutions is investigated by comparison with exact solutions for several simple cases. Procedures are developed for modifying the basic method to improve the accuracy. Numerical solutions of high-Reynolds-number separated flows over an airfoil and shock-separated flows over a flat plate are obtained. A simple mixing length model of turbulence is used for the transonic flow past an airfoil. A nonorthogonal mesh of arbitrary configuration facilitates the description of the flow field. For the simpler geometry associated with the flat plate, a rectangular mesh is used, and solutions are obtained based on a two-equation differential model of turbulence.

Online blind source separation using incremental nonnegative matrix factorization with volume constraint.

PubMed

Zhou, Guoxu; Yang, Zuyuan; Xie, Shengli; Yang, Jun-Mei

2011-04-01

Online blind source separation (BSS) is proposed to overcome the high computational cost problem, which limits the practical applications of traditional batch BSS algorithms. However, the existing online BSS methods are mainly used to separate independent or uncorrelated sources. Recently, nonnegative matrix factorization (NMF) shows great potential to separate the correlative sources, where some constraints are often imposed to overcome the non-uniqueness of the factorization. In this paper, an incremental NMF with volume constraint is derived and utilized for solving online BSS. The volume constraint to the mixing matrix enhances the identifiability of the sources, while the incremental learning mode reduces the computational cost. The proposed method takes advantage of the natural gradient based multiplication updating rule, and it performs especially well in the recovery of dependent sources. Simulations in BSS for dual-energy X-ray images, online encrypted speech signals, and high correlative face images show the validity of the proposed method.

Automated method for identification and artery-venous classification of vessel trees in retinal vessel networks.

PubMed

Joshi, Vinayak S; Reinhardt, Joseph M; Garvin, Mona K; Abramoff, Michael D

2014-01-01

The separation of the retinal vessel network into distinct arterial and venous vessel trees is of high interest. We propose an automated method for identification and separation of retinal vessel trees in a retinal color image by converting a vessel segmentation image into a vessel segment map and identifying the individual vessel trees by graph search. Orientation, width, and intensity of each vessel segment are utilized to find the optimal graph of vessel segments. The separated vessel trees are labeled as primary vessel or branches. We utilize the separated vessel trees for arterial-venous (AV) classification, based on the color properties of the vessels in each tree graph. We applied our approach to a dataset of 50 fundus images from 50 subjects. The proposed method resulted in an accuracy of 91.44% correctly classified vessel pixels as either artery or vein. The accuracy of correctly classified major vessel segments was 96.42%.

Simultaneous Microwave Extraction and Separation of Volatile and Non-Volatile Organic Compounds of Boldo Leaves. From Lab to Industrial Scale

PubMed Central

Petigny, Loïc; Périno, Sandrine; Minuti, Matteo; Visinoni, Francesco; Wajsman, Joël; Chemat, Farid

2014-01-01

Microwave extraction and separation has been used to increase the concentration of the extract compared to the conventional method with the same solid/liquid ratio, reducing extraction time and separate at the same time Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) from non-Volatile Organic Compounds (NVOC) of boldo leaves. As preliminary study, a response surface method has been used to optimize the extraction of soluble material and the separation of VOC from the plant in laboratory scale. The results from the statistical analysis revealed that the optimized conditions were: microwave power 200 W, extraction time 56 min and solid liquid ratio of 7.5% of plants in water. Lab scale optimized microwave method is compared to conventional distillation, and requires a power/mass ratio of 0.4 W/g of water engaged. This power/mass ratio is kept in order to upscale from lab to pilot plant. PMID:24776762

Microwave-emitting rotor, separator apparatus including same, methods of operation and design thereof

DOEpatents

Meikrantz, David H.

2006-12-19

An apparatus for use in separating, at least in part, a mixture, including at least one chamber and at least one microwave generation device configured for communicating microwave energy into the at least one chamber is disclosed. The rotor assembly may comprise an electric generator for generating electricity for operating the microwave generation device. At least one microwave generation device may be positioned within a tubular interior shaft extending within the rotor assembly. At least a portion of the tubular interior shaft may be substantially transparent to microwave energy. Microwave energy may be emitted in an outward radial direction or toward an anticipated boundary surface defined between a mixture and a separated constituent thereof. A method including flowing a mixture through at least one chamber and communicating microwave energy into the at least one chamber while rotating same is disclosed. Methods of operating a centrifugal separator and design thereof are disclosed.

Investigation of electrophoretic exclusion method for the concentration and differentiation of proteins.

PubMed

Meighan, Michelle M; Vasquez, Jared; Dziubcynski, Luke; Hews, Sarah; Hayes, Mark A

2011-01-01

This work presents a technique termed as "electrophoretic exclusion" that is capable of differentiation and concentration of proteins in bulk solution. In this method, a hydrodynamic flow is countered by the electrophoretic velocity to prevent a species from entering into a channel. The separation can be controlled by changing the flow rate or applied electric potential in order to exclude a certain species selectively while allowing others to pass through the capillary. The exclusion of various proteins is investigated using a flow-injection regime of the method. Concentration of myoglobin of up to 1200 times the background concentration in 60 s was demonstrated. Additionally, negatively charged myoglobin was separated from a solution containing negatively charged allophycocyanin. Cationic cytochrome c was also differentiated from a solution with allophycocyanin. The ability to differentially transport species in bulk solution enables parallel and serial separation modes not available with other separations schemes.

Inferring human population size and separation history from multiple genome sequences.

PubMed

Schiffels, Stephan; Durbin, Richard

2014-08-01

The availability of complete human genome sequences from populations across the world has given rise to new population genetic inference methods that explicitly model ancestral relationships under recombination and mutation. So far, application of these methods to evolutionary history more recent than 20,000-30,000 years ago and to population separations has been limited. Here we present a new method that overcomes these shortcomings. The multiple sequentially Markovian coalescent (MSMC) analyzes the observed pattern of mutations in multiple individuals, focusing on the first coalescence between any two individuals. Results from applying MSMC to genome sequences from nine populations across the world suggest that the genetic separation of non-African ancestors from African Yoruban ancestors started long before 50,000 years ago and give information about human population history as recent as 2,000 years ago, including the bottleneck in the peopling of the Americas and separations within Africa, East Asia and Europe.

Development and validation of a fast static headspace GC method for determination of residual solvents in permethrin.

PubMed

Tian, Jingzhi; Rustum, Abu

2016-09-05

A fast static headspace gas chromatography (HS-GC) method was developed to separate all residual solvents present in commercial active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) batches of permethrin. A total of six residual solvents namely 2-methylpentane, 3-methylpentane, methylcyclopentane, n-hexane, cyclohexane and toluene were found in typical commercial batches of permethrin; and three of them are not in the list of ICH solvents. All six residual solvents were baseline separated in five minutes by the new method presented in this paper. The method was successfully validated as per International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) guidelines. Evaluation of this method was conducted to separate 26 commonly used solvents in the manufacturing of various APIs, key intermediates of APIs and pharmaceutical excipients. The results of the evaluation demonstrated that this method can also be used as a general method to determine residual solvents in various APIs, intermediates and excipients that are used in pharmaceutical products. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

An improved UHPLC-UV method for separation and quantification of carotenoids in vegetable crops.

PubMed

Maurer, Megan M; Mein, Jonathan R; Chaudhuri, Swapan K; Constant, Howard L

2014-12-15

Carotenoid identification and quantitation is critical for the development of improved nutrition plant varieties. Industrial analysis of carotenoids is typically carried out on multiple crops with potentially thousands of samples per crop, placing critical needs on speed and broad utility of the analytical methods. Current chromatographic methods for carotenoid analysis have had limited industrial application due to their low throughput, requiring up to 60 min for complete separation of all compounds. We have developed an improved UHPLC-UV method that resolves all major carotenoids found in broccoli (Brassica oleracea L. var. italica), carrot (Daucus carota), corn (Zea mays), and tomato (Solanum lycopersicum). The chromatographic method is completed in 13.5 min allowing for the resolution of the 11 carotenoids of interest, including the structural isomers lutein/zeaxanthin and α-/β-carotene. Additional minor carotenoids have also been separated and identified with this method, demonstrating the utility of this method across major commercial food crops. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

METHODOLOGY FOR MEASURING PM 2.5 SEPARATOR CHARACTERISTICS USING AN AEROSIZER

EPA Science Inventory

A method is presented that enables the measurement of the particle size separation characteristics of an inertial separator in a rapid fashion. Overall penetration is determined for discrete particle sizes using an Aerosizer (Model LD, TSI, Incorporated, Particle Instruments/Am...

Method for separating isotopes

DOEpatents

Jepson, B.E.

1975-10-21

Isotopes are separated by contacting a feed solution containing the isotopes with a cyclic polyether wherein a complex of one isotope is formed with the cyclic polyether, the cyclic polyether complex is extracted from the feed solution, and the isotope is thereafter separated from the cyclic polyether.

[Research of the essential oil of Plumeria rubra var. actifolia from Laos by supercritical carbon dioxide extraction].

PubMed

Xiao, Xin-Yu; Cui, Long-Hai; Zhou, Xin-Xin; Wu, Yan; Ge, Fa-Huan

2011-05-01

The orthogonal test and the supercritical carbon dioxide fluid extraction were used for optimizing the extraction of the essential oil from Plumeria rubra var. actifolia for the first time. Compared with the steam distillation, the optimal operation parameter of extraction was as follows: extraction pressure 25 MPa, extraction temperature 45 degrees C; separator I pressure 12 MPa, separator I temperature 55 degrees C; separator II pressure 6 MPa, separator II temperature 30 degrees C. Under this condition the yield of the essential oil was 5.8927%. The components were separated and identified by GC-MS. 53 components of Plumeria rubra var. actifolia measured by SFE method were identified and determined by normalization method. The main components were 1, 6, 10-dodecatrien-3-ol, 3, 7, 11-trimethyl, benzoic acid, 2-hydroxy-, phenylmethyl ester, 1, 2-benzenedicarboxylic acid, bis(2-methylpropyl) ester,etc.. 1, 2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, bis (2-methylpropyl) este. took up 66.11% of the total amount, and there was much difference of the results from SD method.

Polyvinyl alcohol membranes as alkaline battery separators

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sheibley, D. W.; Gonzalez-Sanabria, O.; Manzo, M. A.

1982-01-01

Polyvinly alcohol (PVA) cross-linked with aldehyde reagents yields membranes that demonstrate properties that make them suitable for use as alkaline battery separators. Film properties can be controlled by the choice of cross-linker, cross-link density and the method of cross-linking. Three methods of cross-linking and their effects on film properties are discussed. Film properties can also be modified by using a copolymer of vinyl alcohol and acrylic acid as the base for the separator and cross-linking it similarly to the PVA. Fillers can be incorporated into the films to further modify film properties. Results of separator screening tests and cell tests for several variations of PBA films are discussed.

Influence of air-jet vortex generator diameter on separation region

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Szwaba, Ryszard

2013-08-01

Control of shock wave and boundary layer interaction continues to attract a lot of attention. In recent decades several methods of interaction control have been investigated. The research has mostly concerned solid (vane type) vortex generators and transpiration methods of suction and blowing. This investigation concerns interaction control using air-jets to generate streamwise vortices. The effectiveness of air-jet vortex generators in controlling separation has been proved in a previous research. The present paper focuses on the influence of the vortex generator diameter on the separation region. It presents the results of experimental investigations and provides new guidelines for the design of air-jet vortex generators to obtain more effective separation control.

A theoretical investigation of the aerodynamics of low-aspect-ratio wings with partial leading-edge separation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Mehrotra, S. C.; Lan, C. E.

1978-01-01

A numerical method is developed to predict distributed and total aerodynamic characteristics for low aspect-ratio wings with partial leading-edge separation. The flow is assumed to be steady and inviscid. The wing boundary condition is formulated by the quasi-vortex-lattice method. The leading-edge separated vortices are represented by discrete free vortex elements which are aligned with the local velocity vector at mid-points to satisfy the force free condition. The wake behind the trailing-edge is also force free. The flow tangency boundary condition is satisfied on the wing, including the leading- and trailing-edges. Comparison of the predicted results with complete leading-edge separation has shown reasonably good agreement. For cases with partial leading-edge separation, the lift is found to be highly nonlinear with angle of attack.

Calculation of symmetric and asymmetric vortex seperation on cones and tangent ogives based on discrete vortex models

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Chin, S.; Lan, C. Edward

1988-01-01

An inviscid discrete vortex model, with newly derived expressions for the tangential velocity imposed at the separation points, is used to investigate the symmetric and asymmetric vortex separation on cones and tangent ogives. The circumferential locations of separation are taken from experimental data. Based on a slender body theory, the resulting simultaneous nonlinear algebraic equations in a cross-flow plane are solved with Broyden's modified Newton-Raphson method. Total force coefficients are obtained through momentum principle with new expressions for nonconical flow. It is shown through the method of function deflation that multiple solutions exist at large enough angles of attack, even with symmetric separation points. These additional solutions are asymmetric in vortex separation and produce side force coefficients which agree well with data for cones and tangent ogives.

Acoustic particle separation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Barmatz, M. B.; Stoneburner, J. D.; Jacobi, N.; Wang, T. (Inventor)

1985-01-01

A method is described which uses acoustic energy to separate particles of different sizes, densities, or the like. The method includes applying acoustic energy resonant to a chamber containing a liquid of gaseous medium to set up a standing wave pattern that includes a force potential well wherein particles within the well are urged towards the center, or position of minimum force potential. A group of particles to be separated is placed in the chamber, while a non-acoustic force such as gravity is applied, so that the particles separate with the larger or denser particles moving away from the center of the well to a position near its edge and progressively smaller lighter particles moving progressively closer to the center of the well. Particles are removed from different positions within the well, so that particles are separated according to the positions they occupy in the well.

Recovery of 131I from alkaline solution of n-irradiated tellurium target using a tiny Dowex-1 column.

PubMed

Chattopadhyay, Sankha; Saha Das, Sujata

2010-10-01

A simple and inexpensive ion-exchange chromatography method for the separation of medically useful no-carrier-added (nca) iodine radionuclides from bulk amounts of irradiated tellurium dioxide (TeO(2)) target was developed and tested using (131)I. The radiochemical separation was performed using a very small Dowex-1x8 ion-exchange column. The overall radiochemical yield for the complete separation of (131)I was 92+/-1.8 (standard deviation) % (n=8). The separated nca (131)I was of high, approximately 99%, radionuclidic and radiochemical purity and did not contain detectable amounts of the target material. This method may be adopted for the radiochemical separation of other different iodine radionuclides produced from tellurium matrices through cyclotron as well as reactor irradiation. Copyright 2010 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

The difference between laboratory and in-situ pixel-averaged emissivity: The effects on temperature-emissivity separation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Matsunaga, Tsuneo

1993-01-01

Advanced Spaceborne Thermal Emission and Reflection Radiometer (ASTER) is a Japanese future imaging sensor which has five channels in thermal infrared (TIR) region. To extract spectral emissivity information from ASTER and/or TIMS data, various temperature-emissivity (T-E) separation methods have been developed to date. Most of them require assumptions on surface emissivity, in which emissivity measured in a laboratory is often used instead of in-situ pixel-averaged emissivity. But if these two emissivities are different, accuracies of separated emissivity and surface temperature are reduced. In this study, the difference between laboratory and in-situ pixel-averaged emissivity and its effect on T-E separation are discussed. TIMS data of an area containing both rocks and vegetation were also processed to retrieve emissivity spectra using two T-E separation methods.

Separation and identification of neutral cereal lipids by normal phase high-performance liquid chromatography, using evaporative light-scattering and electrospray mass spectrometry for detection.

PubMed

Rocha, João M; Kalo, Paavo J; Ollilainen, Velimatti; Malcata, F Xavier

2010-04-30

A novel method was developed for the analysis of molecular species in neutral lipid classes, using separation by normal phase high-performance liquid chromatography, followed by detection by evaporative light-scattering and electrospray ionization tandem mass spectrometry. Monoacid standards, i.e. sterol esters, triacylglycerols, fatty acids, diacylglycerols, free sterols and monoacylglycerols, were separated to baseline on microbore 3 microm-silica gel columns. Complete or partial separation of molecular species in each lipid class permitted identification by automatic tandem mass spectrometry of ammonium adducts, produced via positive electrospray ionization. After optimization of the method, separation and identification of molecular species of various lipid classes was comprehensively tested by analysis of neutral lipids from the free lipid extract of maize flour. 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Protein Separation by Capillary Gel Electrophoresis: A Review

PubMed Central

Zhu, Zaifang; Lu, Joann J.; Liu, Shaorong

2011-01-01

Capillary gel electrophoresis (CGE) has been used for protein separation for more than two decades. Due to the technology advancement, current CGE methods are becoming more and more robust and reliable for protein analysis, and some of the methods have been routinely used for the analysis of protein-based pharmaceuticals and quality controls. In light of this progress, we survey 147 papers related to CGE separations of proteins and present an overview of this technology. We first introduce briefly the early development of CGE. We then review the methodology, in which we specifically describe the matrices, coatings, and detection strategies used in CGE. CGE using microfabricated channels and incorporation of CGE with two-dimensional protein separations are also discussed in this section. We finally present a few representative applications of CGE for separating proteins in real-world samples. PMID:22122927

SEPARATION OF PLUTONIUM FROM URANIUM AND FISSION PRODUCTS BY ADSORPTION

DOEpatents

Seaborg, G.T.; Willard, J.E.

1958-01-01

A method is presented for the separation of plutonium from solutions containing that element in a valence state not higher than 41 together with uranium ions and fission products. This separation is accomplished by contacting the solutions with diatomaceous earth which preferentially adsorbs the plutonium present. Also mentioned as effective for this adsorbtive separation are silica gel, filler's earth and alumina.

Coupling of Spinosad Fermentation and Separation Process via Two-Step Macroporous Resin Adsorption Method.

PubMed

Zhao, Fanglong; Zhang, Chuanbo; Yin, Jing; Shen, Yueqi; Lu, Wenyu

2015-08-01

In this paper, a two-step resin adsorption technology was investigated for spinosad production and separation as follows: the first step resin addition into the fermentor at early cultivation period to decrease the timely product concentration in the broth; the second step of resin addition was used after fermentation to adsorb and extract the spinosad. Based on this, a two-step macroporous resin adsorption-membrane separation process for spinosad fermentation, separation, and purification was established. Spinosad concentration in 5-L fermentor increased by 14.45 % after adding 50 g/L macroporous at the beginning of fermentation. The established two-step macroporous resin adsorption-membrane separation process got the 95.43 % purity and 87 % yield for spinosad, which were both higher than that of the conventional crystallization of spinosad from aqueous phase that were 93.23 and 79.15 % separately. The two-step macroporous resin adsorption method has not only carried out the coupling of spinosad fermentation and separation but also increased spinosad productivity. In addition, the two-step macroporous resin adsorption-membrane separation process performs better in spinosad yield and purity.

Low cost hydrogen/novel membrane technology for hydrogen separation from synthesis gas. Task 1, Literature survey

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Not Available

1986-02-01

To make the coal-to-hydrogen route economically attractive, improvements are being sought in each step of the process: coal gasification, water-carbon monoxide shift reaction, and hydrogen separation. This report addresses the use of membranes in the hydrogen separation step. The separation of hydrogen from synthesis gas is a major cost element in the manufacture of hydrogen from coal. Separation by membranes is an attractive, new, and still largely unexplored approach to the problem. Membrane processes are inherently simple and efficient and often have lower capital and operating costs than conventional processes. In this report current ad future trends in hydrogen productionmore » and use are first summarized. Methods of producing hydrogen from coal are then discussed, with particular emphasis on the Texaco entrained flow gasifier and on current methods of separating hydrogen from this gas stream. The potential for membrane separations in the process is then examined. In particular, the use of membranes for H{sub 2}/CO{sub 2}, H{sub 2}/CO, and H{sub 2}/N{sub 2} separations is discussed. 43 refs., 14 figs., 6 tabs.« less

Stationary semi-solid battery module and method of manufacture

DOEpatents

Slocum, Alexander; Doherty, Tristan; Bazzarella, Ricardo; Cross, III, James C.; Limthongkul, Pimpa; Duduta, Mihai; Disko, Jeffry; Yang, Allen; Wilder, Throop; Carter, William Craig; Chiang, Yet-Ming

2015-12-01

A method of manufacturing an electrochemical cell includes transferring an anode semi-solid suspension to an anode compartment defined at least in part by an anode current collector and an separator spaced apart from the anode collector. The method also includes transferring a cathode semi-solid suspension to a cathode compartment defined at least in part by a cathode current collector and the separator spaced apart from the cathode collector. The transferring of the anode semi-solid suspension to the anode compartment and the cathode semi-solid to the cathode compartment is such that a difference between a minimum distance and a maximum distance between the anode current collector and the separator is maintained within a predetermined tolerance. The method includes sealing the anode compartment and the cathode compartment.

Using Wavelet Bases to Separate Scales in Quantum Field Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Michlin, Tracie L.

This thesis investigates the use of Daubechies wavelets to separate scales in local quantum field theory. Field theories have an infinite number of degrees of freedom on all distance scales. Quantum field theories are believed to describe the physics of subatomic particles. These theories have no known mathematically convergent approximation methods. Daubechies wavelet bases can be used separate degrees of freedom on different distance scales. Volume and resolution truncations lead to mathematically well-defined truncated theories that can be treated using established methods. This work demonstrates that flow equation methods can be used to block diagonalize truncated field theoretic Hamiltonians by scale. This eliminates the fine scale degrees of freedom. This may lead to approximation methods and provide an understanding of how to formulate well-defined fine resolution limits.

Coherent entropy induced and acoustic noise separation in compact nozzles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tao, Wenjie; Schuller, Thierry; Huet, Maxime; Richecoeur, Franck

2017-04-01

A method to separate entropy induced noise from an acoustic pressure wave in an harmonically perturbed flow through a nozzle is presented. It is tested on an original experimental setup generating simultaneously acoustic and temperature fluctuations in an air flow that is accelerated by a convergent nozzle. The setup mimics the direct and indirect noise contributions to the acoustic pressure field in a confined combustion chamber by producing synchronized acoustic and temperature fluctuations, without dealing with the complexity of the combustion process. It allows generating temperature fluctuations with amplitude up to 10 K in the frequency range from 10 to 100 Hz. The noise separation technique uses experiments with and without temperature fluctuations to determine the relative level of acoustic and entropy fluctuations in the system and to identify the nozzle response to these forcing waves. It requires multi-point measurements of acoustic pressure and temperature. The separation method is first validated with direct numerical simulations of the nonlinear Euler equations. These simulations are used to investigate the conditions for which the separation technique is valid and yield similar trends as the experiments for the investigated flow operating conditions. The separation method then gives successfully the acoustic reflection coefficient but does not recover the same entropy reflection coefficient as predicted by the compact nozzle theory due to the sensitivity of the method to signal noises in the explored experimental conditions. This methodology provides a framework for experimental investigation of direct and indirect combustion noises originating from synchronized perturbations.

Separating Atmospheric and Surface Contributions in Hyperspectral Imager for the Coastal Ocean (HICO) Scenes using Informed Non-Negative Matrix Factorization

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wright, L.; Coddington, O.; Pilewskie, P.

2016-12-01

Hyperspectral instruments are a growing class of Earth observing sensors designed to improve remote sensing capabilities beyond discrete multi-band sensors by providing tens to hundreds of continuous spectral channels. Improved spectral resolution, range and radiometric accuracy allow the collection of large amounts of spectral data, facilitating thorough characterization of both atmospheric and surface properties. These new instruments require novel approaches for processing imagery and separating surface and atmospheric signals. One approach is numerical source separation, which allows the determination of the underlying physical causes of observed signals. Improved source separation will enable hyperspectral imagery to better address key science questions relevant to climate change, including land-use changes, trends in clouds and atmospheric water vapor, and aerosol characteristics. We developed an Informed Non-negative Matrix Factorization (INMF) method for separating atmospheric and surface sources. INMF offers marked benefits over other commonly employed techniques including non-negativity, which avoids physically impossible results; and adaptability, which tailors the method to hyperspectral source separation. The INMF algorithm is adapted to separate contributions from physically distinct sources using constraints on spectral and spatial variability, and library spectra to improve the initial guess. We also explore methods to produce an initial guess of the spatial separation patterns. Using this INMF algorithm we decompose hyperspectral imagery from the NASA Hyperspectral Imager for the Coastal Ocean (HICO) with a focus on separating surface and atmospheric signal contributions. HICO's coastal ocean focus provides a dataset with a wide range of atmospheric conditions, including high and low aerosol optical thickness and cloud cover, with only minor contributions from the ocean surfaces in order to isolate the contributions of the multiple atmospheric sources.

Method and apparatus for improved wire saw slurry

DOEpatents

Costantini, Michael A.; Talbott, Jonathan A.; Chandra, Mohan; Prasad, Vishwanath; Caster, Allison; Gupta, Kedar P.; Leyvraz, Philippe

2000-09-05

A slurry recycle process for use in free-abrasive machining operations such as for wire saws used in wafer slicing of ingots, where the used slurry is separated into kerf-rich and abrasive-rich components, and the abrasive-rich component is reconstituted into a makeup slurry. During the process, the average particle size of the makeup slurry is controlled by monitoring the condition of the kerf and abrasive components and making necessary adjustments to the separating force and dwell time of the separator apparatus. Related pre-separator and post separator treatments, and feedback of one or the other separator slurry output components for mixing with incoming used slurry and recirculation through the separator, provide further effectiveness and additional control points in the process. The kerf-rich component is eventually or continually removed; the abrasive-rich component is reconstituted into a makeup slurry with a controlled, average particle size such that the products of the free-abrasive machining method using the recycled slurry process of the invention are of consistent high quality with less TTV deviation from cycle to cycle for a prolonged period or series of machining operations.

Liberation characteristic and physical separation of printed circuit board (PCB).

PubMed

Guo, Chao; Wang, Hui; Liang, Wei; Fu, Jiangang; Yi, Xin

2011-01-01

Recycling of printed circuit board (PCB) is an important subject and to which increasing attention is paid, both in treatment of waste as well as recovery of valuable material terms. Precede physical and mechanical method, a good liberation is the premise to further separation. In this study, two-step crushing process is employed, and standard sieve is applied to screen crushed material to different size fractions, moreover, the liberation situation and particles shape in different size are observed. Then metal of the PCB is separated by physical methods, including pneumatic separation, electrostatic separation and magnetic separation, and major metal contents are characterized by inductively coupled plasma emission spectrometry (ICP-AES). Results show that the metal and nonmetal particles of PCB are dissociated completely under the crush size 0.6mm; metal is mainly enriched in the four size fractions between 0.15 and 1.25 mm; relatively, pneumatic separation is suitable for 0.6-0.9 mm size fraction, while the electrostatic separation is suitable for three size fractions that are 0.15-0.3mm, 0.3-0.6mm and 0.9-1.25 mm. The whole process that involves crushing, electrostatic and magnetic separation has formed a closed cycle that can return material and provide salable product. Crown Copyright © 2011. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Seismoelectric data processing for surface surveys of shallow targets

USGS Publications Warehouse

Haines, S.S.; Guitton, A.; Biondi, B.

2007-01-01

The utility of the seismoelectric method relies on the development of methods to extract the signal of interest from background and source-generated coherent noise that may be several orders-of-magnitude stronger. We compare data processing approaches to develop a sequence of preprocessing and signal/noise separation and to quantify the noise level from which we can extract signal events. Our preferred sequence begins with the removal of power line harmonic noise and the use of frequency filters to minimize random and source-generated noise. Mapping to the linear Radon domain with an inverse process incorporating a sparseness constraint provides good separation of signal from noise, though it is ineffective on noise that shows the same dip as the signal. Similarly, the seismoelectric signal and noise do not separate cleanly in the Fourier domain, so f-k filtering can not remove all of the source-generated noise and it also disrupts signal amplitude patterns. We find that prediction-error filters provide the most effective method to separate signal and noise, while also preserving amplitude information, assuming that adequate pattern models can be determined for the signal and noise. These Radon-domain and prediction-error-filter methods successfully separate signal from <33 dB stronger noise in our test data. ?? 2007 Society of Exploration Geophysicists.

Pre-stack separation of PP and split PS waves in HTI media

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lu, Jun; Wang, Yun; Yang, Yuyong; Chen, Jingyi

2017-07-01

Separation of PP and split PS waves in transversely isotropic media with a horizontal axis of symmetry is crucial for imaging subsurface targets and for fracture prediction in a multicomponent seismic survey using P-wave sources. In conventional multicomponent processing, when a low velocity zone is present near the surface, it is often assumed that the vertical Z-component mainly records P modes and that the horizontal X- and Y-components record S modes, including split PS waves. However, this assumption does not hold when the ubiquitous presence of azimuthal anisotropy makes near surface velocity structures more complicated. Seismic wavefields recorded in each component therefore generally represent a complex waveform formed by PP and split PS waves, seriously distorting velocity analysis and seismic imaging. Most previous studies on wave separation have tended to separate P and S modes using pre-stack data and to separate split S modes using post-stack sections, under the assumption of orthogonal polarization. However, split S modes can hardly maintain their original orthogonal polarizations during propagation to the surface due to stratigraphic heterogeneity. Here, without assuming orthogonal polarization, we present a method for pre-stack separation of PP, PS1 and PS2 waves using all three components. The core of our method is the rotation of wave vectors from the Cartesian coordinate system established by Z-, R- and T-axes to a coordinate system established by the true PP-, PS1- and PS2-wave vector directions. Further, we propose a three-component superposition approach to obtain base wave vectors for the coordinate system transformation. Synthetic data testing results confirm that the performance of our wave separation method is stable under different noise levels. Application to field data from Southwest China reveals the potential of our proposed method.

Comparison of originator and biosimilar therapeutic monoclonal antibodies using comprehensive two-dimensional liquid chromatography coupled with time-of-flight mass spectrometry.

PubMed

Sorensen, Matthew; Harmes, David C; Stoll, Dwight R; Staples, Gregory O; Fekete, Szabolcs; Guillarme, Davy; Beck, Alain

2016-10-01

As research, development, and manufacturing of biosimilar protein therapeutics proliferates, there is great interest in the continued development of a portfolio of complementary analytical methods that can be used to efficiently and effectively characterize biosimilar candidate materials relative to the respective reference (i.e., originator) molecule. Liquid phase separation techniques such as liquid chromatography and capillary electrophoresis are powerful tools that can provide both qualitative and quantitative information about similarities and differences between reference and biosimilar materials, especially when coupled with mass spectrometry. However, the inherent complexity of these protein materials challenges even the most modern one-dimensional (1D) separation methods. Two-dimensional (2D) separations present a number of potential advantages over 1D methods, including increased peak capacity, 2D peak patterns that can facilitate unknown identification, and improvement in the compatibility of some separation methods with mass spectrometry. In this study, we demonstrate the use of comprehensive 2D-LC separations involving cation-exchange (CEX) and reversed-phase (RP) separations in the first and second dimensions to compare 3 reference/biosimilar pairs of monoclonal antibodies (cetuximab, trastuzumab and infliximab) that cover a range of similarity/disimilarity in a middle-up approach. The second dimension RP separations are coupled to time-of-flight mass spectrometry, which enables direct identification of features in the chromatograms obtained from mAbs digested with the IdeS enzyme, or digestion with IdeS followed by reduction with dithiothreitol. As many as 23 chemically unique mAb fragments were detected in a single sample. Our results demonstrate that these rich datasets enable facile assesment of the degree of similarity between reference and biosimilar materials.

Multicomponent Separation Potential. Generalization of the Dirac Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Palkin, V. A.; Gadel‧shin, V. M.; Aleksandrov, O. E.; Seleznev, V. D.

2014-05-01

Formulas for the separation potential and the separative power have been obtained in the present work by generalizing the classical theory of Dirac, with the observance of his two axioms, to the case of a multicomponent mixture without considering a concrete cascade scheme. The resulting expressions are general characteristics of a separation process, since they are applicable to any separation methods and are independentof the form of the components in the mixture. They can be used in constructing actual cascades for separation of multicomponent mixtures and in determining the indices of their effi ciency.

Notes on the Prediction of Shock-induced Boundary-layer Separation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lange, Roy H.

1953-01-01

The present status of available information relative to the prediction of shock-induced boundary-layer separation is discussed. Experimental results showing the effects of Reynolds number and Mach number on the separation of both laminar and turbulent boundary layer are given and compared with available methods for predicting separation. The flow phenomena associated with separation caused by forward-facing steps, wedges, and incident shock waves are discussed. Applications of the flat-plate data to problems of separation on spoilers, diffusers, and scoop inlets are indicated for turbulent boundary layers.

Comparison of chiral electrophoretic separation methods for phenethylamines and application on impurity analysis.

PubMed

Borst, Claudia; Holzgrabe, Ulrike

2010-12-15

A chiral microemulsion electrokinetic chromatography method has been developed for the separation of the enantiomers of the phenethylamines ephedrine, N-methylephedrine, norephedrine, pseudoephedrine, adrenaline (epinephrine), 2-amino-1-phenylethanol, diethylnorephedrine, and 2-(dibutylamino)-1-phenyl-1-propanol, respectively. The separations were achieved using an oil-in-water microemulsion consisting of the oil-component ethyl acetate, the surfactant sodium dodecylsulfate, the cosurfactant 1-butanol, the organic modifier propan-2-ol and 20mM phosphate buffer pH 2.5 as aqueous phase. For enantioseparation sulfated beta-cyclodextrin was added. The method was compared to an already described CZE method, which made use of heptakis(2,3-di-O-diacetyl-6-O-sulfo)-beta-cyclodextrin (HDAS) as chiral selector. Additionally, the developed method was successfully applied to the related substances analysis of noradrenaline, adrenaline, dipivefrine, ephedrine and pseudoephedrine monographed in the European Pharmacopoeia 6. Copyright 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Novel methodology to isolate microplastics from vegetal-rich samples.

PubMed

Herrera, Alicia; Garrido-Amador, Paloma; Martínez, Ico; Samper, María Dolores; López-Martínez, Juan; Gómez, May; Packard, Theodore T

2018-04-01

Microplastics are small plastic particles, globally distributed throughout the oceans. To properly study them, all the methodologies for their sampling, extraction, and measurement should be standardized. For heterogeneous samples containing sediments, animal tissues and zooplankton, several procedures have been described. However, definitive methodologies for samples, rich in algae and plant material, have not yet been developed. The aim of this study was to find the best extraction protocol for vegetal-rich samples by comparing the efficacies of five previously described digestion methods, and a novel density separation method. A protocol using 96% ethanol for density separation was better than the five digestion methods tested, even better than using H 2 O 2 digestion. As it was the most efficient, simple, safe and inexpensive method for isolating microplastics from vegetal rich samples, we recommend it as a standard separation method. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

System and method for treatment of a flue gas

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Spiry, Irina Pavlovna; Wood, Benjamin Rue; Singh, Surinder Prabhjot

A method for treatment of a flue gas involves feeding the flue gas and a lean solvent to an absorber. The method further involves reacting the flue gas with the lean solvent within the absorber to generate a clean flue gas and a rich solvent. The method also involves feeding the clean flue gas from the absorber and water from a source, to a wash tower to separate a stripped portion of the lean solvent from the clean flue gas to generate a washed clean flue gas and a mixture of the water and the stripped portion of the leanmore » solvent. The method further involves treating at least a portion of the mixture of the water and the stripped portion of the lean solvent via a separation system to separate the water from the stripped portion of the lean solvent.« less

MS-Electronic Nose Performance Improvement Using GC Retention Times And 2-Way And 3-Way Data Processing Methods

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Burian, Cosmin; Llobet, Eduard; Vilanova, Xavier

We have designed a challenging experimental sample set in the form of 20 solutions with a high degree of similarity in order to study whether the addition of chromatographic separation information improves the performance of regular MS based electronic noses. In order to make an initial study of the approach, two different chromatographic methods were used. By processing the data of these experiments with 2 and 3-way algorithms, we have shown that the addition of chromatographic separation information improves the results compared to the 2-way analysis of mass spectra or total ion chromatogram treated separately. Our findings show that whenmore » the chromatographic peaks are resolved (longer measurement times), 2-way methods work better than 3-way methods, whereas in the case of a more challenging measurement (more coeluted chromatograms, much faster GC-MS measurements) 3-way methods work better.« less

Cross-linked polyvinyl alcohol films as alkaline battery separators

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sheibley, D. W.; Manzo, M. A.; Gonzalez-Sanabria, O. D.

1983-01-01

Cross-linking methods have been investigated to determine their effect on the performance of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) films as alkaline battery separators. The following types of cross-linked PVA films are discussed: (1) PVA-dialdehyde blends post-treated with an acid or acid periodate solution (two-step method) and (2) PVA-dialdehyde blends cross-linked during film formation (drying) by using a reagent with both aldehyde and acid functionality (one-step method). Laboratory samples of each cross-linked type of film were prepared and evaluated in standard separator screening tests. Then pilot-plant batches of films were prepared and compared to measure differences due to the cross-linking method. The pilot-plant materials were then tested in nickel oxide-zinc cells to compare the two methods with respect to performance characteristics and cycle life. Cell test results are compared with those from tests with Celgard.

Cross-linked polyvinyl alcohol films as alkaline battery separators

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sheibley, D. W.; Manzo, M. A.; Gonzalez-Sanabria, O. D.

1982-01-01

Cross-linking methods were investigated to determine their effect on the performance of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) films as alkaline battery separators. The following types of cross-linked PVA films are discussed: (1) PVA-dialdehyde blends post-treated with an acid or acid periodate solution (two-step method) and (2) PVA-dialdehyde blends cross-linked during film formation (drying) by using a reagent with both aldehyde and acid functionality (one-step method). Laboratory samples of each cross-linked type of film were prepared and evaluated in standard separator screening tests. The pilot-plant batches of films were prepared and compared to measure differences due to the cross-linking method. The pilot-plant materials were then tested in nickel oxide - zinc cells to compare the two methods with respect to performance characteristics and cycle life. Cell test results are compared with those from tests with Celgard.

Systems for column-based separations, methods of forming packed columns, and methods of purifying sample components

DOEpatents

Egorov, Oleg B.; O'Hara, Matthew J.; Grate, Jay W.; Chandler, Darrell P.; Brockman, Fred J.; Bruckner-Lea, Cynthia J.

2000-01-01

The invention encompasses systems for column-based separations, methods of packing and unpacking columns and methods of separating components of samples. In one aspect, the invention includes a method of packing and unpacking a column chamber, comprising: a) packing a matrix material within a column chamber to form a packed column; and b) after the packing, unpacking the matrix material from the column chamber without moving the column chamber. In another aspect, the invention includes a system for column-based separations, comprising: a) a fluid passageway, the fluid passageway comprising a column chamber and a flow path in fluid communication with the column chamber, the flow path being obstructed by a retaining material permeable to a carrier fluid and impermeable to a column matrix material suspended in the carrier fluid, the flow path extending through the column chamber and through the retaining material, the flow path being configured to form a packed column within the column chamber when a suspension of the fluid and the column matrix material is flowed along the flow path; and b) the fluid passageway extending through a valve intermediate the column chamber and the retaining material.

Systems For Column-Based Separations, Methods Of Forming Packed Columns, And Methods Of Purifying Sample Components

DOEpatents

Egorov, Oleg B.; O'Hara, Matthew J.; Grate, Jay W.; Chandler, Darrell P.; Brockman, Fred J.; Bruckner-Lea, Cynthia J.

2006-02-21

The invention encompasses systems for column-based separations, methods of packing and unpacking columns and methods of separating components of samples. In one aspect, the invention includes a method of packing and unpacking a column chamber, comprising: a) packing a matrix material within a column chamber to form a packed column; and b) after the packing, unpacking the matrix material from the column chamber without moving the column chamber. In another aspect, the invention includes a system for column-based separations, comprising: a) a fluid passageway, the fluid passageway comprising a column chamber and a flow path in fluid communication with the column chamber, the flow path being obstructed by a retaining material permeable to a carrier fluid and impermeable to a column matrix material suspended in the carrier fluid, the flow path extending through the column chamber and through the retaining material, the flow path being configured to form a packed column within the column chamber when a suspension of the fluid and the column matrix material is flowed along the flow path; and b) the fluid passageway extending through a valve intermediate the column chamber and the retaining material.

Systems For Column-Based Separations, Methods Of Forming Packed Columns, And Methods Of Purifying Sample Components.

DOEpatents

Egorov, Oleg B.; O'Hara, Matthew J.; Grate, Jay W.; Chandler, Darrell P.; Brockman, Fred J.; Bruckner-Lea, Cynthia J.

2004-08-24

The invention encompasses systems for column-based separations, methods of packing and unpacking columns and methods of separating components of samples. In one aspect, the invention includes a method of packing and unpacking a column chamber, comprising: a) packing a matrix material within a column chamber to form a packed column; and b) after the packing, unpacking the matrix material from the column chamber without moving the column chamber. In another aspect, the invention includes a system for column-based separations, comprising: a) a fluid passageway, the fluid passageway comprising a column chamber and a flow path in fluid communication with the column chamber, the flow path being obstructed by a retaining material permeable to a carrier fluid and impermeable to a column matrix material suspended in the carrier fluid, the flow path extending through the column chamber and through the retaining material, the flow path being configured to form a packed column within the column chamber when a suspension of the fluid and the column matrix material is flowed along the flow path; and b) the fluid passageway extending through a valve intermediate the column chamber and the retaining material.

Separation of non-stationary multi-source sound field based on the interpolated time-domain equivalent source method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bi, Chuan-Xing; Geng, Lin; Zhang, Xiao-Zheng

2016-05-01

In the sound field with multiple non-stationary sources, the measured pressure is the sum of the pressures generated by all sources, and thus cannot be used directly for studying the vibration and sound radiation characteristics of every source alone. This paper proposes a separation model based on the interpolated time-domain equivalent source method (ITDESM) to separate the pressure field belonging to every source from the non-stationary multi-source sound field. In the proposed method, ITDESM is first extended to establish the relationship between the mixed time-dependent pressure and all the equivalent sources distributed on every source with known location and geometry information, and all the equivalent source strengths at each time step are solved by an iterative solving process; then, the corresponding equivalent source strengths of one interested source are used to calculate the pressure field generated by that source alone. Numerical simulation of two baffled circular pistons demonstrates that the proposed method can be effective in separating the non-stationary pressure generated by every source alone in both time and space domains. An experiment with two speakers in a semi-anechoic chamber further evidences the effectiveness of the proposed method.

Active room compensation for sound reinforcement using sound field separation techniques.

PubMed

Heuchel, Franz M; Fernandez-Grande, Efren; Agerkvist, Finn T; Shabalina, Elena

2018-03-01

This work investigates how the sound field created by a sound reinforcement system can be controlled at low frequencies. An indoor control method is proposed which actively absorbs the sound incident on a reflecting boundary using an array of secondary sources. The sound field is separated into incident and reflected components by a microphone array close to the secondary sources, enabling the minimization of reflected components by means of optimal signals for the secondary sources. The method is purely feed-forward and assumes constant room conditions. Three different sound field separation techniques for the modeling of the reflections are investigated based on plane wave decomposition, equivalent sources, and the Spatial Fourier transform. Simulations and an experimental validation are presented, showing that the control method performs similarly well at enhancing low frequency responses with the three sound separation techniques. Resonances in the entire room are reduced, although the microphone array and secondary sources are confined to a small region close to the reflecting wall. Unlike previous control methods based on the creation of a plane wave sound field, the investigated method works in arbitrary room geometries and primary source positions.

Spatiotemporal signal space separation method for rejecting nearby interference in MEG measurements

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Taulu, S.; Simola, J.

2006-04-01

Limitations of traditional magnetoencephalography (MEG) exclude some important patient groups from MEG examinations, such as epilepsy patients with a vagus nerve stimulator, patients with magnetic particles on the head or having magnetic dental materials that cause severe movement-related artefact signals. Conventional interference rejection methods are not able to remove the artefacts originating this close to the MEG sensor array. For example, the reference array method is unable to suppress interference generated by sources closer to the sensors than the reference array, about 20-40 cm. The spatiotemporal signal space separation method proposed in this paper recognizes and removes both external interference and the artefacts produced by these nearby sources, even on the scalp. First, the basic separation into brain-related and external interference signals is accomplished with signal space separation based on sensor geometry and Maxwell's equations only. After this, the artefacts from nearby sources are extracted by a simple statistical analysis in the time domain, and projected out. Practical examples with artificial current dipoles and interference sources as well as data from real patients demonstrate that the method removes the artefacts without altering the field patterns of the brain signals.

A method for the analysis of sugars in biological systems using reductive amination in combination with hydrophilic interaction chromatography and high resolution mass spectrometry.

PubMed

Bawazeer, Sami; Muhsen Ali, Ali; Alhawiti, Aliyah; Khalaf, Abedawn; Gibson, Colin; Tusiimire, Jonans; Watson, David G

2017-05-01

Separation of sugar isomers extracted from biological samples is challenging because of their natural occurrence as alpha and beta anomers and, in the case of hexoses, in their pyranose and furanose forms. A reductive amination method was developed for the tagging of sugars with the aim of it becoming part of a metabolomics work flow. The best separation of the common hexoses (glucose, fructose, mannose and galactose) was achieved when 2 H 5 -aniline was used as the tagging reagent in combination with separation on a ZICHILIC column. The method was used to tag a range of sugars including pentoses and uronic acids. The method was simple to perform and was able to improve both the separation of sugars and their response to electrospray ionisation. The method was applied to the profiling of sugars in urine where a number of hexose and pentose isomers could be observed. It was also applied to the quantification of sugars in post-mortem brain samples from three control samples and three samples from individuals who had suffered from bipolar disorder. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Effect of Spatial Titration on Task Performance

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Glowacki, Lawrence

1976-01-01

A reinforcement schedule and spatial titration method were used to determine task-reinforcement area separation most preferred and effective in two third-grade boys. Errors in task performance decreased task-reinforcement area separation, while correct responses in task performance increased task-reinforcement area separation. (Author)

Device and method for separating minerals, carbon and cement additives from fly ash

DOEpatents

Link, Thomas A.; Schoffstall, Micael R.; Soong, Yee

2004-01-27

A process for separating organic and inorganic particles from a dry mixture by sizing the particles into isolated fractions, contacting the sized particles to a charged substrate and subjecting the charged particles to an electric field to separate the particles.

Ion exchange separation of chromium from natural water matrix for stable isotope mass spectrometric analysis

USGS Publications Warehouse

Ball, J.W.; Bassett, R.L.

2000-01-01

A method has been developed for separating the Cr dissolved in natural water from matrix elements and determination of its stable isotope ratios using solid-source thermal-ionization mass spectrometry (TIMS). The separation method takes advantage of the existence of the oxidized form of Cr as an oxyanion to separate it from interfering cations using anion-exchange chromatography, and of the reduced form of Cr as a positively charged ion to separate it from interfering anions such as sulfate. Subsequent processing of the separated sample eliminates residual organic material for application to a solid source filament. Ratios for 53Cr/52Cr for National Institute of Standards and Technology Standard Reference Material 979 can be measured using the silica gel-boric acid technique with a filament-to-filament standard deviation in the mean 53Cr/52Cr ratio for 50 replicates of 0.00005 or less. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.

Nonaqueous capillary electrophoresis of dextromethorphan and its metabolites.

PubMed

Pelcová, Marta; Langmajerová, Monika; Cvingráfová, Eliška; Juřica, Jan; Glatz, Zdeněk

2014-10-01

This study deals with the nonaqueous capillary electrophoretic separation of dextromethorphan and its metabolites using a methanolic background electrolyte. The optimization of separation conditions was performed in terms of the resolution of dextromethorphan and dextrorphan and the effect of separation temperature, voltage, and the characteristics of the background electrolyte were studied. Complete separation of all analytes was achieved in 40 mM ammonium acetate dissolved in methanol. Hydrodynamic injection was performed at 3 kPa for 4 s. The separation voltage was 20 kV accompanied by a low electric current. The ultraviolet detection was performed at 214 nm, the temperature of the capillary was 25°C. These conditions enabled the separation of four analytes plus the internal standard within 9 min. Further, the developed method was validated in terms of linearity, sensitivity, and repeatability. Rat liver perfusate samples were subjected to the nonaqueous capillary electrophoretic method to illustrate its applicability. © 2014 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Development of a process for separation of mogroside V from Siraitia grosvenorii by macroporous resins.

PubMed

Zhang, Min; Yang, Huihua; Zhang, Hongyang; Wang, Yuerong; Hu, Ping

2011-08-25

A separation method was developed for the preparative separation and enrichment of the non-caloric sweetener mogroside V from Siraitia grosvenorii. The adsorption properties of six macroporous resins were evaluated. Results showed that HZ 806 resin offered the best adsorption and desorption capacities. Based on the adsorption experiments on HZ 806, the adsorption data were found to fit the Freundlich model well. The pseudo-second-order kinetic model showed the highest correlation with the experimental results. Separation was performed with deionized water and 40% aqueous ethanol solution as mobile phases. In a typical run, 100 g of herb was processed and 3.38 g of mogroside V with a purity of 10.7% was harvested. This separation method provided a 15.1-fold increase in the purification factor from 0.5% to 10.7%. The present study showed that HZ 806 resins were effective for the separation and enrichment of mogroside V from S. grosvenorii.

Study of talcum charging status in parallel plate electrostatic separator based on particle trajectory analysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yunxiao, CAO; Zhiqiang, WANG; Jinjun, WANG; Guofeng, LI

2018-05-01

Electrostatic separation has been extensively used in mineral processing, and has the potential to separate gangue minerals from raw talcum ore. As for electrostatic separation, the particle charging status is one of important influence factors. To describe the talcum particle charging status in a parallel plate electrostatic separator accurately, this paper proposes a modern images processing method. Based on the actual trajectories obtained from sequence images of particle movement and the analysis of physical forces applied on a charged particle, a numerical model is built, which could calculate the charge-to-mass ratios represented as the charging status of particle and simulate the particle trajectories. The simulated trajectories agree well with the experimental results obtained by images processing. In addition, chemical composition analysis is employed to reveal the relationship between ferrum gangue mineral content and charge-to-mass ratios. Research results show that the proposed method is effective for describing the particle charging status in electrostatic separation.

Separation of nuclear isomers for cancer therapeutic radionuclides based on nuclear decay after-effects.

PubMed

Bhardwaj, R; van der Meer, A; Das, S K; de Bruin, M; Gascon, J; Wolterbeek, H T; Denkova, A G; Serra-Crespo, P

2017-03-13

177 Lu has sprung as a promising radionuclide for targeted therapy. The low soft tissue penetration of its β - emission results in very efficient energy deposition in small-size tumours. Because of this, 177 Lu is used in the treatment of neuroendocrine tumours and is also clinically approved for prostate cancer therapy. In this work, we report a separation method that achieves the challenging separation of the physically and chemically identical nuclear isomers, 177m Lu and 177 Lu. The separation method combines the nuclear after-effects of the nuclear decay, the use of a very stable chemical complex and a chromatographic separation. Based on this separation concept, a new type of radionuclide generator has been devised, in which the parent and the daughter radionuclides are the same elements. The 177m Lu/ 177 Lu radionuclide generator provides a new production route for the therapeutic radionuclide 177 Lu and can bring significant growth in the research and development of 177 Lu based pharmaceuticals.

The rotating spectrometer: Biotechnology for cell separations

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Noever, David A.

1991-01-01

An instrument for biochemical studies, called the rotating spectrometer, separates previously inseparable cell cultures. The rotating spectrometer is intended for use in pharmacological studies which require fractional splitting of heterogeneous cell cultures based on cell morphology and swimming behavior. As a method to separate and concentrate cells in free solution, the rotating method requires active organism participation and can effectively split the large class of organisms known to form spontaneous patterns. Examples include the biochemical star, an organism called Tetrahymena pyriformis. Following focusing in a rotating frame, the separation is accomplished using different radial dependencies of concentrated algal and protozoan species. The focusing itself appears as concentric rings and arises from the coupling between swimming direction and Coriolis forces. A dense cut is taken at varying radii, and extraction is replenished at an inlet. Unlike standard separation and concentrating techniques such as filtration or centrifugation, the instrument is able to separate motile from immotile fractions. For a single pass, typical split efficiencies can reach 200 to 300 percent compared to the inlet concentration.

The rotating spectrometer: New biotechnology for cell separations

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Noever, David A.; Matsos, Helen C.

1990-01-01

An instrument for biochemical studies, called the rotating spectrometer, separates previously inseparable cell cultures. The rotating spectrometer is intended for use in pharmacological studies which require fractional splitting of heterogeneous cell cultures based on cell morphology and swimming behavior. As a method to separate and concentrate cells in free solution, the rotating method requires active organism participation and can effectively split the large class of organisms known to form spontaneous patterns. Examples include the biochemical star, an organism called Tetrahymena pyriformis. Following focusing in a rotated frame, the separation is accomplished using different radial dependencies of concentrated algal and protozoan species. The focusing itself appears as concentric rings and arises from the coupling between swimming direction and Coriolis forces. A dense cut is taken at varying radii and extraction is replenished at an inlet. Unlike standard separation and concentrating techniques such as filtration or centrifugation, the instrument is able to separate motile from immotile fractions. For a single pass, typical split efficiencies can reach 200 to 300 percent compared to the inlet concentration.

Separation of left and right lungs using 3-dimensional information of sequential computed tomography images and a guided dynamic programming algorithm.

PubMed

Park, Sang Cheol; Leader, Joseph Ken; Tan, Jun; Lee, Guee Sang; Kim, Soo Hyung; Na, In Seop; Zheng, Bin

2011-01-01

This article presents a new computerized scheme that aims to accurately and robustly separate left and right lungs on computed tomography (CT) examinations. We developed and tested a method to separate the left and right lungs using sequential CT information and a guided dynamic programming algorithm using adaptively and automatically selected start point and end point with especially severe and multiple connections. The scheme successfully identified and separated all 827 connections on the total 4034 CT images in an independent testing data set of CT examinations. The proposed scheme separated multiple connections regardless of their locations, and the guided dynamic programming algorithm reduced the computation time to approximately 4.6% in comparison with the traditional dynamic programming and avoided the permeation of the separation boundary into normal lung tissue. The proposed method is able to robustly and accurately disconnect all connections between left and right lungs, and the guided dynamic programming algorithm is able to remove redundant processing.

Simultaneous separation by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography and mass spectral identification of anthocyanins and flavonols in Shiraz grape skin.

PubMed

Downey, Mark O; Rochfort, Simone

2008-08-01

A limitation of large-scale viticultural trials is the time and cost of comprehensive compositional analysis of the fruit by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). In addition, separate methods have generally been required to identify and quantify different classes of metabolites. To address these shortcomings a reversed-phase HPLC method was developed to simultaneously separate the anthocyanins and flavonols present in grape skins. The method employs a methanol and water gradient acidified with 10% formic acid with a run-time of 48 min including re-equilibration. Identity of anthocyanins and flavonols in Shiraz (Vitis vinifera L.) skin was confirmed by mass spectral analysis.

Flotation separation of waste plastics for recycling-A review.

PubMed

Wang, Chong-qing; Wang, Hui; Fu, Jian-gang; Liu, You-nian

2015-07-01

The sharp increase of plastic wastes results in great social and environmental pressures, and recycling, as an effective way currently available to reduce the negative impacts of plastic wastes, represents one of the most dynamic areas in the plastics industry today. Froth flotation is a promising method to solve the key problem of recycling process, namely separation of plastic mixtures. This review surveys recent literature on plastics flotation, focusing on specific features compared to ores flotation, strategies, methods and principles, flotation equipments, and current challenges. In terms of separation methods, plastics flotation is divided into gamma flotation, adsorption of reagents, surface modification and physical regulation. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

PRECIPITATION METHOD OF SEPARATING PLUTONIUM FROM CONTAMINATING ELEMENTS

DOEpatents

Sutton, J.B.

1958-02-18

This patent relates to an improved method for the decontamination of plutonium. The process consists broadly in an improvement in a method for recovering plutonium from radioactive uranium fission products in aqueous solutions by decontamination steps including byproduct carrier precipitation comprising the step of introducing a preformed aqueous slurry of a hydroxide of a metal of group IV B into any aqueous acidic solution which contains the plutonium in the hexavalent state, radioactive uranium fission products contaminant and a by-product carrier precipitate and separating the metal hydroxide and by-product precipitate from the solution. The process of this invention is especially useful in the separation of plutonium from radioactive zirconium and columbium fission products.

Separation of phospholipids in microfluidic chip device: application to high-throughput screening assays for lipid-modifying enzymes.

PubMed

Lin, Sansan; Fischl, Anthony S; Bi, Xiahui; Parce, Wally

2003-03-01

Phospholipid molecules such as ceramide and phosphoinositides play crucial roles in signal transduction pathways. Lipid-modifying enzymes including sphingomyelinase and phosphoinositide kinases regulate the generation and degradation of these lipid-signaling molecules and are important therapeutic targets in drug discovery. We now report a sensitive and convenient method to separate these lipids using microfluidic chip-based technology. The method takes advantage of the high-separation power of the microchips that separate lipids based on micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography (MEKC) and the high sensitivity of fluorescence detection. We further exploited the method to develop a homogenous assay to monitor activities of lipid-modifying enzymes. The assay format consists of two steps: an on-plate enzymatic reaction using fluorescently labeled substrates followed by an on-chip MEKC separation of the reaction products from the substrates. The utility of the assay format for high-throughput screening (HTS) is demonstrated using phospholipase A(2) on the Caliper 250 HTS system: throughput of 80min per 384-well plate can be achieved with unattended running time of 5.4h. This enabling technology for assaying lipid-modifying enzymes is ideal for HTS because it avoids the use of radioactive substrates and complicated separation/washing steps and detects both substrate and product simultaneously.

Blind colour separation of H&E stained histological images by linearly transforming the colour space.

PubMed

Celis, R; Romo, D; Romero, E

2015-12-01

Blind source separation methods aim to split information into the original sources. In histology, each dye component attempts to specifically characterize different microscopic structures. In the case of the hematoxylin-eosin stain, universally used for routine examination, quantitative analysis may often require the inspection of different morphological signatures related mainly to nuclei patterns, but also to stroma distribution. Stain separation is usually a preprocessing operation that is transversal to different applications. This paper presents a novel colour separation method that finds the hematoxylin and eosin clusters by projecting the whole (r,g,b) space to a folded surface connecting the distributions of a series of [(r-b),g] planes that divide the cloud of H&E tones. The proposed method produces density maps closer to those obtained with the colour mixing matrices set by an expert, when comparing with the density maps obtained using nonnegative matrix factorization (NMF), independent component analysis (ICA) and a state-of-the-art method. The method has outperformed three baseline methods, NMF, Macenko and ICA, in about 8%, 12% and 52% for the eosin component, whereas this was about 4%, 8% and 26% for the hematoxylin component. © 2015 The Authors Journal of Microscopy © 2015 Royal Microscopical Society.

Column-coupling strategies for multidimensional electrophoretic separation techniques.

PubMed

Kler, Pablo A; Sydes, Daniel; Huhn, Carolin

2015-01-01

Multidimensional electrophoretic separations represent one of the most common strategies for dealing with the analysis of complex samples. In recent years we have been witnessing the explosive growth of separation techniques for the analysis of complex samples in applications ranging from life sciences to industry. In this sense, electrophoretic separations offer several strategic advantages such as excellent separation efficiency, different methods with a broad range of separation mechanisms, and low liquid consumption generating less waste effluents and lower costs per analysis, among others. Despite their impressive separation efficiency, multidimensional electrophoretic separations present some drawbacks that have delayed their extensive use: the volumes of the columns, and consequently of the injected sample, are significantly smaller compared to other analytical techniques, thus the coupling interfaces between two separations components must be very efficient in terms of providing geometrical precision with low dead volume. Likewise, very sensitive detection systems are required. Additionally, in electrophoretic separation techniques, the surface properties of the columns play a fundamental role for electroosmosis as well as the unwanted adsorption of proteins or other complex biomolecules. In this sense the requirements for an efficient coupling for electrophoretic separation techniques involve several aspects related to microfluidics and physicochemical interactions of the electrolyte solutions and the solid capillary walls. It is interesting to see how these multidimensional electrophoretic separation techniques have been used jointly with different detection techniques, for intermediate detection as well as for final identification and quantification, particularly important in the case of mass spectrometry. In this work we present a critical review about the different strategies for coupling two or more electrophoretic separation techniques and the different intermediate and final detection methods implemented for such separations.

A High-Efficiency Superhydrophobic Plasma Separator

PubMed Central

Liu, Changchun; Liao, Shih-Chuan; Song, Jinzhao; Mauk, Michael G.; Li, Xuanwen; Wu, Gaoxiang; Ge, Dengteng; Greenberg, Robert M.; Yang, Shu; Bau, Haim H.

2016-01-01

To meet stringent limit-of-detection specifications for low abundance target molecules, a relatively large volume of plasma is needed for many blood-based clinical diagnostics. Conventional centrifugation methods for plasma separation are not suitable for on-site testing or bedside diagnostics. Here, we report a simple, yet high-efficiency, clamshell-style, superhydrophobic plasma separator that is capable of separating a relatively large volume of plasma from several hundred microliters of whole blood (finger-prick blood volume). The plasma separator consists of a superhydrophobic top cover with a separation membrane and a superhydrophobic bottom substrate. Unlike previously reported membrane-based plasma separators, the separation membrane in our device is positioned at the top of the sandwiched whole blood film to increase the membrane separation capacity and plasma yield. In addition, the device’s superhydrophobic characteristics (i) facilitates the formation of well-defined, contracted, thin blood film with a high contact angle; (ii) minimizes biomolecular adhesion to surfaces; (iii) increases blood clotting time; and (iv) reduces blood cell hemolysis. The device demonstrated a “blood in-plasma out” capability, consistently extracting 65±21.5 μL of plasma from 200 μL of whole blood in less than 10 min without electrical power. The device was used to separate plasma from Schistosoma mansoni genomic DNA-spiked whole blood with a recovery efficiency of > 84.5 ± 25.8 %. The S. mansoni genomic DNA in the separated plasma was successfully tested on our custom-made microfluidic chip by using loop mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP) method. PMID:26732765

26 CFR 1.381(c)(4)-1 - Method of accounting.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

...) apply. (2) Carryover method requirement for separate and distinct trades or businesses. In a transaction to which section 381(a) applies, if an acquiring corporation continues to operate a trade or business of the parties to the section 381(a) transaction as a separate and distinct trade or business after...

26 CFR 1.381(c)(4)-1 - Method of accounting.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

...) apply. (2) Carryover method requirement for separate and distinct trades or businesses. In a transaction to which section 381(a) applies, if an acquiring corporation continues to operate a trade or business of the parties to the section 381(a) transaction as a separate and distinct trade or business after...

An Improved Method for Extraction and Separation of Photosynthetic Pigments

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Katayama, Nobuyasu; Kanaizuka, Yasuhiro; Sudarmi, Rini; Yokohama, Yasutsugu

2003-01-01

The method for extracting and separating hydrophobic photosynthetic pigments proposed by Katayama "et al." ("Japanese Journal of Phycology," 42, 71-77, 1994) has been improved to introduce it to student laboratories at the senior high school level. Silica gel powder was used for removing water from fresh materials prior to…

PLUTONIUM-CUPFERRON COMPLEX AND METHOD OF REMOVING PLUTONIUM FROM SOLUTION

DOEpatents

Potratz, H.A.

1959-01-13

A method is presented for separating plutonium from fission products present in solutions of neutronirradiated uranium. The process consists in treating such acidic solutions with cupferron so that the cupferron reacts with the plutonium present to form an insoluble complex. This plutonium cupferride precipitates and may then be separated from the solution.

Sample detection and analysis techniques for electrophoretic separation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Falb, R. D.; Hughes, K. E.; Powell, T. R.

1975-01-01

Methods for detecting and analyzing biological agents suitable for space flight operations were studied primarily by literature searches which were conducted of cell separation techniques. Detection methods discussed include: photometrometric, electric, radiometric, micrometry, ultrasonic, microscopic, and photographic. A bibliography, and a directory of vendors are included along with an index of commercial hardware.

Accuracy of delta 18O isotope ratio measurements on the same sample by continuous-flow isotope-ratio mass spectrometry

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

The doubly labeled water method is considered the reference method to measure energy expenditure. Conventional mass spectrometry requires a separate aliquot of the same sample to be prepared and analyzed separately. With continuous-flow isotope-ratio mass spectrometry, the same sample could be analy...

Separation, isolation and stereochemical assignment of imazalil enantiomers and their quantitation in an in vitro toxicity test.

PubMed

Casas, Mònica Escolà; Kretschmann, Andreas Christopher; Andernach, Lars; Opatz, Till; Bester, Kai

2016-06-24

A simple method for the separation of the enantiomers of the fungicide imazalil was developed. Racemic imazalil was separated into its enantiomers with an enantiomeric purity of 99% using HPLC-UV with an enantioselective column (permethylated cyclodextrin) operated in reversed phase mode (water with 0.2% trimethylamine and 0.08% acetic acid and methanol). The absolute configuration of the separated enantiomers was assigned and unequivocally confirmed by optical rotation as well as by vibrational circular dichroism (VCD) and electronic circular dichroism (ECD) combined with ab-initio calculations. The same enantioselective column was also used to develop an HPLC-MS/MS method for the quantification of imazalil enantiomers. The HPLC-MS/MS method reached limits of quantification (LOQs) of 0.025mg/mL with 5μL injections. This method was used to verify imazalil concentrations and enantiomeric fractions in samples from an in vitro test on effects on human steroidogenesis (H295R steroidogenesis assay). The quantification verified the stability of the enantiomers of imazalil during the in vitro tests. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Modern Approach to Medical Diagnostics - the Use of Separation Techniques in Microorganisms Detection.

PubMed

Chylewska, Agnieszka; Ogryzek, M; Makowski, Mariusz

2017-10-23

New analytical and molecular methods for microorganisms are being developed on various features of identification i.e. selectivity, specificity, sensitivity, rapidity and discrimination of the viable cell. The presented review was established following the current trends in improved pathogens separation and detection methods and their subsequent use in medical diagnosis. This contribution also focuses on the development of analytical and biological methods in the analysis of microorganisms, with special attention paid to bio-samples containing microbes (blood, urine, lymph, wastewater). First, the paper discusses microbes characterization, their structure, surface, properties, size and then it describes pivotal points in the bacteria, viruses and fungi separation procedure obtained by researchers in the last 30 years. According to the above, detection techniques can be classified into three categories, which were, in our opinion, examined and modified most intensively during this period: electrophoretic, nucleic-acid-based, and immunological methods. The review covers also the progress, limitations and challenges of these approaches and emphasizes the advantages of new separative techniques in selective fractionating of microorganisms. Copyright© Bentham Science Publishers; For any queries, please email at epub@benthamscience.org.

Simplified transient isotachophoresis/capillary gel electrophoresis method for highly sensitive analysis of polymerase chain reaction samples on a microchip with laser-induced fluorescence detection.

PubMed

Liu, Dayu; Ou, Ziyou; Xu, Mingfei; Wang, Lihui

2008-12-19

We present a sensitive, simple and robust on-chip transient isotachophoresis/capillary gel electrophoresis (tITP/CGE) method for the analysis of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) samples. Using chloride ions in the PCR buffer and N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES) in the background electrolyte, respectively, as the leading and terminating electrolytes, the tITP preconcentration was coupled with CGE separation with double-T shaped channel network. The tITP/CGE separation was carried out with a single running buffer. The separation process involved only two steps that were performed continuously with the sequential switching of four voltage outputs. The tITP/CGE method showed an analysis time and a separation efficiency comparable to those of standard CGE, while the signal intensity was enhanced by factors of over 20. The limit of detection of the chip-based tITP/CGE method was estimated to be 1.1 ng/mL of DNA in 1x PCR buffer using confocal fluorescence detection following 473 nm laser excitation.

Separation and quantification of monoclonal-antibody aggregates by hollow-fiber-flow field-flow fractionation.

PubMed

Fukuda, Jun; Iwura, Takafumi; Yanagihara, Shigehiro; Kano, Kenji

2014-10-01

Hollow-fiber-flow field-flow fractionation (HF5) separates protein molecules on the basis of the difference in the diffusion coefficient, and can evaluate the aggregation ratio of proteins. However, HF5 is still a minor technique because information on the separation conditions is limited. We examined in detail the effect of different settings, including the main-flow rate, the cross-flow rate, the focus point, the injection amount, and the ionic strength of the mobile phase, on fractographic characteristics. On the basis of the results, we proposed optimized conditions of the HF5 method for quantification of monoclonal antibody in sample solutions. The HF5 method was qualified regarding the precision, accuracy, linearity of the main peak, and quantitation limit. In addition, the HF5 method was applied to non-heated Mab A and heat-induced-antibody-aggregate-containing samples to evaluate the aggregation ratio and the distribution extent. The separation performance was comparable with or better than that of conventional methods including analytical ultracentrifugation-sedimentation velocity and asymmetric-flow field-flow fractionation.

Validation of an ultra-fast UPLC-UV method for the separation of antituberculosis tablets.

PubMed

Nguyen, Dao T-T; Guillarme, Davy; Rudaz, Serge; Veuthey, Jean-Luc

2008-04-01

A simple method using ultra performance LC (UPLC) coupled with UV detection was developed and validated for the determination of antituberculosis drugs in combined dosage form, i. e. isoniazid (ISN), pyrazinamide (PYR) and rifampicin (RIF). Drugs were separated on a short column (2.1 mm x 50 mm) packed with 1.7 mum particles, using an elution gradient procedure. At 30 degrees C, less than 2 min was necessary for the complete separation of the three antituberculosis drugs, while the original USP method was performed in 15 min. Further improvements were obtained with the combination of UPLC and high temperature (up to 90 degrees C), namely HT-UPLC, which allows the application of higher mobile phase flow rates. Therefore, the separation of ISN, PYR and RIF was performed in less than 1 min. After validation (selectivity, trueness, precision and accuracy), both methods (UPLC and HT-UPLC) have proven suitable for the routine quality control analysis of antituberculosis drugs in combined dosage form. Additionally, a large number of samples per day can be analysed due to the short analysis times.

Color separation of signature and stamp inks to facilitate handwriting examination.

PubMed

Chaikovsky, Alan; Brown, Sharon; David, Laser Sin; Balman, Alex; Barzovski, Avner

2003-11-01

The questioned documents laboratory often encounters cases where handwriting that is to be examined intersects with some interfering factor such as a rubber stamp, typewriting or background printing. In these cases, line direction, beginning and ending features of letters and other fine details of the handwriting may be lost in the "noise" of the intersecting ink. The purpose of this paper is to show several new digital photography methods that may be used to "subtract" the effect of the intersecting ink, thereby enhancing that of the handwriting ink in order to enable the document examiner to conduct a complete examination. These methods have the advantage of being fast and do not involve the use of expensive material or equipment. Several new methods are described that may be used to separate the colors of the handwriting ink from that of the intersecting ink: the analog method and several digital methods such as RGB-HSB-CMYK, L*a*b color, and color separation using the Channel Mixer function of Adobe Photoshop. Successful application of these color separation methods to specific handwriting ink/rubber stamp ink color combinations shows that the effect of the intersecting ink may indeed be minimalized if not canceled altogether. Application of the suggested methods may well make the difference between a nonconclusive handwriting examination and a full analysis of the questioned handwriting.

Method of separating lignocellulosic material into lignin, cellulose and dissolved sugars

DOEpatents

Black, S.K.; Hames, B.R.; Myers, M.D.

1998-03-24

A method is described for separating lignocellulosic material into (a) lignin, (b) cellulose, and (c) hemicellulose and dissolved sugars. Wood or herbaceous biomass is digested at elevated temperature in a single-phase mixture of alcohol, water and a water-immiscible organic solvent (e.g., a ketone). After digestion, the amount of water or organic solvent is adjusted so that there is phase separation. The lignin is present in the organic solvent, the cellulose is present in a solid pulp phase, and the aqueous phase includes hemicellulose and any dissolved sugars.

SULFIDE METHOD PLUTONIUM SEPARATION

DOEpatents

Duffield, R.B.

1958-08-12

A process is described for the recovery of plutonium from neutron irradiated uranium solutions. Such a solution is first treated with a soluble sullide, causing precipitation of the plutoniunn and uraniunn values present, along with those impurities which form insoluble sulfides. The precipitate is then treated with a solution of carbonate ions, which will dissolve the uranium and plutonium present while the fission product sulfides remain unaffected. After separation from the residue, this solution may then be treated by any of the usual methods, such as formation of a lanthanum fluoride precipitate, to effect separation of plutoniunn from uranium.

Method of separating lignocellulosic material into lignin, cellulose and dissolved sugars

DOEpatents

Black, Stuart K.; Hames, Bonnie R.; Myers, Michele D.

1998-01-01

A method for separating lignocellulosic material into (a) lignin, (b) cellulose, and (c) hemicellulose and dissolved sugars. Wood or herbaceous biomass is digested at elevated temperature in a single-phase mixture of alcohol, water and a water-immiscible organic solvent (e.g., a ketone). After digestion, the amount of water or organic solvent is adjusted so that there is phase separation. The lignin is present in the organic solvent, the cellulose is present in a solid pulp phase, and the aqueous phase includes hemicellulose and any dissolved sugars.

Optimization of the first dimension for separation by two-dimensional gel electrophoresis of basic proteins from human brain tissue.

PubMed

Pennington, Kyla; McGregor, Emma; Beasley, Clare L; Everall, Ian; Cotter, David; Dunn, Michael J

2004-01-01

A major cause of poor resolution in the alkaline pH range of two-dimensional electrophoresis (2-DE) gels is unsatisfactory separation of basic proteins in the first dimension. We have compared methods for the separation of basic proteins in the isoelectric focusing dimension of human brain proteins. The combined use of anodic cup-loading and the hydroxyethyldisulphide containing solution (DeStreak) produced better resolution in both analytical and micropreparative protein loaded 2-DE gels than the other methods investigated.

Gas-liquid separator and method of operation

DOEpatents

Soloveichik, Grigorii Lev [Latham, NY; Whitt, David Brandon [Albany, NY

2009-07-14

A system for gas-liquid separation in electrolysis processes is provided. The system includes a first compartment having a liquid carrier including a first gas therein and a second compartment having the liquid carrier including a second gas therein. The system also includes a gas-liquid separator fluidically coupled to the first and second compartments for separating the liquid carrier from the first and second gases.

Comparison of immunomagnetic separation/adenosine triphosphate rapid method to traditional culture-based method for E. coli and enterococci enumeration in wastewater

USGS Publications Warehouse

Bushon, R.N.; Likirdopulos, C.A.; Brady, A.M.G.

2009-01-01

Untreated wastewater samples from California, North Carolina, and Ohio were analyzed by the immunomagnetic separation/adenosine triphosphate (IMS/ATP) method and the traditional culture-based method for E. coli and enterococci concentrations. The IMS/ATP method concentrates target bacteria by immunomagnetic separation and then quantifies captured bacteria by measuring bioluminescence induced by release of ATP from the bacterial cells. Results from this method are available within 1 h from the start of sample processing. Significant linear correlations were found between the IMS/ATP results and results from traditional culture-based methods for E. coli and enterococci enumeration for one location in California, two locations in North Carolina, and one location in Ohio (r??values ranged from 0.87 to 0.97). No significant linear relation was found for a second location in California that treats a complex mixture of residential and industrial wastewater. With the exception of one location, IMS/ATP showed promise as a rapid method for the quantification of faecal-indicator organisms in wastewater.

Impinging jet separators for liquid metal magnetohydrodynamic power cycles

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Bogdanoff, D. W.

1973-01-01

In many liquid metal MHD power, cycles, it is necessary to separate the phases of a high-speed liquid-gas flow. The usual method is to impinge the jet at a glancing angle against a solid surface. These surface separators achieve good separation of the two phases at a cost of a large velocity loss due to friction at the separator surface. This report deals with attempts to greatly reduce the friction loss by impinging two jets against each other. In the crude impinging jet separators tested to date, friction losses were greatly reduced, but the separation of the two phases was found to be much poorer than that achievable with surface separators. Analyses are presented which show many lines of attack (mainly changes in separator geometry) which should yield much better separation for impinging jet separators).

Investigation of 2-stage meta-analysis methods for joint longitudinal and time-to-event data through simulation and real data application.

PubMed

Sudell, Maria; Tudur Smith, Catrin; Gueyffier, François; Kolamunnage-Dona, Ruwanthi

2018-04-15

Joint modelling of longitudinal and time-to-event data is often preferred over separate longitudinal or time-to-event analyses as it can account for study dropout, error in longitudinally measured covariates, and correlation between longitudinal and time-to-event outcomes. The joint modelling literature focuses mainly on the analysis of single studies with no methods currently available for the meta-analysis of joint model estimates from multiple studies. We propose a 2-stage method for meta-analysis of joint model estimates. These methods are applied to the INDANA dataset to combine joint model estimates of systolic blood pressure with time to death, time to myocardial infarction, and time to stroke. Results are compared to meta-analyses of separate longitudinal or time-to-event models. A simulation study is conducted to contrast separate versus joint analyses over a range of scenarios. Using the real dataset, similar results were obtained by using the separate and joint analyses. However, the simulation study indicated a benefit of use of joint rather than separate methods in a meta-analytic setting where association exists between the longitudinal and time-to-event outcomes. Where evidence of association between longitudinal and time-to-event outcomes exists, results from joint models over standalone analyses should be pooled in 2-stage meta-analyses. © 2017 The Authors. Statistics in Medicine Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

An incremental block-line-Gauss-Seidel method for the Navier-Stokes equations

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Napolitano, M.; Walters, R. W.

1985-01-01

A block-line-Gauss-Seidel (LGS) method is developed for solving the incompressible and compressible Navier-Stokes equations in two dimensions. The method requires only one block-tridiagonal solution process per iteration and is consequently faster per step than the linearized block-ADI methods. Results are presented for both incompressible and compressible separated flows: in all cases the proposed block-LGS method is more efficient than the block-ADI methods. Furthermore, for high Reynolds number weakly separated incompressible flow in a channel, which proved to be an impossible task for a block-ADI method, solutions have been obtained very efficiently by the new scheme.

Determination of lithium in rocks: Fluorometric method

USGS Publications Warehouse

White, C.E.; Fletcher, M.H.; Parks, J.

1951-01-01

The gravimetric method in general use for the determination of lithium is tedious, and the final weighed product often contains other alkali metals. A fluorometric method was developed to shorten the time required for the analysis and to assure that the final determination is for lithium alone. This procedure is based on the complex formed between lithium and 8-hydroxyquinoline. The fluorescence is developed in a slightly alkaline solution of 95% alcohol and measurement is made on a photoelectric fluorometer. Separation from the ore is carried out by the wet method or by the distillation procedure. Sodium and potassium are removed by alcohol and ether, but complete separation is not necessary. Comparison of analyzed samples shows excellent agreement with spectrographic and gravimetric methods. The fluorometric method is more rapid than the gravimetric and produces more conclusive results. Another useful application is in the preparation of standard lithium solutions from reagent quality salts when a known standard is available. In this case no separations are necessary.

Rapid fusion method for the determination of Pu, Np, and Am in large soil samples

DOE PAGES

Maxwell, Sherrod L.; Culligan, Brian; Hutchison, Jay B.; ...

2015-02-14

A new rapid sodium hydroxide fusion method for the preparation of 10-20 g soil samples has been developed by the Savannah River National Laboratory (SRNL). The method enables lower detection limits for plutonium, neptunium, and americium in environmental soil samples. The method also significantly reduces sample processing time and acid fume generation compared to traditional soil digestion techniques using hydrofluoric acid. Ten gram soil aliquots can be ashed and fused using the new method in 1-2 hours, completely dissolving samples, including refractory particles. Pu, Np and Am are separated using stacked 2mL cartridges of TEVA and DGA Resin and measuredmore » using alpha spectrometry. The method can be adapted for measurement by inductively-coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS). Two 10 g soil aliquots of fused soil may be combined prior to chromatographic separations to further improve detection limits. Total sample preparation time, including chromatographic separations and alpha spectrometry source preparation, is less than 8 hours.« less

Apparatus and method for reprocessing and separating spent nuclear fuels. [Patent application

DOEpatents

Krikorian, O.H.; Grens, J.Z.; Parrish, W.H. Sr.

1982-01-19

Spent nuclear fuels, including actinide fuels, volatile and non-volatile fission products, are reprocessed and separated in a molten metal solvent housed in the reaction region of a separation vessel which includes a reflux region positioned above the molten tin solvent. The reflux region minimizes loss of evaporated solvent during the separation of the actinide fuels from the volatile fission products. Additionally, inclusion of the reflux region permits the separation of the more volatile fission products (noncondensable) from the less volatile ones (condensable).

Fiber coating method

DOEpatents

Corman, Gregory Scot

2003-04-15

A coating is applied to reinforcing fibers arranged into a tow by coaxially aligning the tow with an adjacent separation layer and winding or wrapping the tow and separation layer onto a support structure in an interleaved manner so that the separation layer separates a wrap of the tow from an adjacent wrap of the tow. A coating can then be uniformly applied to the reinforcing fibers without defects caused by fiber tow to fiber tow contact. The separation layer can be a carbon fiber veil.

Separation of biogenic materials by electrophoresis under zero gravity (L-3)

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kuroda, Masao

1993-01-01

Electrophoresis separates electrically charged materials by imposing a voltage between electrodes. Though free-flow electrophoresis is used without carriers such as colloids to separate and purify biogenic materials including biogenic cells and proteins in blood, its resolving power and separation efficiency is very low on Earth due to sedimentation, flotation, and thermal convection caused by the specific gravity differences between separated materials and buffer solutions. The objective of this experiment is to make a comparative study of various electrophoresis conditions on the ground and in zero-gravity in order to ultimately develop a method for separating various important 'vial' components which are difficult to separate on the ground.

Particle separation by phase modulated surface acoustic waves.

PubMed

Simon, Gergely; Andrade, Marco A B; Reboud, Julien; Marques-Hueso, Jose; Desmulliez, Marc P Y; Cooper, Jonathan M; Riehle, Mathis O; Bernassau, Anne L

2017-09-01

High efficiency isolation of cells or particles from a heterogeneous mixture is a critical processing step in lab-on-a-chip devices. Acoustic techniques offer contactless and label-free manipulation, preserve viability of biological cells, and provide versatility as the applied electrical signal can be adapted to various scenarios. Conventional acoustic separation methods use time-of-flight and achieve separation up to distances of quarter wavelength with limited separation power due to slow gradients in the force. The method proposed here allows separation by half of the wavelength and can be extended by repeating the modulation pattern and can ensure maximum force acting on the particles. In this work, we propose an optimised phase modulation scheme for particle separation in a surface acoustic wave microfluidic device. An expression for the acoustic radiation force arising from the interaction between acoustic waves in the fluid was derived. We demonstrated, for the first time, that the expression of the acoustic radiation force differs in surface acoustic wave and bulk devices, due to the presence of a geometric scaling factor. Two phase modulation schemes are investigated theoretically and experimentally. Theoretical findings were experimentally validated for different mixtures of polystyrene particles confirming that the method offers high selectivity. A Monte-Carlo simulation enabled us to assess performance in real situations, including the effects of particle size variation and non-uniform acoustic field on sorting efficiency and purity, validating the ability to separate particles with high purity and high resolution.

Electron beam control for barely separated beams

DOEpatents

Douglas, David R.; Ament, Lucas J. P.

2017-04-18

A method for achieving independent control of multiple beams in close proximity to one another, such as in a multi-pass accelerator where coaxial beams are at different energies, but moving on a common axis, and need to be split into spatially separated beams for efficient recirculation transport. The method for independent control includes placing a magnet arrangement in the path of the barely separated beams with the magnet arrangement including at least two multipole magnets spaced closely together and having a multipole distribution including at least one odd multipole and one even multipole. The magnetic fields are then tuned to cancel out for a first of the barely separated beams to allow independent control of the second beam with common magnets. The magnetic fields may be tuned to cancel out either the dipole component or tuned to cancel out the quadrupole component in order to independently control the separate beams.

Counter-current motion in counter-current chromatography.

PubMed

Ito, Yoichiro

2014-12-12

After the CCC2012 meeting, I have received an e-mail regarding the terminology of "Countercurrent Chromatography". It stated that the term "Countercurrent" is a misnomer, because its stationary phase is motionless in the column and that the method should be renamed as liquid-liquid separations or centrifugal separations. However, it was found that these names are already used for various other techniques as found via Google search. The term "Countercurrent Chromatography" was originally made after two preparative methods of Countercurrent distribution and liquid Chromatography, both having no countercurrent motion in the column. However, it is surprising to find that this F1 hybrid method "Countercurrent Chromatography" can clearly exhibit countercurrent motion within the separation column in both hydrodynamic and hydrostatic equilibrium systems. This justifies that "Countercurrent Chromatography" is a proper term for this chromatographic method. Published by Elsevier B.V.

A method for separating seismo-ionospheric TEC outliers from heliogeomagnetic disturbances by using nu-SVR

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Pattisahusiwa, Asis; Liong, The Houw; Purqon, Acep

Seismo-Ionospheric is a study of ionosphere disturbances associated with seismic activities. In many previous researches, heliogeomagnetic or strong earthquake activities can caused the disturbances in the ionosphere. However, it is difficult to separate these disturbances based on related sources. In this research, we proposed a method to separate these disturbances/outliers by using nu-SVR with the world-wide GPS data. TEC data related to the 26th December 2004 Sumatra and the 11th March 2011 Honshu earthquakes had been analyzed. After analyzed TEC data in several location around the earthquake epicenter and compared with geomagnetic data, the method shows a good result inmore » the average to detect the source of these outliers. This method is promising to use in the future research.« less

Production of nuclear grade zirconium: A review

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Xu, L.; Xiao, Y.; van Sandwijk, A.; Xu, Q.; Yang, Y.

2015-11-01

Zirconium is an ideal material for nuclear reactors due to its low absorption cross-section for thermal neutrons, whereas the typically contained hafnium with strong neutron-absorption is very harmful for zirconium as a fuel cladding material. This paper provides an overview of the processes for nuclear grade zirconium production with emphasis on the methods of Zr-Hf separation. The separation processes are roughly classified into hydro- and pyrometallurgical routes. The known pyrometallurgical Zr-Hf separation methods are discussed based on the following reaction features: redox characteristics, volatility, electrochemical properties and molten salt-metal equilibrium. In the present paper, the available Zr-Hf separation technologies are compared. The advantages and disadvantages as well as future directions of research and development for nuclear grade zirconium production are discussed.

Separation of variables in Maxwell equations in Plebański-Demiański spacetime

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Frolov, Valeri P.; Krtouš, Pavel; KubizÅák, David

2018-05-01

A new method for separating variables in the Maxwell equations in four- and higher-dimensional Kerr-(A)dS spacetimes proposed recently by Lunin is generalized to any off-shell metric that admits a principal Killing-Yano tensor. The key observation is that Lunin's ansatz for the vector potential can be formulated in a covariant form—in terms of the principal tensor. In particular, focusing on the four-dimensional case we demonstrate separability of Maxwell's equations in the Kerr-NUT-(A)dS and the Plebański-Demiański family of spacetimes. The new method of separation of variables is quite different from the standard approach based on the Newman-Penrose formalism.

METHOD OF RECOVERING THORIUM

DOEpatents

Fisher, R.W.

1957-12-10

A method is described for recovering thorium from impurities found in a slag containing thorium and said impurities, comprising leaching a composition containing thorium with water, removing the water solution, treating the residue with hydrochloric acid, separating the solution from the insoluble residue, adjusting its acidity to 1 to 3 normal, adding oxalic acid, and thereafter separating the precipitated thorium oxalate digesting the residue from the hydrochloric acid treatment with a strong solution of sodium hydroxide at an elevated temperature, removing said solution and treating the insoluble residue with hydrochloric acid, separating the solution from the insoluble residue, adjusting the acidity of this solution to 1 to 3 normal, adding nitric acid to oxidize the iron present, adding oxalic acid and thereafter separating the thorium oxalate thus precipitated.

Zero leakage separable and semipermanent ducting joints

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Mischel, H. T.

1973-01-01

A study program has been conducted to explore new methods of achieving zero leakage, separable and semipermanent, ducting joints for space flight vehicles. The study consisted of a search of literature of existing zero leakage methods, the generation of concepts of new methods of achieving the desired zero leakage criteria and the development of detailed analysis and design of a selected concept. Other techniques of leak detection were explored with a view toward improving this area.

Proton radius from electron scattering data

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Higinbotham, Douglas W.; Kabir, Al Amin; Lin, Vincent

Background: The proton charge radius extracted from recent muonic hydrogen Lamb shift measurements is significantly smaller than that extracted from atomic hydrogen and electron scattering measurements. The discrepancy has become known as the proton radius puzzle. Purpose: In an attempt to understand the discrepancy, we review high-precision electron scattering results from Mainz, Jefferson Lab, Saskatoon and Stanford. Methods: We make use of stepwise regression techniques using the F-test as well as the Akaike information criterion to systematically determine the predictive variables to use for a given set and range of electron scattering data as well as to provide multivariate errormore » estimates. Results: Starting with the precision, low four-momentum transfer (Q 2) data from Mainz (1980) and Saskatoon (1974), we find that a stepwise regression of the Maclaurin series using the F-test as well as the Akaike information criterion justify using a linear extrapolation which yields a value for the proton radius that is consistent with the result obtained from muonic hydrogen measurements. Applying the same Maclaurin series and statistical criteria to the 2014 Rosenbluth results on GE from Mainz, we again find that the stepwise regression tends to favor a radius consistent with the muonic hydrogen radius but produces results that are extremely sensitive to the range of data included in the fit. Making use of the high-Q 2 data on G E to select functions which extrapolate to high Q 2, we find that a Pad´e (N = M = 1) statistical model works remarkably well, as does a dipole function with a 0.84 fm radius, G E(Q 2) = (1 + Q 2/0.66 GeV 2) -2. Conclusions: Rigorous applications of stepwise regression techniques and multivariate error estimates result in the extraction of a proton charge radius that is consistent with the muonic hydrogen result of 0.84 fm; either from linear extrapolation of the extreme low-Q 2 data or by use of the Pad´e approximant for extrapolation using a larger range of data. Thus, based on a purely statistical analysis of electron scattering data, we conclude that the electron scattering result and the muonic hydrogen result are consistent. Lastly, it is the atomic hydrogen results that are the outliers.« less

Proton radius from electron scattering data

DOE PAGES

Higinbotham, Douglas W.; Kabir, Al Amin; Lin, Vincent; ...

2016-05-31

Background: The proton charge radius extracted from recent muonic hydrogen Lamb shift measurements is significantly smaller than that extracted from atomic hydrogen and electron scattering measurements. The discrepancy has become known as the proton radius puzzle. Purpose: In an attempt to understand the discrepancy, we review high-precision electron scattering results from Mainz, Jefferson Lab, Saskatoon and Stanford. Methods: We make use of stepwise regression techniques using the F-test as well as the Akaike information criterion to systematically determine the predictive variables to use for a given set and range of electron scattering data as well as to provide multivariate errormore » estimates. Results: Starting with the precision, low four-momentum transfer (Q 2) data from Mainz (1980) and Saskatoon (1974), we find that a stepwise regression of the Maclaurin series using the F-test as well as the Akaike information criterion justify using a linear extrapolation which yields a value for the proton radius that is consistent with the result obtained from muonic hydrogen measurements. Applying the same Maclaurin series and statistical criteria to the 2014 Rosenbluth results on GE from Mainz, we again find that the stepwise regression tends to favor a radius consistent with the muonic hydrogen radius but produces results that are extremely sensitive to the range of data included in the fit. Making use of the high-Q 2 data on G E to select functions which extrapolate to high Q 2, we find that a Pad´e (N = M = 1) statistical model works remarkably well, as does a dipole function with a 0.84 fm radius, G E(Q 2) = (1 + Q 2/0.66 GeV 2) -2. Conclusions: Rigorous applications of stepwise regression techniques and multivariate error estimates result in the extraction of a proton charge radius that is consistent with the muonic hydrogen result of 0.84 fm; either from linear extrapolation of the extreme low-Q 2 data or by use of the Pad´e approximant for extrapolation using a larger range of data. Thus, based on a purely statistical analysis of electron scattering data, we conclude that the electron scattering result and the muonic hydrogen result are consistent. Lastly, it is the atomic hydrogen results that are the outliers.« less

Adsorption of a single polymer chain on a surface: Effects of the potential range

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Klushin, Leonid I.; Polotsky, Alexey A.; Hsu, Hsiao-Ping; Markelov, Denis A.; Binder, Kurt; Skvortsov, Alexander M.

2013-02-01

We investigate the effects of the range of adsorption potential on the equilibrium behavior of a single polymer chain end-attached to a solid surface. The exact analytical theory for ideal lattice chains interacting with a planar surface via a box potential of depth U and width W is presented and compared to continuum model results and to Monte Carlo (MC) simulations using the pruned-enriched Rosenbluth method for self-avoiding chains on a simple cubic lattice. We show that the critical value Uc corresponding to the adsorption transition scales as W-1/ν, where the exponent ν=1/2 for ideal chains and ν≈3/5 for self-avoiding walks. Lattice corrections for finite W are incorporated in the analytical prediction of the ideal chain theory Uc≈((π2)/(24))(W+1/2)-2 and in the best-fit equation for the MC simulation data Uc=0.585(W+1/2)-5/3. Tail, loop, and train distributions at the critical point are evaluated by MC simulations for 1≤W≤10 and compared to analytical results for ideal chains and with scaling theory predictions. The behavior of a self-avoiding chain is remarkably close to that of an ideal chain in several aspects. We demonstrate that the bound fraction θ and the related properties of finite ideal and self-avoiding chains can be presented in a universal reduced form: θ(N,U,W)=θ(NUc,U/Uc). By utilizing precise estimations of the critical points we investigate the chain length dependence of the ratio of the normal and lateral components of the gyration radius. Contrary to common expectations this ratio attains a limiting universal value /=0.320±0.003 only at N˜5000. Finite-N corrections for this ratio turn out to be of the opposite sign for W=1 and for W≥2. We also study the N dependence of the apparent crossover exponent ϕeff(N). Strong corrections to scaling of order N-0.5 are observed, and the extrapolated value ϕ=0.483±0.003 is found for all values of W. The strong correction to scaling effects found here explain why for smaller values of N, as used in most previous work, misleadingly large values of ϕeff(N) were identified as the asymptotic value for the crossover exponent.

Separation of Zirconium and Hafnium: A Review

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Xu, L.; Xiao, Y.; van Sandwijk, A.; Xu, Q.; Yang, Y.

Zirconium is an ideal material for nuclear reactors due to its low absorption cross-section for thermal neutrons, whereas the typically contained hafnium with strong neutron-absorption is very harmful for zirconium. This paper provides an overview of the processes for separating hafnium from zirconium. The separation processes are roughly classified into hydro- and pyrometallurgical routes. The current dominant zirconium production route involves pyrometallurgical ore cracking, multi-step hydrometallurgical liquid-liquid extraction for hafnium removal and the reduction of zirconium tetrachloride to the pure metal by the Kroll process. The lengthy hydrometallurgical Zr-Hf separation operations leads to high production cost, intensive labour and heavy environmental burden. Using a compact pyrometallurgical separation method can simplify the whole production flowsheet with a higher process efficiency. The known separation methods are discussed based on the following reaction features: redox characteristics, volatility, electrochemical properties and molten salt extraction. The commercially operating extractive distillation process is a significant advance in Zr-Hf separation technology but it suffers from high process maintenance cost. The recently developed new process based on molten salt-metal equilibrium for Zr-Hf separation shows a great potential for industrial application, which is compact for nuclear grade zirconium production starting from crude ore. In the present paper, the available separation technologies are compared. The advantages and disadvantages as well as future directions of research and development for nuclear grade zirconium production are discussed.

MASS SEPARATION OF HIGH ENERGY PARTICLES

DOEpatents

Marshall, L.

1962-09-25

An apparatus and method are described for separating charged, high energy particles of equal momentum forming a beam where the particles differ slightly in masses. Magnetic lenses are utilized to focus the beam and maintain that condition while electrostatic fields located between magnetic lenses are utilized to cause transverse separation of the particles into two beams separated by a sufficient amount to permit an aperture to block one beam. (AEC)

Simultaneous Multiple-Location Separation Control

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Greenblatt, David (Inventor)

2009-01-01

A method of controlling a shear layer for a fluid dynamic body introduces first periodic disturbances into the fluid medium at a first flow separation location. Simultaneously, second periodic disturbances are introduced into the fluid medium at a second flow separation location. A phase difference between the first and second periodic disturbances is adjusted to control flow separation of the shear layer as the fluid medium moves over the fluid dynamic body.

Separation of alpha-, beta-, gamma-, delta-tocopherols and alpha-tocopherol acetate on a pentaerythritol diacrylate monostearate-ethylene dimethacrylate monolith by capillary electrochromatography.

PubMed

Chaisuwan, Patcharin; Nacapricha, Duangjai; Wilairat, Prapin; Jiang, Zhengjin; Smith, Norman W

2008-06-01

This work reports the first use of a monolith with method development for the separation of tocopherol (TOH) compounds by CEC with UV detection. A pentaerythritol diacrylate monostearate-ethylene dimethacrylate (PEDAS-EDMA) monolithic column has been investigated for an optimised condition to separate alpha-, beta-, gamma- and delta-TOHs, and alpha-tocopherol acetate (TAc). The PEDAS-EDMA monolith showed a remarkably good selectivity for separation of the TOH isomers including the beta- and gamma-isomers which are not easily separated by standard C8 or C18 particle-packed columns. Retention studies indicated that an RP mechanism was involved in the separation on the PEDAS-EDMA column, but polar interactions with the underlying ester and hydroxyl groups enhanced the separation of the problematic beta- and gamma-isomers. Separation of all the compounds was achieved within 25 min using 3:10:87 v/v/v 100 mM Tris buffer (pH 9.3)/methanol/ACN as the mobile phase. The method was successfully applied to a pharmaceutical sample with recoveries from 93 to 99%. Intraday and interday precisions (%RSD) for peak area and retention time were less than 2.3. LODs for all four TOHs and TAc were below 1 ppm.